This is a modern-English version of McGuffey's Fourth Eclectic Reader, originally written by McGuffey, William Holmes.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
Produced by Don Kostuch
Produced by Don Kostuch
[Transcriber's Note:
[Transcriber's Note:
Welcome to the schoolroom of 1900. The moral tone is plain.
"She is kind to the old blind man."
Welcome to the classroom of 1900. The moral standard is clear.
"She is nice to the old blind man."
The exercises are still suitable, and perhaps more helpful than some contemporary alternatives. Much is left to the teacher. Explanations given in the text are enough to get started teaching a child to read and write. Counting in Roman numerals is included as a bonus in the form of lesson numbers.
The exercises are still relevant and might even be more useful than some modern alternatives. There's a lot left up to the teacher. The explanations in the text are sufficient to begin teaching a child how to read and write. Counting in Roman numerals is included as a bonus with the lesson numbers.
The form of contractions includes a space. The contemporary word "don't" was rendered as "do n't".
The form of contractions includes a space. The modern word "don't" was shown as "do n't".
The author, not listed in the text, is William Holmes McGuffey.
The author, not mentioned in the text, is William Holmes McGuffey.
Passages using non-ASCI characters are approximately rendered in this text version. See the PDF or DOC versions for the original images.
Passages with non-ASCII characters are roughly shown in this text version. Check the PDF or DOC versions for the original images.
The section numbers are decimal in the Table of Contents but are in
Roman Numerals in the body.
The section numbers are in decimal format in the Table of Contents but use Roman Numerals in the body.
Page headings are removed, but section titles are followed by the page on which they appear.
Page headings are removed, but section titles include the page number they appear on.
Don Kostuch end transcriber's note]
Don Kostuch
ECLECTIC EDUCATIONAL SERIES.
MCGUFFEY'S (Registered)
FOURTH ECLECTIC READER.
MCGUFFEY'S (Registered)
FOURTH ECLECTIC READER.
REVISED EDITION.
McGuffey Edition and Colophon are Trademarks of
McGuffey Edition and Colophon are Trademarks of
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
John Wiley & Sons
New York-Chichester-Weinheim-Brisbane-Toronto
New York-Chichester-Weinheim-Brisbane-Toronto
In revising the FOURTH READER, the aim has been—as it has with the other books of the Series—to preserve unimpaired all the essential characteristics of MCGUFFEY'S READERS. New articles have been substituted for old ones only where the advantage was manifest.
In updating the FOURTH READER, the goal has been—as it has been with the other books in the Series—to maintain all the key features of MCGUFFEY'S READERS without change. New articles have replaced old ones only when the benefits were clear.
The book has been considerably enlarged, and has been liberally illustrated by the first artists of the country.
The book has been significantly expanded and features a wealth of illustrations from the top artists in the country.
It can not be presumed that every pupil has at hand all the works of reference necessary for the proper preparation of each lesson; hence all the aids that seem requisite to this purpose have been given. Brief notices concerning the various authors represented have been inserted; the more difficult words have been defined, and their pronunciation has been indicated by diacritical marks; and short explanatory notes have been given wherever required for a full understanding of the text.
It can't be assumed that every student has all the reference materials needed to prepare for each lesson; therefore, all the necessary resources have been provided. Brief summaries about the different authors included have been added; difficult words have been defined, and their pronunciation has been indicated with diacritical marks; and short explanatory notes have been included wherever necessary for a complete understanding of the text.
Especial acknowledgment is due to Messrs. Houghton, Osgood & Co. for their permission to make liberal selections from their copyright editions of many of the foremost American author whose works they publish.
Special thanks go to Messrs. Houghton, Osgood & Co. for allowing us to make extensive selections from their copyrighted editions of many prominent American authors whose works they publish.
COPYRIGHT, 1879, by VAN ANTWERP, BRAGG & Co.
COPYRIGHT, 1896, by AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.
COPYRIGHT, 1907 and 1920, by H. H. VAIL.
COPYRIGHT, 1879, by VAN ANTWERP, BRAGG & Co.
COPYRIGHT, 1896, by AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY.
COPYRIGHT, 1907 and 1920, by H. H. VAIL.
M'G 4TH REV. EP 309
INTRODUCTORY MATTER. SUBJECT. PAGE
PUNCTUATION MARKS 7 ARTICULATION 9 ACCENT AND INFLECTION 23
SELECTIONS IN PROSE AND POETRY.
TITLE. AUTHOR. PAGE 1. Perseverance Charlotte Elizabeth 25 2. Try, Try Again T. H. Palmer 28 3. Why the Sea Is Salt Mary Howitt 29 4. Why the Sea Is Salt Mary Howitt 32 5. Popping Corn 34 6. Smiles 35 7. Lazy Ned 38 8. The Monkey 39 9. Meddlesome Matty 42 10. The Good Son 44 11. To-morrow Mrs. M. B. Johnson. 45 12. Where there is a Will there is a Way 47 13. Piccola Celia Thaxter 48 14. True Manliness Mrs. M. Q. Johnson 50 15. True Manliness Mrs. M. O. Johnson 52 16. The Brown Thrush Lucy Larcom 54 17. A Ship in a Storm 55 18. The Sailor's Consolation Charles Dibdin 58 19. Two Ways of Telling a Story Henry K. Oliver 60 20. Freaks of the Frost Hannah Flagg Gould 63 21. Waste not, Want not 64 22. Jeannette and Jo Mary Mapes Dodge 67 23. The Lion 69 24. Strawberries J. T. Trowbridge 71 25. Harry's Riches 74 26. In Time's Swing Lucy Larcom 77 27. Harry and his Dog Mary Russell Mitford 79 28. The Voice of the Grass Sarah Roberts 83 29. The Eagle 84 30. The Old Eagle Tree Dr. John Todd 86 31. Alpine Song W. W. Story 88 32. Circumstances alter Cases 89 33. The Noblest Revenge 94 34. Evening Hymn 97 35. How Margery Wondered Lucy Larcom 99 36. The Child's World 103 37. Susie's Composition 104 38. The Summer Shower T. B. Read 109 39. Consequences of Idleness Abbott 110 40. Advantages of Industry Abbott 113 41. The Fountain Lowell 116 42. Coffee 117 43. The Winter King Hannah Flagg Gould 120 44. The Nettle Dr. Walsh 121 45. The Tempest James T. Fields 125 46. The Creator John Keble 126 47. The Horse Bingley 128 48. Emulation 132 49. The Sandpiper Celia Thaxter 134 50. The Right Way F. R. Stockton 136 51. The Golden Rule Emma C. Embury 139 52. The Snow Man Marian Douglas 143 53. Robinson Crusoe's House Daniel DeFoe 144 54. Robinson Crusoe's Dress Daniel DeFoe 147 55. Somebody's Darling 150 56. Knowledge is Power 151 57. Good Will J. T. Trowbridge 153 58. A Chinese Story C. P. Cranch 156 59. The Way to be Happy 159 60. The Giraffe 162 61. The Lost Child Abbott 165 62. Which? Mrs. E. L. Beers 168 63. The Pet Fawn Miss S. F. Cooper 172 64. Annie's Dream 175 65. My Ghost Mrs. S. M. B. Platt 178 66. The Elephant 180 67. Dare to do Right Thomas Hughes 183 68. Dare to do Right Thomas Hughes 186 69. Wreck of the Hesperus Longfellow 190 70. Anecdotes of Birds Hall 191 71. The Rainbow Pilgrimage Grace Greenwood 197 72. The Old Oaken Bucket Samuel Woodworth 202 73. The Sermon on the Mount 204 74. The Young Witness S. H. Hammond 207 75. King Solomon and the Ants Whittier 211 76. Rivermouth Theater T. B. Aldrich 213 77. Alfred the Great 216 78. Living on a Farm 220 79. Hugh Idle and Mr. Toil Hawthorne 221 80. Hugh Idle and Mr. Toil Hawthorne 224 81. Burning of Fallow Mrs. Susanna Moodie 227 82. Dying Soldiers 230 83. The Attack on Nymwegen Motley 233 84. The Seasons Spring H. G. Adams 237 Summer Lowell 237 Autumn Thomas Hood 238 Winter C. T. Brooks 238 85. Brandywine Ford Bayard Taylor 239 86. Brandywine Ford Bayard Taylor 242 87. The Best Capital Louisa M. Alcott 245 88. The Inchcape Rock Southey 249 89. My Mother's Grave 253 90. A Mother's Gift W. Fergusson 255
TITLE. AUTHOR. PAGE 1. Perseverance Charlotte Elizabeth 25 2. Try, Try Again T. H. Palmer 28 3. Why the Sea Is Salt Mary Howitt 29 4. Why the Sea Is Salt Mary Howitt 32 5. Popping Corn 34 6. Smiles 35 7. Lazy Ned 38 8. The Monkey 39 9. Meddlesome Matty 42 10. The Good Son 44 11. To-morrow Mrs. M. B. Johnson. 45 12. Where there is a Will there is a Way 47 13. Piccola Celia Thaxter 48 14. True Manliness Mrs. M. Q. Johnson 50 15. True Manliness Mrs. M. O. Johnson 52 16. The Brown Thrush Lucy Larcom 54 17. A Ship in a Storm 55 18. The Sailor's Consolation Charles Dibdin 58 19. Two Ways of Telling a Story Henry K. Oliver 60 20. Freaks of the Frost Hannah Flagg Gould 63 21. Waste not, Want not 64 22. Jeannette and Jo Mary Mapes Dodge 67 23. The Lion 69 24. Strawberries J. T. Trowbridge 71 25. Harry's Riches 74 26. In Time's Swing Lucy Larcom 77 27. Harry and his Dog Mary Russell Mitford 79 28. The Voice of the Grass Sarah Roberts 83 29. The Eagle 84 30. The Old Eagle Tree Dr. John Todd 86 31. Alpine Song W. W. Story 88 32. Circumstances alter Cases 89 33. The Noblest Revenge 94 34. Evening Hymn 97 35. How Margery Wondered Lucy Larcom 99 36. The Child's World 103 37. Susie's Composition 104 38. The Summer Shower T. B. Read 109 39. Consequences of Idleness Abbott 110 40. Advantages of Industry Abbott 113 41. The Fountain Lowell 116 42. Coffee 117 43. The Winter King Hannah Flagg Gould 120 44. The Nettle Dr. Walsh 121 45. The Tempest James T. Fields 125 46. The Creator John Keble 126 47. The Horse Bingley 128 48. Emulation 132 49. The Sandpiper Celia Thaxter 134 50. The Right Way F. R. Stockton 136 51. The Golden Rule Emma C. Embury 139 52. The Snow Man Marian Douglas 143 53. Robinson Crusoe's House Daniel DeFoe 144 54. Robinson Crusoe's Dress Daniel DeFoe 147 55. Somebody's Darling 150 56. Knowledge is Power 151 57. Good Will J. T. Trowbridge 153 58. A Chinese Story C. P. Cranch 156 59. The Way to be Happy 159 60. The Giraffe 162 61. The Lost Child Abbott 165 62. Which? Mrs. E. L. Beers 168 63. The Pet Fawn Miss S. F. Cooper 172 64. Annie's Dream 175 65. My Ghost Mrs. S. M. B. Platt 178 66. The Elephant 180 67. Dare to do Right Thomas Hughes 183 68. Dare to do Right Thomas Hughes 186 69. Wreck of the Hesperus Longfellow 190 70. Anecdotes of Birds Hall 191 71. The Rainbow Pilgrimage Grace Greenwood 197 72. The Old Oaken Bucket Samuel Woodworth 202 73. The Sermon on the Mount 204 74. The Young Witness S. H. Hammond 207 75. King Solomon and the Ants Whittier 211 76. Rivermouth Theater T. B. Aldrich 213 77. Alfred the Great 216 78. Living on a Farm 220 79. Hugh Idle and Mr. Toil Hawthorne 221 80. Hugh Idle and Mr. Toil Hawthorne 224 81. Burning of Fallow Mrs. Susanna Moodie 227 82. Dying Soldiers 230 83. The Attack on Nymwegen Motley 233 84. The Seasons Spring H. G. Adams 237 Summer Lowell 237 Autumn Thomas Hood 238 Winter C. T. Brooks 238 85. Brandywine Ford Bayard Taylor 239 86. Brandywine Ford Bayard Taylor 242 87. The Best Capital Louisa M. Alcott 245 88. The Inchcape Rock Southey 249 89. My Mother's Grave 253 90. A Mother's Gift W. Fergusson 255
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. [See PDF or DOC versions.]
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. [See PDF or DOC versions.]
SUBJECT PAGE
Perseverance 25
Popping Corn 35
The Monkey 40
Piccola 49
True Manliness 53
A Ship in a Storm 56
Two Ways of Telling a Story 60
The Lion 69
Harry and his Dog 81
Circumstances alter Cases 92
Evening Hymn 98
How Margery Wondered 100
Susie's Composition 107
Coffee 117
The Horse 128
The Sandpiper 135
Robinson Crusoe's Dress 147
A Chinese Story 158
Which? 169
Which? 170
Dare to do Right 185
The Old Oaken Bucket 202
Rivermouth Theater 215
The Attack on Nymwegen 234
The Inchcape Rock 251
SUBJECT PAGE
Perseverance 25
Popping Corn 35
The Monkey 40
Piccola 49
True Manliness 53
A Ship in a Storm 56
Two Ways of Telling a Story 60
The Lion 69
Harry and his Dog 81
Circumstances alter Cases 92
Evening Hymn 98
How Margery Wondered 100
Susie's Composition 107
Coffee 117
The Horse 128
The Sandpiper 135
Robinson Crusoe's Dress 147
A Chinese Story 158
Which? 169
Which? 170
Dare to do Right 185
The Old Oaken Bucket 202
Rivermouth Theater 215
The Attack on Nymwegen 234
The Inchcape Rock 251
PUNCTUATION MARKS. (7)
1. The Hyphen (-) is used between syllables and between the parts of a compound word; as, No-ble, col-o-ny, and text- book, easy-chair.
1. The Hyphen (-) is used between syllables and between parts of a compound word; for example, No-ble, col-o-ny, and text-book, easy-chair.
2. The Comma (,), the Semicolon (;), and the Colon (:) denote grammatical divisions.
2. The Comma (,), the Semicolon (;), and the Colon (:) indicate grammatical divisions.
NOTE—These marks do not indicate the comparative length of the pauses to be made where they occur.
NOTE—These marks do not show how long the pauses should be where they appear.
3. The Period (.) is placed at the end of a sentence. It is also used after an abbreviation; as, God is love. Dr. Eben Goodwin.
3. The Period (.) goes at the end of a sentence. It's also used after an abbreviation; for example, God is love. Dr. Eben Goodwin.
4. The Interrogation point (?) denotes a question; as, Has he come? Who are you?
4. The question mark (?) indicates a question; for example, Has he come? Who are you?
5. The Exclamation point (!) denotes strong feeling; as, Oh Absaom! my son! my son!
5. The exclamation point (!) shows strong emotion; for example, Oh Absalom! my son! my son!
6. Quotation marks (" ") denote the words of another; as, God said, "Let there be light."
6. Quotation marks (" ") indicate the words of someone else; for example, God said, "Let there be light."
7. The Apostrophe (') denotes that a letter or letters are left out; as, O'er, for over; 't is, for it is. It also denotes the possessive case; as, John's hat.
7. The Apostrophe (') shows that one or more letters are missing, like in O'er for over or 'tis for it is. It also indicates possession, as in John's hat.
8. The Curves ( ) include what, if omitted, would not obscure the sense. The parenthesis, or words included by the curves, should be read in a low key, and with greater rapidity than the rest of the sentence.
8. The Curves ( ) contain what, if left out, wouldn't change the meaning. The words within the curves should be read softly and a bit faster than the rest of the sentence.
9. Brackets [ ] include something intended to exemplify what goes before, or to supply some deficiency, or rectify some mistake.
9. Brackets [ ] include something meant to clarify what came before, or to fill in a gap, or correct an error.
10. A Dash (-) denotes a long or significant pause, or an abrupt change or transition in a sentence.
10. A Dash (-) indicates a long or significant pause, or a sudden change or shift in a sentence.
11. Marks of Ellipsis (***) indicate the omission of letters of a word, or words of a sentence; as, P * * * * e J**n, for Prince John; the ******* was hung, for the traitor was hung.
11. Marks of Ellipsis (***) indicate the omission of letters from a word or words from a sentence; for example, P * * * * e J**n, for Prince John; the ******* was hung, for the traitor was hung.
Sometimes a long line, or a succession of dots is used instead of stars; as, J—n A—-s, for John Adams; the D..e W…..m, for the Duke William.
Sometimes a long line or a series of dots is used instead of stars; for example, J—n A—-s for John Adams; the D..e W…..m for the Duke William.
12. A Brace (}) is used to connect several lines or words together.
12. A brace (}) is used to link multiple lines or words together.
13. A Diaeresis is put over the latter of two vowels, to show that they belong to two distinct syllables; thus, cooperate.
13. A diaeresis is placed over the second of two vowels to indicate that they belong to two separate syllables; for example, cooperate.
14. A Section is used to divide a discourse or chapter into parts.
14. A Section is used to break a talk or chapter into parts.
15. An Index points out something that requires particular attention.
15. An Index highlights something that needs special attention.
16. A Paragraph denotes a new subject. It is used in the common version of the Bible.
16. A paragraph indicates a new topic. It is used in the standard version of the Bible.
17. Certain marks and sometimes figures and letters are used to refer to some remark in the margin.
17. Certain symbols and sometimes numbers and letters are used to refer to comments in the margin.
18. A Caret (^) is used in writing, to show that some-thing is omitted; as, Manner. I love her for her modesty and virtue.
18. A caret (^) is used in writing to indicate that something has been left out; for example, Manner. I love her for her modesty and virtue.
ARTICULATION. (9)
ELEMENTARY SOUNDS
Articulation is the utterance of the elementary sounds of a language, and of their combinations.
Articulation is the way we pronounce the basic sounds of a language and how we combine them.
An Elementary Sound is a simple, distinct sound made by the organs of speech.
An elementary sound is a basic, clear sound produced by the speech organs.
The Elementary Sounds of the English language are divided into Vocals,
Subvocals, and Aspirates.
The basic sounds of the English language are divided into Vowels,
Subvowels, and Aspirates.
Vocals are those sounds which consist of pure tone only. They are the most prominent elements of speech. A diphthong is a union of two vocals, commencing with one and ending with the other.
Vocals are sounds made up of pure tone only. They are the most important parts of speech. A diphthong is a combination of two vocals, starting with one and ending with the other.
Subvocals are those sounds in which the vocalized breath is more or less obstructed.
Subvocals are sounds where the vocalized breath is somewhat blocked.
Aspirates consist of breath only, modified by the vocal organs.
Aspirates are made up of just breath, shaped by the vocal organs.
VOCALS.
DIRECTIONS FOR ARTICULATION.
1. Let the mouth be open, and the teeth, tongue, and palate in their proper position.
1. Keep your mouth open, and position your teeth, tongue, and palate correctly.
2. Pronounce the word in the CHART forcibly, and with the falling inflection, several times in succession; then drop the subvocal or aspirate sounds which precede or follow the vocal, and repeat the vocals alone.
2. Say the word in the CHART loudly, with a falling tone, several times in a row; then drop the quiet or breathy sounds that come before or after the vocal sounds, and repeat the vocals only.
TABLE.
Long Vocals.
Extended Vocals.
Sound Word Sound Word a hate e err a hare i pine a far o no a pass u tube a fall u burn e eve oo cool
Sound Word Sound Word a hate e err a hare i pine a far o no a pass u tube a fall u burn e eve oo cool
Short Vocals.
Short Vocals.
Sound Word Sound Word
Sound Word Sound Word
a mat o not e met u us i it oo book
a mat o not e met u us i it oo book
REMARK.—In this table, the short sounds, except u, are nearly or quite the same, in quality, as certain of the long sounds. The difference consists chiefly in quantity. As a rule, the long vocals should be prolonged with a full, clear utterance; but the short vocals should be uttered sharply and almost explosively.
REMARK.—In this table, the short vowel sounds, except for u, are almost identical in quality to some of the long vowel sounds. The main difference is in duration. Generally, long vowels should be pronounced with a full, clear voice, while short vowels should be pronounced quickly and almost explosively.
Diphthongs.
Diphthongs.
oi, oy, as in coin, boy. ou, ow, as in noun, now.
oi, oy, like in coin, boy. ou, ow, like in noun, now.
SUBVOCALS AND ASPIRATES.
DIRECTIONS FOR ARTICULATION.
Pronounce distinctly and forcibly, several times in succession, words in which these sounds occur as elements; then drop the other sounds, and repeat the subvocals and aspirates alone. Each subvocal in the first table should be practiced in connection with its cognate sound.
Pronounce clearly and emphatically, several times in a row, words that include these sounds; then leave out the other sounds and repeat only the subvocals and aspirates. Each subvocal in the first table should be practiced alongside its related sound.
Let the class repeat the words and elements, at first in concert; then separately.
Let the class say the words and elements together at first; then separately.
Select words ending with subvocal sounds for practice on subvocals; words beginning or ending with aspirate sounds, for practice on aspirates.
Select words that end with subvocal sounds for practice on subvocals; choose words that begin or end with aspirate sounds for practice on aspirates.
COGNATE SOUNDS.
Subvocals Aspirates Sound Example Sound Example b babe p rap d rod t at g fog k book j judge ch chat v live f file th them th myth z buzz s sink zh azure sh shine w win wh when
Subvocals Aspirates Sound Example Sound Example b babe p rap d rod t at g fog k book j judge ch chat v live f file th them th myth z buzz s sink zh azure sh shine w win wh when
REMARK.—These eighteen sounds make nine pairs of cognate sounds. In articulating the aspirates, the vocal organs are put in the position as required for the articulation of the corresponding subvocals; but the breath is expelled with some force, without the utterance of any vocal sound. Let the pupil verify this by experiment, and then practice on these cognates.
REMARK.—These eighteen sounds create nine pairs of related sounds. When producing the aspirates, the vocal organs are positioned as needed for the corresponding subvocals; however, the breath is pushed out with some force, without any vocal sound being produced. Students should confirm this through experimentation and then practice these related sounds.
The following sounds are not cognates.
The following sounds are not related.
SUB VOCALS.
Sound Example
SUB VOCALS.
Sound Example
l mill m him n tin ng sing, think r (rough) rule r (smooth) car
l mill m him n tin ng sing, think r (rough) rule r (smooth) car
ASPIRATE.
h, as in hat.
h, like in hat.
SUBSTITUTES.
Substitutes are characters used to represent sounds ordinarily represented by other characters. The following table indicates nearly every form of substitution used in the language: a few exceptional cases only are omitted
Substitutes are characters that represent sounds usually shown by other characters. The table below displays almost every type of substitution used in the language: only a few exceptional cases are left out.
TABLE OF SUBSTITUTES.
Sub For as in Sub For as in a e any o oo to a o what o oo would c z suffice o u son c s cite ph v Stephen c k cap ph f sylph ch k ache q k liquor ch sh machine qu kw quote d j soldier s sh sure e i England s zh rasure e a there s z rose e a feint u e bury ee i been u i busy f v of u oo rude g j cage u oo pull gh f laugh x ks wax gh k lough x ksh noxious i e police x z Xerxes i e thirst x gz examine i y filial y e myrrh n ng rink y i my o u work y i hymn o i women z s quartz o a form
Sub For as in Sub For as in a e any o oo to a o what o oo would c z suffice o u son c s cite ph v Stephen c k cap ph f sylph ch k ache q k liquor ch sh machine qu kw quote d j soldier s sh sure e i England s zh rasure e a there s z rose e a feint u e bury ee i been u i busy f v of u oo rude g j cage u oo pull gh f laugh x ks wax gh k lough x ksh noxious i e police x z Xerxes i e thirst x gz examine i y filial y e myrrh n ng rink y i my o u work y i hymn o i women z s quartz o a form
VOCALS.
Let the teacher utter each word, and then its vocal sound, and let the pupil imitate closely and carefully, thus:
Let the teacher say each word and then its sound, and let the student closely and carefully imitate it like this:
Mate, a; Rate, a: Man, a: Far, a: etc. a—Mate, rain, say, they, feint, gauge, break, vein, gaol a—Man, pan, tan, shall, lamp, back, mat, stand a—Far, hard, ah, aunt, heart, guard, psalm a—Ball, talk, pause, saw, broad, storm, naught, bought a—Was, what, wash, swap, nod, blot, knowledge e—Me, tree, sea, key, field, ceiling, people, police e—Met, bread, said (sed), says (sez), friend, heifer, leopard, guess, any (en'y), bury (ber'ry). e—Her, clerk, earn, were, first, myrrh. i—Pine, sign, lie, type, sleight, buy, guide, aisle, choir. i—Pin, fountain, been (bin), busy (biz'y), surfeit, sieve, hymn, build, myth. i—Sir, bird, girl, birch, mirth, birth. o—No, door, loam, hoe, soul, snow, sew (so), yeomen, bureau (bu'ro), hautboy (ho'boy). o—Not, blot, chop, throb, bother, body, wan. o—Nor, born, storm, cork, fork, small, stall. o—Wolf, woman, bushel, would, should, pull o—Move, who, tomb, group, soup, shoe, do, lose o.—Love, son, flood, front, shove, touch, does, tongue. oo—Wool, book, cook, rook, goodly. oo.—Food, troop, tooth, goose, spoon, noon. u.—Use, abuse, beauty, feud, view, adieu. u.—Rub, sum, sun, such, much, tuck, luck, trouble. u.—Fur, curl, hurt, burn, turn, spurn, work. u.—Full, bull, push, bush oi, oy.-Oil, point, voice, noise, boiler, boy, joy, alloy. ou, ow.-Our, sour, cloud, owl, now, bow, couch.
Mate, a; Rate, a: Man, a: Far, a: etc. a—Mate, rain, say, they, feint, gauge, break, vein, jail a—Man, pan, tan, shall, lamp, back, mat, stand a—Far, hard, ah, aunt, heart, guard, psalm a—Ball, talk, pause, saw, broad, storm, nothing, bought a—Was, what, wash, swap, nod, blot, knowledge e—Me, tree, sea, key, field, ceiling, people, police e—Met, bread, said (sed), says (sez), friend, heifer, leopard, guess, any (en'y), bury (ber'ry). e—Her, clerk, earn, were, first, myrrh. i—Pine, sign, lie, type, sleight, buy, guide, aisle, choir. i—Pin, fountain, been (bin), busy (biz'y), surfeit, sieve, hymn, build, myth. i—Sir, bird, girl, birch, mirth, birth. o—No, door, loam, hoe, soul, snow, sew (so), yeoman, bureau (bu'ro), hautboy (ho'boy). o—Not, blot, chop, throb, bother, body, wan. o—Nor, born, storm, cork, fork, small, stall. o—Wolf, woman, bushel, would, should, pull o—Move, who, tomb, group, soup, shoe, do, lose o.—Love, son, flood, front, shove, touch, does, tongue. oo—Wool, book, cook, rook, goodly. oo.—Food, troop, tooth, goose, spoon, noon. u.—Use, abuse, beauty, feud, view, goodbye. u.—Rub, sum, sun, such, much, tuck, luck, trouble. u.—Fur, curl, hurt, burn, turn, spurn, work. u.—Full, bull, push, bush oi, oy.-Oil, point, voice, noise, boiler, boy, joy, alloy. ou, ow.-Our, sour, cloud, owl, now, bow, couch.
SUB VOCALS.
Let the sound of each letter be given, and not its name. After articulating the sounds, each word should be pronounced distinctly.
Let the sound of each letter be expressed, not its name. After saying the sounds, each word should be pronounced clearly.
b.—Be, by, boy, bib, sob, bite, bone, band, bubble. d.—Deed, did, dab, bid, bud, dead, door, indeed. g.—Go, gag, gig, bag, beg, fog, fig, girl, rag, log. j.—Jay, joy, jig, gill, job, judge, ginger, soldier. l.—Lad, led, dell, mill, line, lily, folly. m—Me, my, mad, mug, him, aim, blame. n.—No, now, nab, nod, man, sun, none, noun. r. (rough)—Rear, red, rough, riot, ripe, rude, ragged. r. (smooth)—Form, farm, worn, for, ear, manner. v.—Van, vine, vale, vivid, stove, of, Stephen. w.—We, woe, web, wed, wig, wag, wood, will, wonder. y.—Ye, yam, yon, yes, yarn, yoke, yawn, filial. z.—Zag, rose, rise, zone, lives, stars, suffice. zh.—Azure, osier, usual, measure, rouge (roozh). th.—Thee, thy, them, blithe, beneath, those. ng.—Bang, fang, gang, bring, sing, fling.
b.—Be, by, boy, bib, sob, bite, bone, band, bubble. d.—Deed, did, dab, bid, bud, dead, door, indeed. g.—Go, gag, gig, bag, beg, fog, fig, girl, rag, log. j.—Jay, joy, jig, gill, job, judge, ginger, soldier. l.—Lad, led, dell, mill, line, lily, folly. m—Me, my, mad, mug, him, aim, blame. n.—No, now, nab, nod, man, sun, none, noun. r. (rough)—Rear, red, rough, riot, ripe, rude, ragged. r. (smooth)—Form, farm, worn, for, ear, manner. v.—Van, vine, vale, vivid, stove, of, Stephen. w.—We, woe, web, wed, wig, wag, wood, will, wonder. y.—Ye, yam, yon, yes, yarn, yoke, yawn, filial. z.—Zag, rose, rise, zone, lives, stars, suffice. zh.—Azure, osier, usual, measure, rouge (roozh). th.—Thee, thy, them, blithe, beneath, those. ng.—Bang, fang, gang, bring, sing, fling.
ASPIRATES.
f.—Fib, fob, buff, beef, if, off, life, phrase, laugh. h.—Ha, he, hub, had, how, hill, home, hire, horse. k.—Kill, bake, cat, cow, come, chord, black. p.—Pop, pig, lip, map, pipe, pope, apple, path, pile. s.—Sad, fuss, miss, cent, cease, sick, sound, sincere. t.—Hat, mat, toe, totter, tint, time, sleet, taught. sh.—Dash, shad, rush, sure, ocean, notion, passion, chaise. ch.—Chin, chop, chat, rich, much, church, bastion. th.—Thin, hath, think, teeth, truth, breath, pith.
f.—Fib, fob, buff, beef, if, off, life, phrase, laugh. h.—Ha, he, hub, had, how, hill, home, hire, horse. k.—Kill, bake, cat, cow, come, chord, black. p.—Pop, pig, lip, map, pipe, pope, apple, path, pile. s.—Sad, fuss, miss, cent, cease, sick, sound, sincere. t.—Hat, mat, toe, totter, tint, time, sleet, taught. sh.—Dash, shad, rush, sure, ocean, notion, passion, chaise. ch.—Chin, chop, chat, rich, much, church, bastion. th.—Thin, hath, think, teeth, truth, breath, pith.
SUBVOCALS COMBINED.
Utter the sounds only, and pronounce very distinctly.
Say the sounds only, and speak very clearly.
br.—Bred, brag, brow, brim, brush, breed, brown. bz, bst.—Fibs, fib'st, robs, rob'st, rubs, rub'st. bd, bdst.—Fibbed, fib'd'st, sobbed, sob'd'st, robbed, rob'd'st. bl.—Blab, blow, bluff, bliss, stable, babble, gobble. blz, blst.—Fables, fabl'st, nibbles, nibbl'st. bid, bldst.—Fabled, fabl'd'st, nibbled, nibbl'd'st.
br.—Bred, brag, brow, brim, brush, breed, brown. bz, bst.—Fibs, fibbed, robs, robbed, rubs, rubbed. bd, bdst.—Fibbed, fibbed, sobbed, sobbed, robbed, robbed. bl.—Blab, blow, bluff, bliss, stable, babble, gobble. blz, blst.—Fables, fabled, nibbles, nibbled. bid, bldst.—Fabled, fabled, nibbled, nibbled.
dr.—Drab, drip, drop, drag drum, dress, drink. dz, dst.—Rids, rid'st, adds, add'st, sheds, shed'st. dl.—Addle, paddle, fiddle, riddle, needle, idle, ladle. dlz, dlst.—Addles, addl'st, fiddles, fiddl'st. dld.—Addled, fiddled, huddled, idled, ladled.
dr.—Drab, drip, drop, drag drum, dress, drink. dz, dst.—Rids, rid'st, adds, add'st, sheds, shed'st. dl.—Addle, paddle, fiddle, riddle, needle, idle, ladle. dlz, dlst.—Addles, addl'st, fiddles, fiddl'st. dld.—Addled, fiddled, huddled, idled, ladled.
fr.—Fret, frog, from, fry, fresh, frame, free. fs, fst.—Cuffs, cuff'st, stuffs, stuff'st, doffs, doff'st. ft.—Lift, waft, drift, graft, soft, theft, craft, shaft. fts, ftst.—Lifts, lift'st, wafts, waft'st, sifts, sift'st. fi.—Baffle, raffle, shuffle, muffle, rifle, trifle, whiffle. fls, flst.—Baffles, baffl'st, shuffles, shuffl'st, rifles, rifl'st. fld, fldst.—Baffled, baffl'd'st, shuffled, shuffl'd'st.
fr.—Fret, frog, from, fry, fresh, frame, free. fs, fst.—Cuffs, cuffed, stuffs, stuffed, doffs, doffed. ft.—Lift, waft, drift, graft, soft, theft, craft, shaft. fts, ftst.—Lifts, lifted, wafts, wafted, sifts, sifted. fi.—Baffle, raffle, shuffle, muffle, rifle, trifle, whiffle. fls, flst.—Baffles, baffled, shuffles, shuffled, rifles, rifled. fld, fldst.—Baffled, baffled, shuffled, shuffled.
gr.—Grab, grim, grip, grate, grant, grass, green. gz, gst.—Begs, beg'st, digs, dig'st, gags, gag'st. gd, gdst.—Begged, begg'd'st, digged, digg'd'st. gl.—Higgle, joggle, straggle, glib, glow, glaze. glz, glst.—Higgles, higgl'st, juggles, juggl'st. gld, gldst.—Higgled, higgl'd'st, joggled, joggl'd'st.
gr.—Grab, grim, grip, grate, grant, grass, green. gz, gst.—Begs, beg'st, digs, dig'st, gags, gag'st. gd, gdst.—Begged, begg'd'st, digged, digg'd'st. gl.—Higgle, joggle, straggle, glib, glow, glaze. glz, glst.—Higgles, higgl'st, juggles, juggl'st. gld, gldst.—Higgled, higgl'd'st, joggled, joggl'd'st.
jd.—Caged, hedged, bridged, lodged, judged, waged. kr.—Cram, crag, crash, crop, cry, creel, crone, crown. kw, (qu).—Quell, quick, quite, quote, quake, queen. ks, kst, (x).—Kicks, kick'st, mix, mixed, box, boxed. kt, kts.—Act, acts, fact, facts, tact, tacts, sect, sects. kl.—Clad, clip, clown, clean, close, cackle, pickle. klz, klst.—Cackles, cackl'st, buckles, buckl'st. kld, kldst.—Cackled, cackl'd'st, buckled, buckl'd'st.
jd.—Caged, hedged, bridged, lodged, judged, waged. kr.—Cram, crag, crash, crop, cry, creel, crone, crown. kw, (qu).—Quell, quick, quite, quote, quake, queen. ks, kst, (x).—Kicks, kick'st, mix, mixed, box, boxed. kt, kts.—Act, acts, fact, facts, tact, tacts, sect, sects. kl.—Clad, clip, clown, clean, close, cackle, pickle. klz, klst.—Cackles, cackl'st, buckles, buckl'st. kld, kldst.—Cackled, cackl'd'st, buckled, buckl'd'st.
lf.—Elf, Ralph, shelf, gulf, sylph, wolf. ld.—Hold, mold, bold, cold, wild, mild, field, yield. ldz, ldst.—Holds, hold'st, gilds, gild'st, yields, yield'st. lz, lst.—Fills, fill'st, pulls, pull'st, drills, drill'st. lt, lts.—Melt, melts, tilt, tilts, salt, salts, bolt, bolts. mz, mst.—Names, nam'st, hems, hem'st, dims, dim'st. md, mdst.—Named, nam'd'st, dimmed, dimm'd'st.
lf.—Elf, Ralph, shelf, gulf, sylph, wolf. ld.—Hold, mold, bold, cold, wild, mild, field, yield. ldz, ldst.—Holds, hold'st, gilds, gild'st, yields, yield'st. lz, lst.—Fills, fill'st, pulls, pull'st, drills, drill'st. lt, lts.—Melt, melts, tilt, tilts, salt, salts, bolt, bolts. mz, mst.—Names, nam'st, hems, hem'st, dims, dim'st. md, mdst.—Named, nam'd'st, dimmed, dimm'd'st.
nd.—And, lend, band, blonde, fund, bound, round, sound. ndz, ndst.—Lends, lend'st, hands, hand'st. ndl.—Handle, kindle, fondle, trundle, brindle. ndlz, ndlst.—Handles, halldl'st, kindles, kindl'st. ndld, ndldst.—Handled, handl'd'st, kindled, kindl'd'st.
nd.—And, lend, band, blonde, fund, bound, round, sound. ndz, ndst.—Lends, lend'st, hands, hand'st. ndl.—Handle, kindle, fondle, trundle, brindle. ndlz, ndlst.—Handles, halldl'st, kindles, kindl'st. ndld, ndldst.—Handled, handl'd'st, kindled, kindl'd'st.
nks, nkst.—Banks, hank'st, sinks, sink'st. nkd.—Banked, clank'd, winked, thank'd, flank'd.
nks, nkst.—Banks, hank'st, sinks, sink'st. nkd.—Banked, clank'd, winked, thank'd, flank'd.
nz, nst.—Wins, win'st, tans, tan'st, runs run'st. nt, nts.—Hint, hints, cent, cents, want, wants. nch, nchd.—Pinch, pinch'd, blanch, blanch'd. ngz, ngd.—Hangs, hang'd, rings, ring'd. nj, njd.—Range, ranged, hinge, hinged.
nz, nst.—Wins, win, tans, tan, runs run. nt, nts.—Hint, hints, cent, cents, want, wants. nch, nchd.—Pinch, pinched, blanch, blanched. ngz, ngd.—Hangs, hanged, rings, ringed. nj, njd.—Range, ranged, hinge, hinged.
pr.—Prat, prim, print, prone, prune, pry, prank. pl.—Plant, plod, plum, plus, apple, cripple. ps, pst.—Nips, nip'st, taps, tap'st, mops, mop'st. pt, pts.—Adopt, adopts, adept, adepts, crypt, crypts.
pr.—Prat, prim, print, prone, prune, pry, prank. pl.—Plant, plod, plum, plus, apple, cripple. ps, pst.—Nips, nip'st, taps, tap'st, mops, mop'st. pt, pts.—Adopt, adopts, adept, adepts, crypt, crypts.
rj, rjd.—Merge, merged, charge, charged, urge, urged. rd.—Card, cord, curd, herd, ford, ward, bird. rdz, rdst.—Cards, card'st, herds, herd'st, cords, cord'st. rk.—Bark, jerk, dirk, cork, lurk, work. rks, rkst.—Barks, bark'st, lurks, lurk'st. rl.—Marl, curl, whirl, pearl, whorl, snarl. rlz, rlst.—Curls, curl'st, whirls, whirl'st, twirls, twirl'st. rld, rldst.— Curled, curl'd'st, whirled, whirl'd'st, snarled, snarl'd'st. rm.—Arm, term, form, warm, storm, worm, sperm. rmz, rmst.—Arms, arm'st, fbrms, form'st. rmd, rmdst.—Armed, arm'd'st, formed, form'd'st. rn.—Barn, warn, scorn, worn, earn, turn. rnz, rnst.—Turns, turn'st, scorns, scorn'st. rnd, rndst.—Turned, turn'd'st, scorned, scorn'd'st. rt.—Dart, heart, pert, sort, girt, dirt, hurt. rts, rtst.—Darts, dart'st, girts, girt'st, hurts, hurt'st. rch, rchd.—Arch, arched, perch, perched.
rj, rjd.—Merge, merged, charge, charged, urge, urged. rd.—Card, cord, curd, herd, ford, ward, bird. rdz, rdst.—Cards, card'st, herds, herd'st, cords, cord'st. rk.—Bark, jerk, dirk, cork, lurk, work. rks, rkst.—Barks, bark'st, lurks, lurk'st. rl.—Marl, curl, whirl, pearl, whorl, snarl. rlz, rlst.—Curls, curl'st, whirls, whirl'st, twirls, twirl'st. rld, rldst.— Curled, curl'd'st, whirled, whirl'd'st, snarled, snarl'd'st. rm.—Arm, term, form, warm, storm, worm, sperm. rmz, rmst.—Arms, arm'st, fbrms, form'st. rmd, rmdst.—Armed, arm'd'st, formed, form'd'st. rn.—Barn, warn, scorn, worn, earn, turn. rnz, rnst.—Turns, turn'st, scorns, scorn'st. rnd, rndst.—Turned, turn'd'st, scorned, scorn'd'st. rt.—Dart, heart, pert, sort, girt, dirt, hurt. rts, rtst.—Darts, dart'st, girts, girt'st, hurts, hurt'st. rch, rchd.—Arch, arched, perch, perched.
sk.—Ask, scab, skip, risk, skum, bask, husk. sks.—Asks, tasks. risks, whisks, husks. skd, skst.—Asked, ask'st, risked, risk'st, husked, husk'st. sp, sps.—Gasp, gasps, rasp, rasps, crisp, crisps.
sk.—Ask, scab, skip, risk, foam, bask, husk. sks.—Asks, tasks, risks, whisks, husks. skd, skst.—Asked, ask'st, risked, risk'st, husked, husk'st. sp, sps.—Gasp, gasps, rasp, rasps, crisp, crisps.
spd.—Gasped, lisped, crisped, wisped, cusped. st, sts.—Mast, masts, nest, nests, fist, fists. sw.—Swim, swell, swill, swan, sweet, swing, swam. str.—Strap, strip, strop, stress, strut, strife, strew.
spd.—Gasped, lisped, crisped, wisped, cusped. st, sts.—Mast, masts, nest, nests, fist, fists. sw.—Swim, swell, swill, swan, sweet, swing, swam. str.—Strap, strip, strop, stress, strut, strife, strew.
tl.—Rattle, nettle, whittle, bottle, hurtle, scuttle. tlz, tlst.—Rattles, rattl'st, nettles, nettl'st. tld, tldst.—Rattled, rattl'd'st, settled, settl'd'st. ts, tst.—Bat, bat'st, bets, bet'st, pits, pit'st, dots, dot'st. tw.—Twin, twirl, twice, tweed, twist, twelve, twain. tr.—Trap, trip, trot, tress, truss, trash, try, truce, trice. vz, vst.—Gives, giv'st, loves, lov'st, saves, sav'st.
tl.—Rattle, nettle, whittle, bottle, hurtle, scuttle. tlz, tlst.—Rattles, rattl'st, nettles, nettl'st. tld, tldst.—Rattled, rattl'd'st, settled, settl'd'st. ts, tst.—Bat, bat'st, bets, bet'st, pits, pit'st, dots, dot'st. tw.—Twin, twirl, twice, tweed, twist, twelve, twain. tr.—Trap, trip, trot, tress, truss, trash, try, truce, trice. vz, vst.—Gives, giv'st, loves, lov'st, saves, sav'st.
zm, zmz.—Chasm, chasms, prism, prisms. zl.—Dazzle, frizzle, nozzle, puzzle. zlz, zld.—Dazzles, dazzled, frizzles, frizzled. sht.—Dashed, meshed, dished, rushed, washed. shr.—Shrank, shred, shrill, shrunk, shrine, shroud, shrew. thd.—Bathed, sheathed, soothed, smoothed, wreathed. thz, thzt.—Bathes, Bath'st, sheathes, sheath'st.
zm, zmz.—Chasm, chasms, prism, prisms. zl.—Dazzle, frizzle, nozzle, puzzle. zlz, zld.—Dazzles, dazzled, frizzles, frizzled. sht.—Dashed, meshed, dished, rushed, washed. shr.—Shrank, shred, shrill, shrunk, shrine, shroud, shrew. thd.—Bathed, sheathed, soothed, smoothed, wreathed. thz, thzt.—Bathes, Bath'st, sheathes, sheath'st.
ngz, ngst.—Hangs, hang'st, brings, bring'st. ngd, ngdst.—Hanged, hang'd'st., stringed, string'd'st. nks, nkst.—Thanks, thank'st, thinks, think'st. nkd, nkdst.—Thanked, thank'd'st, kinked, kink'd'st. dth, dths.—Width, widths, breadth, breadths. kld, kldst.—Circled, circl'd'st, darkle, darkl'd'st. kl, klz.—Circle, circles, cycle, cycles. lj, ljd.—Bilge, bilged, bulge, bulged, indulge, indulged. lb, lbz.—Alb, albs, bulb, bulbs. lk, lks, lkst, lkdst.—Milk, milks, milk'st, milk'd'st.
ngz, ngst.—Hangs, hang'st, brings, bring'st. ngd, ngdst.—Hanged, hang'd'st., stringed, string'd'st. nks, nkst.—Thanks, thank'st, thinks, think'st. nkd, nkdst.—Thanked, thank'd'st, kinked, kink'd'st. dth, dths.—Width, widths, breadth, breadths. kld, kldst.—Circled, circl'd'st, darkle, darkl'd'st. kl, klz.—Circle, circles, cycle, cycles. lj, ljd.—Bilge, bilged, bulge, bulged, indulge, indulged. lb, lbz.—Alb, albs, bulb, bulbs. lk, lks, lkst, lkdst.—Milk, milks, milk'st, milk'd'st.
lm, lmz.—Elm, elms, whelm, whelms, film, films. lp, lpd, lpst, lpdst.—Help, helped, help'st, help'd'st. lv, lvz, lvd.—Valve, valves, valved, delve, delves, delved. lch, lchd.—Belch, belched, filch, filched, gulch, gulched. lth, lth —Health, healths, tilth, tilth
lm, lmz.—Elm, elms, whelm, whelms, film, films. lp, lpd, lpst, lpdst.—Help, helped, help'st, help'd'st. lv, lvz, lvd.—Valve, valves, valved, delve, delves, delved. lch, lchd.—Belch, belched, filch, filched, gulch, gulched. lth, lth —Health, healths, tilth, tilth
mf, mfs.—Nymph, nymphs, triumph, triumphs. gth, gths.—Length, lengths, strength, strengths. rb, rbz, rbd, rbst, rbdst.—Curb, curbs, curbed, curb'st, curb'd'st. rf, rfs, rfst, rfdst.—Dwarf, dwarfs, dwarf'st, dwarf'd'st. rv, rvz, rvst, rvd, rvdst.—Curve, curves, curv'st, curved, curv'd'st. rth, rths.—Birth, births, girth, girths, hearth, hearths. rp, rps, rpd, rpst, rpdst.—Harp, harps, harped, harp'st, harp'd'st. rs, rst.—Nurse, nursed, verse, versed, course, coursed.
mf, mfs.—Nymph, nymphs, triumph, triumphs. gth, gths.—Length, lengths, strength, strengths. rb, rbz, rbd, rbst, rbdst.—Curb, curbs, curbed, curb'st, curb'd'st. rf, rfs, rfst, rfdst.—Dwarf, dwarfs, dwarf'st, dwarf'd'st. rv, rvz, rvst, rvd, rvdst.—Curve, curves, curv'st, curved, curv'd'st. rth, rths.—Birth, births, girth, girths, hearth, hearths. rp, rps, rpd, rpst, rpdst.—Harp, harps, harped, harp'st, harp'd'st. rs, rst.—Nurse, nursed, verse, versed, course, coursed.
thr.—Thrash, thresh, thrift, throb, thrush, thrust, throng, three, thrive, thrice, throat, throne, throve, thrill, thrum.
thr.—Thrash, thresh, thrift, throb, thrush, thrust, throng, three, thrive, thrice, throat, throne, throve, thrill, thrum.
thw.—Thwack, thwart.
thw.—Thump, block.
EXERCISES IN ARTICULATION.
Errors to be Corrected.
Errors to Fix.
To TEACHERS.—In the following exercises, the more common errors in articulation and pronunciation are denoted. The letters in italics are not silent letters, but are thus marked to point them out as the representatives of sounds which are apt to be defectively articulated, omitted, or incorrectly sounded.
To TEACHERS.—In the following exercises, the most common mistakes in articulation and pronunciation are highlighted. The letters in italics are not silent letters; they are marked this way to indicate that they represent sounds that are often not articulated properly, left out, or pronounced incorrectly.
A
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct Fa-t fa-tal Sep-er-ate sep-a-rate reel re-al temp-per-unce tem-per-ance ras-cul ras-cal up-pear ap-pear crit-ic-ul crit-ic-al tem-per-it tem-per-ate test'ment tes-ta-ment mod-er-it med-er-ate firm'ment fir-ma-ment in-ti-mit int-ti-mate
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct Fa-t fa-tal Sep-er-ate sep-a-rate reel re-al temp-per-unce tem-per-ance ras-cul ras-cal up-pear ap-pear crit-ic-ul crit-ic-al tem-per-it tem-per-ate test'ment tes-ta-ment mod-er-it med-er-ate firm'ment fir-ma-ment in-ti-mit int-ti-mate
E
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct Ev'ry ev-er-y sev'ral sev-er-al b'lief be-lief prov-i-dunce prov-i-dence pr'vail pre-vail ev-i-dunce ev-i-dence r'tain re-tain si-lunt si-lent trav'ler trav-el-er mon-u-munt mon-u-ment flut'ring flut-ter-ing con-ti-nunt con-ti-nent tel'scope tel-e-scope con-fi-dunt con-fi-dent
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct Ev'ry ev-er-y sev'ral sev-er-al b'lief be-lief prov-i-dunce prov-i-dence pr'vail pre-vail ev-i-dunce ev-i-dence r'tain re-tain si-lunt si-lent trav'ler trav-el-er mon-u-munt mon-u-ment flut'ring flut-ter-ing con-ti-nunt con-ti-nent tel'scope tel-e-scope con-fi-dunt con-fi-dent
I
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct D'rect di-rect rad'cal rad-i-cal d'spose dis-pose sal'vate sal-i-vate van'ty van-i-ty can'bal can-ni-bal ven-t'late ven-ti-late mount'n moun-tain ju-b'lee ju-bi-lee fount'n foun-tain rid-cule rid-i-cule vill'ny vil-lain-y
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct D'rect di-rect rad'cal rad-i-cal d'spose dis-pose sal'vate sal-i-vate van'ty van-i-ty can'bal can-ni-bal ven-t'late ven-ti-late mount'n moun-tain ju-b'lee ju-bi-lee fount'n foun-tain rid-cule rid-i-cule vill'ny vil-lain-y
O
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct Des'late des-o-late rhet-er-ic rhet-o-tic hist'ry his-to-ry in-ser-lent in-so-lent mem'ry mem-o-ry croc-ud-ile croc-o-dile col'ny col-o-ny com-prum-ise com-pro-mise ag'ny ag-o-ny anch-ur-ite an-cho-rite balc'ny bal-co-ny cor-per-al cor-po-ral ob-s'lete ob-so-lete ob-luq-quy ob-lo-quy wil-ler wil-low or-ther-dox or-tho-dox wid-der wid-ow cun-di-tion con-di-tion pil-ler pil-low pus-i-tion po-si-tion mead-er mead-ow tug-eth-er to-geth-er fel-ler fel-low put-a-ter po-ta-to win-der win-dow tub-ac-cur to-bac-co
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct Des'late des-o-late rhet-er-ic rhet-o-tic hist'ry his-to-ry in-ser-lent in-so-lent mem'ry mem-o-ry croc-ud-ile croc-o-dile col'ny col-o-ny com-prum-ise com-pro-mise ag'ny ag-o-ny anch-ur-ite an-cho-rite balc'ny bal-co-ny cor-per-al cor-po-ral ob-s'lete ob-so-lete ob-luq-quy ob-lo-quy wil-ler wil-low or-ther-dox or-tho-dox wid-der wid-ow cun-di-tion con-di-tion pil-ler pil-low pus-i-tion po-si-tion mead-er mead-ow tug-eth-er to-geth-er fel-ler fel-low put-a-ter po-ta-to win-der win-dow tub-ac-cur to-bac-co
U
The most common mistake in the sound of u occurs in words of the following kind: as, crea-ter or crea-choor, for crea-ture; nat-er or na- choor for na-ture, etc.
The most common mistake in the sound of u happens in words like these: as, crea-ter or crea-choor for crea-ture; nat-er or na-choor for na-ture, etc.
Incorrect Correct
Incorrect Correct
Lec'-ter lec'-choor lec'-ture fea'-ter fea'-choor fea'-ture mois'-ter mois'-choor mois'-ture ver'-der ver'-jer ver-dure mix'-ter mix'-cher mix'-ture rup'ter rup'-cher rup'-ture sculp'-ter sculp'-cher sculp'-ture ges'-ter ges'cher ges'-ture struc'-ter struc'-cher struc'-ture stric'-ter stric'-choor stric'-ture ves'-ter ves'-cher ves'-ture tex'-ter tex'-cher tex'-ture fix'-ter fix'-cher fix'-ture vul'-ter vul'-cher vul'-ture for'-ten for'-choon for'-tune stat'-er sta'-choor stat'-ure stat'-ew stat'-choo stat'ue stat'-ewt sta'-choot stat'-ute ed'-di-cate ed'-ju-cate ed'-u-cate
Lec'-ter lec'-choor lec'-ture fea'-ter fea'-choor fea'-ture mois'-ter mois'-choor mois'-ture ver'-der ver'-jer ver-dure mix'-ter mix'-cher mix'-ture rup'ter rup'-cher rup'-ture sculp'-ter sculp'-cher sculp'-ture ges'-ter ges'cher ges'-ture struc'-ter struc'-cher struc'-ture stric'-ter stric'-choor stric'-ture ves'-ter ves'-cher ves'-ture tex'-ter tex'-cher tex'-ture fix'-ter fix'-cher fix'-ture vul'-ter vul'-cher vul'-ture for'-ten for'-choon for'-tune stat'-er sta'-choor stat'-ure stat'-ew stat'-choo stat'ue stat'-ewt sta'-choot stat'-ute ed'-di-cate ed'-ju-cate ed'-u-cate
H
In order to accustom the learner to sound H properly, let him pronounce certain words without and then with it: as aft, haft; ail, hail, etc. The H should be clearly sounded.
To help the learner get used to pronouncing H correctly, have them say certain words first without it and then with it: like aft, haft; ail, hail, etc. The H should be pronounced clearly.
Aft Haft Edge Hedge
Ail Hail Eel Heel
Air Hair Ell Hell
All Hall Elm Helm
Ark Hark Eye High
Arm Harm Ill Hill
Art Hart It Hit
Ash Hash old Hold
At Hat Yew He
Aft Haft Edge Hedge
Ail Hail Eel Heel
Air Hair Ell Hell
All Hall Elm Helm
Ark Hark Eye High
Arm Harm Ill Hill
Art Hart It Hit
Ash Hash old Hold
At Hat Yew He
D Final.
D Final.
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct
An and frien friend lan land soun sound mine mind groun ground boun bound fiel field
An and frien friend lan land soun sound mine mind groun ground boun bound fiel field
K Final.
K Final.
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct
Fris frisk dus dusk des desk mos mosque tas task tus tusk ris risk hus husk
Fris frisk dus dusk des desk mos mosque tas task tus tusk ris risk hus husk
N for Ng.
N for Ng.
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct
Morn-in morn-ing shav-in shav-ing run-nin run-ning hid-in hid-ing talk-in talk-ing see-in see-ing walk-in walk-ing lov-in lov-ing drink-in drink-ing fight-in fight-ing slid-in slid-ing laugh-in laugh-ing
Morn in morn ing shav in shav ing run nin run ning hid in hid ing talk in talk ing see in see ing walk in walk ing lov in lov ing drink in drink ing fight in fight ing slid in slid ing laugh in laugh ing
R
Sound the R clearly and forcibly.
When it precedes a vowel, give it a slight trill.
Sound the R clearly and strongly.
When it comes before a vowel, give it a little trill.
Rule ruin rat rug reck rate reed rill rub rig rim rite ride rise red rag rick rote run reek rib rob rip ruse roar roam rack rid rip rouse Arch farm lark far snare for march harm bark bar spare war larch charm mark hair sure corn starch dark are stair lure born arm spark star care pure horn
Rule ruin rat rug reck rate reed rill rub rig rim rite ride rise red rag rick rote run reek rib rob rip ruse roar roam rack rid rip rouse Arch farm lark far snare for march harm bark bar spare war larch charm mark hair sure corn starch dark are stair lure born arm spark star care pure horn
T Final
T Final
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct
Eas east wep wept moce most ob-jec ob-ject los lost per-fec per-fect nes nest dear-es dear-est gues guest high-es high-est
Eas east wep wept moce most ob-jec object los lost per-fec perfect nes nest dear-es dearest gues guest high-es highest
TS Final
TS Final
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct
Hoce hosts sec's sects tes tests bus busts lifs lifts cense cents tuffs tufts ob-jec's ob-jects ac's acts re-spec's re-spects
Hoce hosts sec's sects tes tests bus busts lifs lifts cense cents tuffs tufts ob-jec's ob-jects ac's acts re-spec's re-spects
W for Wh
W for Wh
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct
Incorrect Correct Incorrect Correct
Wale Whale Wet Whet
Weal Wheel Wine Whine
Wen When Wip Whip
Wale Whale Wet Whet
Weal Wheel Wine Whine
Wen When Wip Whip
SENTENCES FOR PRACTICE
Sentences like the following may be read with great advantage, for the purpose of acquiring distinctness and precision in articulation.
Sentences like the following can be read with great benefit for the purpose of achieving clarity and accuracy in speech.
This act, more than all other acts, laid the ax at the root of the evil.
It is false to say he had no other faults.
This action, more than any other, cut to the heart of the problem.
It's not true to say he had no other flaws.
The hosts still stand in strangest plight. That last still night. That lasts till night. On either side an ocean exists. On neither side a notion exists. Among the rugged rocks the restless ranger ran. I said pop-u-lar, not pop'lar. I said pre-vail, not pr'vail. I said be-hold, not b'hold.
The hosts are still in a strange situation. That last quiet night. That lasts until night. There’s an ocean on either side. There’s no idea on either side. Among the rough rocks, the restless ranger ran. I said pop-u-lar, not pop'lar. I said pre-vail, not pr'vail. I said be-hold, not b'hold.
Think'st thou so meanly of my Phocion? Henceforth look to your hearths. Canst thou minister to a mind diseased? A thousand shrieks for hopeless mercy call.
Do you think so little of my Phocion? From now on, pay attention to your homes. Can you help a troubled mind? A thousand cries for mercy are calling out in despair.
ACCENT.
Accent, marked thus ('), is an increased force of voice upon some one syllable of a word; as, Col'o-ny, bot'a-ny; re-mem'ber, im-por'tant; rec-ol-lect', rep-re-sent'. In the words col'o-ny and bot'a-ny, the first syllable is accented. In the words re-mem'ber and im-por'tant, the second syllable is accented. In the words rec-ol-lect' and rep-re-sent', the third syllable is accented.
Accent, marked like this ('), is a stronger emphasis on a specific syllable of a word; for example, Col'o-ny, bot'a-ny; re-mem'ber, im-por'tant; rec-ol-lect', rep-re-sent'. In the words col'o-ny and bot'a-ny, the first syllable is emphasized. In the words re-mem'ber and im-por'tant, the second syllable is emphasized. In the words rec-ol-lect' and rep-re-sent', the third syllable is emphasized.
INFLECTION.
Inflection is an upward or downward slide of the voice. The Rising
Inflection, sometimes marked thus ('), is an upward slide of the voice.
Inflection is when your voice slides up or down. The Rising
Inflection, sometimes noted like this (‘), is a rise in your voice.
Examples
Examples
Has he come'?
Has he gone?
Are you sick'?
Will you go'?
Are they here'?
Has he come?
Has he gone?
Are you sick?
Will you go?
Are they here?
The Falling Inflection, marked thus (') is a downward slide of the voice.
The Falling Inflection, marked like this (') is when the voice slides down.
Examples
Examples
They are here.
He has gone.
He has come
I will go.
I am well.
They are here.
He has left.
He has arrived.
I will leave.
I am fine.
Let the pupil practice these examples until he is perfectly familiar with the rising and falling inflections.
Let the student practice these examples until they are completely familiar with the rising and falling inflections.
Are you sick or well? Will you go, or stay?
Did he ride, or walk? Is it black, or white?
Is he rich, or poor? Are they old, or young?
Did you say cap, or cat? I said cat, not cap.
Did you say am, or ham? I said ham, not am.
Are you feeling sick or healthy? Are you going or staying?
Did he take a ride, or did he walk? Is it black or white?
Is he wealthy or poor? Are they old or young?
Did you say cap or cat? I said cat, not cap.
Did you say am or ham? I said ham, not am.
Is the dog white', or black'? The dog is black', not white'.
Did you say and', or hand'? I said and', not hand'.
Is the tree large', or small'? The tree is small', not large'.
Are the apples sweet', or sour'? The apples are sour' not sweet'.
Is the tide high', or low'? The tide is high', not low'.
Did you say play', or pray'? I said pray', not play'.
Is the dog white or black? The dog is black, not white.
Did you say and or hand? I said and, not hand.
Is the tree large or small? The tree is small, not large.
Are the apples sweet or sour? The apples are sour, not sweet.
Is the tide high or low? The tide is high, not low.
Did you say play or pray? I said pray, not play.
MCGUFFEY'S FOURTH READER.
I. PERSEVERANCE. (25)
1. "Will you give my kite a lift?" said my little nephew to his sister, after trying in vain to make it fly by dragging it along the ground. Lucy very kindly took it up and threw it into the air, but, her brother neglecting to run off at the same moment, the kite fell down again.
1. "Can you help me get my kite up?" my little nephew asked his sister after he tried in vain to make it fly by dragging it on the ground. Lucy kindly picked it up and tossed it into the air, but since her brother didn’t run off at the same time, the kite fell back down.
2. "Ah! now, how awkward you are!" said the little fellow. "It was your fault entirely," answered his sister. "Try again, children," said I.
2. "Oh! you’re so clumsy!" said the little guy. "This was all your fault," replied his sister. "Give it another shot, kids," I said.
3. Lucy once more took up the kite. But now John was in too great a hurry; he ran off so suddenly that he twitched the kite out of her hand, and it fell flat as before. "Well, who is to blame now?" asked Lucy. "Try again," said I.
3. Lucy picked up the kite again. But now John was in too much of a hurry; he dashed away so suddenly that he yanked the kite out of her hand, and it fell flat like before. "So, who’s to blame now?" Lucy asked. "Give it another shot," I said.
4. They did, and with more care; but a side wind coming suddenly, as Lucy let go the kite, it was blown against some shrubs, and the tail became entangled in a moment, leaving the poor kite hanging with its head downward.
4. They did, and with more care; but a sudden side wind caught Lucy off guard as she released the kite, causing it to crash into some bushes, and the tail got tangled up in no time, leaving the poor kite hanging upside down.
5. "There, there!" exclaimed John, "that comes of your throwing it all to one side." "As if I could make the wind blow straight," said Lucy. In the meantime, I went to the kite's assistance; and having disengaged the long tail, I rolled it up, saying, "Come, children, there are too many trees here; let us find a more open space, and then try again."
5. "There, there!" John shouted, "That's what happens when you throw it all to one side." "As if I could make the wind blow straight," Lucy replied. Meanwhile, I went to help the kite; and after untangling the long tail, I rolled it up and said, "Come on, kids, there are too many trees here; let's find a more open space and try again."
6. We presently found a nice grassplot, at one side of which I took my stand; and all things being prepared, I tossed the kite up just as little John ran off. It rose with all the dignity of a balloon, and promised a lofty flight; but John, delighted to find it pulling so hard at the string, stopped short to look upward and admire. The string slackened, the kite wavered, and, the wind not being very favorable, down came the kite to the grass. "O John, you should not have stopped," said I. "However, try again."
6. We found a nice patch of grass, and I took my spot on one side. Once everything was ready, I tossed the kite into the air just as little John ran off. It soared up like a balloon and seemed ready for a high flight; but John, thrilled to feel it tugging on the string, stopped to look up and admire it. The string loosened, the kite wobbled, and since the wind wasn't great, the kite came crashing down to the grass. "Oh John, you shouldn't have stopped," I told him. "But let’s try again."
7. "I won't try any more," replied he, rather sullenly. "It is of no use, you see. The kite won't fly, and I don't want to be plagued with it any longer." "Oh, fie, my little man! would you give up the sport, after all the pains we have taken both to make and to fly the kite? A few disappointments ought not to discourage us. Come, I have wound up your string, and now try again."
7. "I won't try anymore," he replied, sounding quite grumpy. "It’s pointless, you see. The kite won't fly, and I don’t want to deal with it any longer." "Oh, come on, my little guy! Are you really going to give up the fun after all the effort we put into making and flying the kite? A few setbacks shouldn't bring us down. Come on, I've wound up your string, so let's give it another shot."
8. And he did try, and succeeded, for the kite was carried upward on the breeze as lightly as a feather; and when the string was all out, John stood in great delight, holding fast the stick and gazing on the kite, which now seemed like a little white speck in the blue sky. "Look, look, aunt, how high it flies! and it pulls like a team of horses, so that I can hardly hold it. I wish I had a mile of string: I am sure it would go to the end of it."
8. And he tried hard and succeeded, because the kite floated up into the breeze as lightly as a feather. When the string was fully extended, John stood there delighted, gripping the stick and watching the kite, which now looked like a tiny white dot in the blue sky. "Look, look, Aunt, how high it's flying! It pulls like a team of horses, and I can barely hang on to it. I wish I had a mile of string; I’m sure it would reach the end of it."
9. After enjoying the sight as long as he pleased, little John proceeded to roll up the string slowly; and when the kite fell, he took it up with great glee, saying that it was not at all hurt, and that it had behaved very well. "Shall we come out to-morrow, aunt, after lessons, and try again?"
9. After admiring the view for as long as he wanted, little John started to slowly reel in the string; and when the kite landed, he picked it up happily, saying it was perfectly fine and that it had performed wonderfully. "Can we come back out tomorrow, aunt, after lessons, and give it another try?"
10. "I have no objection, my dear, if the weather is fine. And now, as we walk home, tell me what you have learned from your morning's sport." "I have learned to fly my kite properly." "You may thank aunt for it, brother," said Lucy, "for you would have given it up long ago, if she had not persuaded you to try again."
10. "I have no problem with it, my dear, if the weather is nice. And now, as we walk home, tell me what you learned from your morning fun." "I learned how to fly my kite properly." "You should thank Aunt for that, brother," said Lucy, "because you would have given up a long time ago if she hadn't convinced you to try again."
11. "Yes, dear children, I wish to teach you the value of perseverance, even when nothing more depends upon it than the flying of a kite. Whenever you fail in your attempts to do any good thing, let your motto be,—try again."
11. "Yes, dear children, I want to teach you the importance of perseverance, even when it's just about flying a kite. Whenever you don't succeed in doing something good, let your motto be—keep trying."
DEFINITIONS.—In defining words, that meaning is given which is appropriate to them in the connection in which they are used.
DEFINITIONS.—When defining words, we provide the meaning that is relevant to them based on the context in which they are used.
4. En-tan'gled, twisted in, disordered. 5. As-sist'-ance, help, aid. Dis-en-gaged, cleared, set free. 6. Grass'plot, a space covered with grass. Dig'ni-ty, majestic manner. 7. Dis-ap-point/ments, failures or defeats of expectation. Dis-cour'age, take away courage. 9. Glee, joy 11. Per-se-ver'ance, continuance in anything once begun. Mot'to, a short sentence or a word full of meaning.
4. Entangled, twisted in, disordered. 5. Assistance, help, aid. Disengaged, cleared, set free. 6. Grass plot, a space covered with grass. Dignity, a majestic manner. 7. Disappointments, failures or defeats of expectation. Discourage, take away courage. 9. Glee, joy. 11. Perseverance, continuing in anything once started. Motto, a short sentence or a word full of meaning.
EXERCISES—What is the subject of this lesson? Why was John discouraged in his attempts to fly his kite? What did his, aunt say to him? What may we learn from this? What should be our motto if we expect to be successful?
EXERCISES—What is the topic of this lesson? Why did John feel discouraged in his attempts to fly his kite? What did his aunt say to him? What can we learn from this? What should our motto be if we want to succeed?
II. TRY, TRY AGAIN. (28)
1. 'T is a lesson you should heed,
Try, try again;
If at first you don't succeed,
Try, try again;
Then your courage should appear,
For, if you will persevere,
You will conquer, never fear;
Try, try again.
1. It's a lesson you should pay attention to,
Keep trying;
If you don’t succeed at first,
Keep trying;
Then your courage will show,
Because if you keep going,
You will succeed, don’t be afraid;
Keep trying.
2. Once or twice though you should fail,
Try, try again;
If you would at last prevail,
Try, try again;
If we strive, 'tis no disgrace
Though we do not win the race;
What should you do in the case?
Try, try again.
2. Once or twice, even if you fail,
Keep trying;
If you want to succeed in the end,
Keep trying;
If we give it our all, there's no shame
Even if we don’t win the game;
What should you do in that situation?
Keep trying.
3. If you find your task is hard,
Try, try again;
Time will bring you your reward,
Try, try again.
All that other folks can do,
Why, with patience, should not you?
Only keep this rule in view:
Try, try again.
3. If you find your task is tough,
Keep trying;
Time will bring you your reward,
Keep trying.
All that others can achieve,
Why, with patience, shouldn't you?
Just remember this rule:
Keep trying.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Cour'age, resolution. Con'quer, gain the vic-tory. 2. Pre-vail, overcome. Dis-grace', shame. Win, gain, ob-tain. 3. Re-ward', anything given in return for good or bad con-duct. Pa'-tience, constany in labor.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Courage, determination. Conquer, achieve victory. 2. Prevail, overcome. Disgrace, shame. Win, earn, obtain. 3. Reward, something given in return for good or bad behavior. Patience, consistency in work.
EXERCISES.—What does the mark before "'T is" mean? What is it called? What point is used after the word "case" in the second stanza? Why?
EXERCISES.—What does the symbol before "'T is" mean? What is it called? What punctuation is used after the word "case" in the second stanza? Why?
III. WHY THE SEA IS SALT. (29) A FAIRY TALE.
Mary Howitt was born in 1804, at Coleford, England. She wrote many charming stories for children in prose and verse, and also translated many from Swedish, Danish, and German authors. This story is arranged from one in a collection named "Peter Drake's Dream, and Other Stories." She died in 1888.
Mary Howitt was born in 1804 in Coleford, England. She wrote many delightful stories for children in both prose and verse, and she also translated works from Swedish, Danish, and German authors. This story is adapted from one in a collection called "Peter Drake's Dream, and Other Stories." She passed away in 1888.
1. There were, in very ancient times, two brothers, one of whom was rich, and the other poor. Christmas was approaching, but the poor man had nothing in the house for a Christmas dinner; so he went to his brother and asked him for a trifling gift.
1. In ancient times, there were two brothers, one wealthy and the other struggling. With Christmas coming up, the poor brother had nothing for a Christmas dinner, so he went to his brother and asked for a small favor.
2. The rich man was ill-natured, and when he heard his brother's request he looked very surly. But as Christmas is a time when even the worst people give gifts, he took a fine ham down from the chimney, where it was hanging to smoke, threw it at his brother, and bade him begone and never to let him see his face again.
2. The rich man was unpleasant, and when he heard his brother’s request, he looked really angry. But since Christmas is a time when even the worst people give gifts, he took a nice ham down from the chimney, where it was hanging to smoke, threw it at his brother, and told him to get lost and never show his face again.
3. The poor man thanked his brother for the ham, put it under his arm, and went his way. He had to pass through a great forest on his way home. When he had reached the thickest part of it, he saw an old man, with a long, white beard, hewing timber. "Good evening," said he to him.
3. The poor man thanked his brother for the ham, tucked it under his arm, and continued on his way. He had to pass through a large forest on his way home. When he reached the densest part of it, he saw an old man with a long white beard chopping wood. "Good evening," he said to him.
4. "Good evening," returned the old man, raising himself up from his work, and looking at him. "That is a fine ham you are carrying." On this, the poor man told him all about it.
4. "Good evening," replied the old man, standing up from his work and looking at him. "That’s a nice ham you’re carrying." With that, the poor man shared the whole story with him.
5. "It is lucky for you," said the old man, "that you have met with me. If you will take that ham into the land of the dwarfs, the entrance to which lies just under the roots of this tree, you can make a capital bargain with it; for the dwarfs are very fond of ham, and rarely get any. But mind what I say: you must not sell it for money, but demand for it the 'old hand mill which stands behind the door.' When you come back, I'll show you how to use it."
5. "You're in luck," said the old man, "that you ran into me. If you take that ham into the land of the dwarfs, which is just beneath the roots of this tree, you can make a great deal; the dwarfs really love ham but hardly ever get any. But listen to me: you mustn’t sell it for money; ask for the 'old hand mill that’s behind the door' instead. When you return, I’ll show you how to use it."
6. The poor man thanked his new friend, who showed him the door under a stone below the roots of the tree, and by this door he entered into the land of the dwarfs. No sooner had he set his foot in it, than the dwarfs swarmed about him, attracted by the smell of the ham. They offered him queer, old-fashioned money and gold and silver ore for it; but he refused all their tempting offers, and said that he would sell it only for the old hand mill behind the door.
6. The poor man thanked his new friend, who pointed him to a door under a stone at the base of the tree. Through that door, he entered the land of the dwarfs. No sooner had he stepped inside than the dwarfs rushed toward him, drawn by the smell of the ham. They offered him strange, old-fashioned coins and gold and silver ore for it, but he turned down all their tempting offers, saying he would only sell it for the old hand mill behind the door.
7. At this, the dwarfs held up their little old hands, and looked quite perplexed. "We can not make a bargain, it seems," said the poor man, "so I'll bid you all a good day."
7. At this, the dwarfs raised their small, wrinkled hands and looked pretty confused. "It seems we can’t strike a deal," said the unfortunate man, "so I’ll wish you all a good day."
8. The fragrance of the ham had by this time reached the remote parts of dwarf land. The dwarfs came flocking around in little troops, leaving their work of digging out precious ores, eager for the ham.
8. By this time, the smell of the ham had reached the far corners of dwarf land. The dwarfs gathered in small groups, leaving their work of mining precious ores, excited for the ham.
9. "Let him have the old mill," said some of the newcomers; "it is quite out of order, and he don't know how to use it. Let him have it, and we will have the ham."
9. "Let him take the old mill," said some of the newcomers; "it's totally out of order, and he doesn't know how to use it. Let him have it, and we'll take the ham."
10. So the bargain was made. The poor man took the old hand mill, which was a little thing not half so large as the ham, and went back to the woods. Here the old man showed him how to use it. All this had taken up a great deal of time, and it was midnight before he reached home.
10. So the deal was done. The poor man took the old hand mill, which was a small thing, not even half the size of the ham, and went back to the woods. There, the old man showed him how to use it. This took quite a bit of time, and it was midnight by the time he got home.
11. "Where in the world have you been?" said his wife. "Here I have been waiting and waiting, and we have no wood to make a fire, nor anything to put into the porridge pot for our Christmas supper."
11. "Where have you been?" asked his wife. "I've been waiting and waiting, and we have no firewood or anything to put in the porridge pot for our Christmas dinner."
12. The house was dark and cold; but the poor man bade his wife wait and see what would happen. He placed the little hand mill on the table, and began to turn the crank. First, out there came some grand, lighted wax candles, and a fire on the hearth, and a porridge pot boiling over it, because in his mind he said they should come first. Then he ground out a tablecloth, and dishes, and spoons, and knives and forks.
12. The house was dark and cold, but the poor man told his wife to wait and see what would happen. He put the little hand mill on the table and started turning the crank. First, out came some beautiful, lit wax candles, a fire in the fireplace, and a pot of porridge boiling on top, because he thought they should come first. Then he ground out a tablecloth, dishes, spoons, knives, and forks.
13. He was himself astonished at his good luck, as you may believe; and his wife was almost beside herself with joy and astonishment. Well, they had a capital supper; and after it was eaten, they ground out of the mill every possible thing to make their house and themselves warm and comfortable. So they had a merry Christmas eve and morning.
13. He was really surprised by his good luck, as you can imagine; and his wife was almost overwhelmed with joy and disbelief. They had a great dinner, and after they finished eating, they used everything they could from the mill to make their home and themselves cozy and warm. So, they enjoyed a joyful Christmas Eve and Christmas morning.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Tri'-fling, of small value. 5. Hand 'mill, a mill turned by hand. 6. At-tract'ed, drawn to, allured. 7. Perplexed', puzzled. 8. Fra'grance, sweetness of smell.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Trifling, of little value. 5. Hand mill, a mill operated by hand. 6. Attracted, drawn to, lured. 7. Perplexed, confused. 8. Fragrance, sweet smell.
IV. WHY THE SEA IS SALT. (32)
(Concluded.)
IV. WHY THE SEA IS SALT. (32)
(Concluded.)
1. When the people went by the house to church, the next day, they could hardly believe their eyes. There was glass in the windows instead of a wooden shutter, and the poor man and his wife, dressed in nice new clothes, were seen devoutly kneeling in the church.
1. The next day, as people walked past the house on their way to church, they could hardly believe what they saw. The windows had glass instead of wooden shutters, and the poor man and his wife, wearing nice new clothes, were seen kneeling reverently in church.
2. "There is something very strange in all this," said everyone. "Something very strange indeed," said the rich man, when three days afterwards he received an invitation from his once poor brother to a grand feast. And what a feast it was! The table was covered with a cloth as white as snow, and the dishes were all of silver or gold. The rich man could not, in his great house, and with all his wealth, set out such a table.
2. "There's something really odd about all this," everyone said. "Something really odd, for sure," said the rich man, when three days later he got an invitation from his once poor brother to a fancy feast. And what a feast it was! The table was laid with a cloth as white as snow, and the dishes were all made of silver or gold. The rich man couldn't, in his big house and with all his wealth, put together a table like that.
3. "Where did you get all these things?" exclaimed he. His brother told him all about the bargain he had made with the dwarfs, and putting the mill on the table, ground out boots and shoes, coats and cloaks, stockings, gowns, and blankets, and bade his wife give them to the poor people that had gathered about the house to get a sight of the grand feast the poor brother had made for the rich one.
3. "Where did you get all this stuff?" he exclaimed. His brother explained the deal he’d made with the dwarfs and, placing the mill on the table, produced boots and shoes, coats and cloaks, stockings, gowns, and blankets. He told his wife to give them to the poor people who had gathered around the house to see the grand feast the poor brother had prepared for the wealthy one.
4. The rich man, was very envious of his brother's good fortune, and wanted to borrow the mill, intending—for he was not an honest man—never to return it again. His brother would not lend it, for the old man with the white beard had told him never to sell or lend it to anyone.
4. The wealthy man was really jealous of his brother's good luck and wanted to borrow the mill, planning—since he wasn't a trustworthy person—to never give it back. His brother refused to lend it, because the old man with the white beard had advised him never to sell or lend it to anyone.
5. Some years went on, and, at last, the possessor of the mill built himself a grand castle on a rock by the sea, facing the west. Its windows, reflecting the golden sunset, could be seen far out from the shore. It became a noted landmark for sailors. Strangers from foreign parts often came to see this castle and the wonderful mill of which the most extraordinary tales were told.
5. Years passed, and eventually, the owner of the mill built himself a magnificent castle on a cliff by the sea, facing west. Its windows, reflecting the golden sunset, could be seen from far out at sea. It became a famous landmark for sailors. Travelers from distant lands often came to see this castle and the amazing mill, about which many incredible stories were shared.
6. At length, a great foreign merchant came, and when he had seen the mill, inquired whether it would grind salt. Being told that it would, he wanted to buy it; for he traded in salt, and thought that if he owned it he could supply all his customers without taking long and dangerous voyages.
6. Eventually, a wealthy foreign merchant arrived, and after inspecting the mill, he asked if it could grind salt. When he was told it could, he wanted to purchase it; he was in the salt trade and believed that owning the mill would allow him to serve all his customers without having to embark on long and risky journeys.
7. The man would not sell it, of course. He was so rich now that he did not want to use it for himself; but every Christmas he ground out food and clothes and coal for the poor, and nice presents for the little children. So he rejected all the offers of the rich merchant. The merchant, however, determined to have it; he bribed one of the man's servants to let him go into the castle at night, and he stole the mill and sailed away with it in triumph.
7. The man wouldn't sell it, of course. He was so wealthy now that he didn't want to keep it for himself; instead, every Christmas he provided food, clothes, and coal for the poor, along with nice gifts for the little kids. So, he turned down all the offers from the rich merchant. However, the merchant was set on getting it; he bribed one of the man's servants to let him sneak into the castle at night, and he stole the mill and sailed away with it in triumph.
8. He had scarcely got out to sea, before he determined to set the mill to work. "Now, mill, grind salt," said he; "grind salt with all your might!—salt, salt, and nothing but salt!" The mill began to grind and the sailors to fill the sacks; but these were soon full, and in spite of all that could be done, it began to fill the ship.
8. He had barely made it out to sea when he decided to start the mill. "Alright, mill, grind salt," he said; "grind salt with all your strength!—salt, salt, and nothing but salt!" The mill started grinding, and the sailors began filling the sacks; but soon those were full, and no matter what they did, it started to fill the ship.
9. The dishonest merchant was now very much frightened. What was to be done? The mill would not stop grinding; and at last the ship was overloaded, and down it went, making a great whirlpool where it sank. The ship soon went to pieces; but the mill stands on the bottom of the sea, and keeps grinding out "salt, salt, nothing but salt!" That is the reason, say the peasants of Denmark and Norway, why the sea is salt.
9. The greedy merchant was really scared now. What could he do? The mill wouldn’t stop churning; eventually, the ship got too heavy and went down, creating a big whirlpool where it sank. The ship quickly broke apart, but the mill still sits on the ocean floor, continuously grinding out "salt, salt, nothing but salt!" That’s why, according to the farmers of Denmark and Norway, the sea is salty.
DEFINITIONS.—l. De-vout'ly, in a reverent manner. 5. Re—flect'ing, throwing back light, heat, etc., as a mirror. Land'-mark, an object on land serving as a guide to seamen. Ex-traor'—di-na-ry, wonderful. 9. Whirl'-pool, a gulf in which the water moves round in a circle. Peas'ents, those belonging to the lowest class of tillers of the soil in Europe.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Devoutly, in a respectful way. 5. Reflecting, bouncing back light, heat, etc., like a mirror. Landmark, an object on land that acts as a guide for sailors. Extraordinary, amazing. 9. Whirlpool, a place where water swirls in a circle. Peasants, people who belong to the lowest class of farmers in Europe.
EXERCISES.—What is a "fairy tale"? What fairy people are told about in this story? How did the poor man find the way to the land of the dwarfs? Do you think the old man would have told him if the poor man had not been so polite? How did the poor man treat his rich brother in return for his unkindness? How was the greed of the dishonest merchant punished? What is meant by "strangers from foreign parts"? Where are Denmark and Norway?
EXERCISES.—What is a "fairy tale"? What fairy beings are mentioned in this story? How did the poor man discover the path to the land of the dwarfs? Do you think the old man would have shared the information if the poor man hadn't been so polite? How did the poor man respond to his rich brother's unkindness? How was the greed of the dishonest merchant punished? What does "strangers from foreign parts" mean? Where are Denmark and Norway?
V. POPPING CORN. (34)
1. One autumn night, when the wind was high,
And the rain fell in heavy plashes,
A little boy sat by the kitchen fire,
A-popping corn in the ashes;
And his sister, a curly-haired child of three,
Sat looking on, just close to his knee.
1. One autumn night, when the wind was strong,
And the rain poured down heavily,
A little boy sat by the kitchen fire,
Popping corn in the ashes;
And his sister, a curly-haired toddler of three,
Sat watching, right next to his knee.
2. Pop! pop! and the kernels, one by one,
Came out of the embers flying;
The boy held a long pine stick in his hand,
And kept it busily plying;
He stirred the corn and it snapped the more,
And faster jumped to the clean-swept floor.
2. Pop! pop! and the kernels, one by one,
Popped out of the embers, flying;
The boy held a long pine stick in his hand,
And kept it busy poking;
He stirred the corn and it snapped more,
And jumped faster to the clean-swept floor.
3. Part of the kernels flew one way,
And a part hopped out the other;
Some flew plump into the sister's lap,
Some under the stool of the brother;
The little girl gathered them into a heap,
And called them a flock of milk-white sheep.
3. Some of the kernels flew one way,
And some hopped out the other;
A few landed right in the sister's lap,
And some under the brother's stool;
The little girl collected them into a pile,
And called them a flock of fluffy white sheep.
VI. SMILES. (35)
1. Poor lame Jennie sat at her window, looking out upon the dismal, narrow street, with a look of pain and weariness on her face. "Oh, dear," she said with a sigh, "what a long day this is going to be," and she looked wishfully up the street.
1. Poor lame Jennie sat at her window, gazing out at the grim, narrow street, with an expression of pain and exhaustion on her face. "Oh, dear," she said with a sigh, "what a long day this is going to be," and she looked hopefully up the street.
2. Suddenly she leaned forward and pressed her pale face against the glass, as a rosy-checked boy came racing down the street, swinging his schoolbooks by the strap. Looking up to the window, he took off his hat and bowed with a bright, pleasant smile.
2. Suddenly, she leaned forward and pressed her pale face against the glass as a rosy-cheeked boy came running down the street, swinging his schoolbooks by the strap. He looked up at the window, took off his hat, and bowed with a bright, friendly smile.
3. "What a nice boy he is," said Jennie to herself, as he ran out of sight. "I am so glad he goes by here on his way to school. When he smiles, it seems like having the sun shine. I wish everybody who goes by would look up and smile."
3. "What a nice guy he is," Jennie said to herself as he disappeared from view. "I’m really glad he passes by here on his way to school. When he smiles, it feels like the sun is shining. I wish everyone who walks by would look up and smile."
4. "Mamma," said George West, as he came from school, "I can't help thinking about that poor little girl I told you of the other day. She looks so tired. I took off my hat and bowed to her to-day. I wish I could do something for her,"
4. "Mom," said George West as he came home from school, "I can't stop thinking about that poor little girl I mentioned the other day. She looks so worn out. I took off my hat and nodded at her today. I wish I could do something to help her,"
5. "Suppose you should carry her a handful of pretty flowers some time when you go to school," said Mrs. West. "I'll do that to-morrow morning," said George, "if I can find my way into that rickety old house."
5. "How about bringing her a bunch of pretty flowers sometime when you head to school?" Mrs. West suggested. "I'll do that tomorrow morning," George replied, "if I can figure out how to get into that rundown old house."
6. The next morning, as Jennie sat leaning her head wearily against the window, watching the raindrops chasing one another down the glass, she spied George with a handful of beautiful flowers carefully picking his way across the street. He stopped in front of her window, and, smiling very pleasantly, said, "How shall I find the way to your room?"
6. The next morning, as Jennie sat tiredly resting her head against the window, watching the raindrops race each other down the glass, she saw George holding a bunch of beautiful flowers, carefully making his way across the street. He stopped in front of her window and, smiling warmly, said, "How do I get to your room?"
7. Jennie pointed to an alley near by, where he turned in, and with some difficulty found his way to the dingy staircase. Opening the door to Jennie's gentle "Come in," he said, "I have brought you a handful of flowers to look at this rainy day."
7. Jennie pointed to a nearby alley, where he turned in and, after some difficulty, managed to find his way to the shabby staircase. Opening the door to Jennie's soft "Come in," he said, "I brought you a handful of flowers to brighten up this rainy day."
8. "Are they for me?" exclaimed Jennie, clapping her hands in delight. "How kind you are," she continued, as George laid them in her lap. "I have not had a flower since we live in the city."
8. "Are those for me?" Jennie exclaimed, clapping her hands in excitement. "You're so thoughtful," she added as George placed them in her lap. "I haven't had a flower since we moved to the city."
9. "Did you use to live in the country?" asked George. "Oh, yes," answered Jennie, "we used to live in a beautiful cottage, and there were trees and flowers and green grass, and the air was so sweet."
9. "Did you used to live in the countryside?" asked George. "Oh, yes," Jennie replied, "we used to live in a lovely cottage with trees, flowers, and green grass, and the air was so fresh."
10. "Well, what made you move here?" "Oh," said Jennie, softly, "papa died, and mamma was sick so long that the money was all gone. Then mamma had to sell the cottage, and she moved here to try to get work to do."
10. "So, what brought you here?" "Oh," Jennie replied quietly, "Dad passed away, and Mom was sick for so long that we ran out of money. Then Mom had to sell the cottage, and she moved here to find work."
11. "Do you have to sit here all day?" asked George, glancing around the bare room and out into the dismal street. "Yes," said Jennie, "because I am lame; but I would not care for that, if I could only help mamma."
11. "Do you have to sit here all day?" George asked, looking around the empty room and out at the gloomy street. "Yeah," Jennie replied, "because I'm disabled; but I wouldn't mind that if I could just help Mom."
12. "I declare, it's too had!" said George, who dreaded nothing so much as being obliged to stay in the house. "Oh, no, it isn't," said Jennie, pleasantly; "mamma says maybe we should forget the Lord if we had everything we wanted, and He never forgets us, you know."
12. "I swear, this is the worst!" said George, who feared nothing more than being stuck inside. "Oh, no, it isn't," replied Jennie cheerfully; "Mom says we might forget the Lord if we had everything we wished for, and He never forgets us, you know."
13. "Well, I must rush for school," said George, not knowing exactly what to say next; and he was soon out of Jennie's sight, but had a happy little corner in his heart, because he had tried to do a kind act. He did not know how much good he had done in making a pleasant day out of a dreary one for a little sick girl.
13. "Well, I really need to get to school," said George, unsure of what to say next; and he was quickly out of Jennie's sight, but he felt a warm little joy in his heart because he had tried to do something nice. He didn't realize how much he had helped turn a gloomy day into a happy one for a little sick girl.
14. "Mamma," said George, that evening, after he had told her what Jennie said, "papa must give them some money, so they can go back to their home."
14. "Mom," said George that evening, after he told her what Jennie had said, "Dad needs to give them some money so they can go back to their home."
15. "No," said his mother; "he can not do that, and they would not wish him to do so; but perhaps he can help us contrive some way to assist them, so that they can live more comfortably."
15. "No," said his mother; "he can’t do that, and they wouldn’t want him to; but maybe he can help us figure out a way to support them, so they can live more comfortably."
16. "I am going to carry Jennie some of the grapes grandpa sent me, to-morrow," said George, turning over the leaves of his geography. "I will put some of my pears into your basket, and go with you," said his mother; "but there is one thing we can always give, and sometimes it does more good than nice things to eat, or even money."
16. "I'm going to take Jennie some of the grapes Grandpa sent me tomorrow," said George, flipping through his geography book. "I'll put some of my pears in your basket and go with you," said his mom; "but there's one thing we can always give, and sometimes it does more good than tasty food or even cash."
17. "What is that, mamma,—smiles?" asked George, looking up. "Yes," answered his mother; "and it is a good plan to throw in a kind word or two with them when you can."
17. "What is that, mom—smiles?" asked George, looking up. "Yes," replied his mother; "and it's a good idea to add a kind word or two along with them when you can."
DEFINITIONS.-l. Dis'mal, gloomy, cheerless. Wish'ful-ly, with desire. 5. Rick'et-y, imperfect, worn out. 7. Din'gy, dark. 11. Glan'cing, looking about quickly. 13. Drear'y, comfortless, gloomy. 15. Con-trive', to plan.
DEFINITIONS.-1. Dismal, gloomy, cheerless. Wishfully, with desire. 5. Rickety, imperfect, worn out. 7. Dingy, dark. 11. Glancing, looking around quickly. 13. Dreary, comfortless, gloomy. 15. Contrive, to plan.
EXERCISES.—What is the subject of this lesson? How did George West make the day pleasant for Jennie? What did his mother suggest? What happened next day? What did Jennie tell George about her life? Relate what happened at George's home that evening. What does the lesson teach?
EXERCISES.—What is the topic of this lesson? How did George West make the day enjoyable for Jennie? What did his mother recommend? What occurred the following day? What did Jennie share with George about her life? Describe what happened at George's house that evening. What is the lesson's message?
VII. LAZY NED. (38)
1. "'T is royal fun," cried lazy Ned,
"To coast, upon my fine, new sled,
And beat the other boys;
But then, I can not bear to climb
The tiresome hill, for every time
It more and more annoys."
1. "'It's such great fun," shouted lazy Ned,
"To slide down the hill on my shiny new sled,
And outpace the other boys;
But I just can't stand climbing
That exhausting hill, because every time
It annoys me more and more."
2. So, while his schoolmates glided by,
And gladly tugged uphill, to try
Another merry race,
Too indolent to share their plays,
Ned was compelled to stand and gaze,
While shivering in his place.
2. So, while his classmates moved effortlessly by,
And happily pulled themselves uphill, to try
Another fun race,
Too lazy to join in their games,
Ned had to just stand and watch,
While shivering in his spot.
3. Thus, he would never take the pains
To seek the prize that labor gains,
Until the time had passed;
For, all his life, he dreaded still
The silly bugbear of uphill,
And died a dunce at last.
3. So, he would never bother
To chase the rewards that hard work brings,
Until it was too late;
For, all his life, he still feared
The foolish monster of struggle,
And ended up a fool in the end.
DEFINITIONS.-l. Roy'al, excellent, noble. Coast, to slide. An—noys', troubles. 2. In'do-lent, lazy. 3. Prize, a reward. Bug-bear, something frightful. Dunce, a silly fellow.
DEFINITIONS.-1. Royal, excellent, noble. Coast, to slide. Annoys, troubles. 2. Indolent, lazy. 3. Prize, a reward. Bugbear, something frightening. Dunce, a silly person.
EXERCISES.—What did Ned like? What did he not like?
EXERCISES.—What did Ned enjoy? What did he not enjoy?
VIII. THE MONKEY. (39)
1. The monkey is a very cunning little animal, and is found in many parts of the world.
1. The monkey is a very clever little animal and can be found in many places around the world.
2. A lady once had a monkey, which had been brought to her as a present. This monkey, like all others, was very fond of mischief and of doing whatever he saw others do.
2. A woman once had a monkey, which was given to her as a gift. This monkey, like all others, loved to cause trouble and do whatever he saw others doing.
3. His mistress found him one day sitting on her toilet table, holding in one hand a little china mug with water in it, and in the other her toothbrush, with which he was cleaning his teeth, looking all the time in the glass.
3. His girlfriend found him one day sitting at her vanity, holding a small china mug filled with water in one hand and her toothbrush in the other, using it to brush his teeth while staring at himself in the mirror.
4. Her little daughter, Maria, had a large doll with a very handsome head and face. She one day left this doll in the cradle, and went out of the room. The monkey came in, took the doll in his arms, and jumping upon the washstand, he began to wash its face.
4. Her young daughter, Maria, had a big doll with a beautiful head and face. One day, she left this doll in the crib and stepped out of the room. The monkey came in, grabbed the doll, and jumped onto the washstand, where he started washing its face.
5. He first rubbed it all over with soap. Then seizing the towel, he dipped it in the wash bowl, and rubbed it so hard that the doll's face was entirely spoiled, the paint being all washed off.
5. He first lathered it up with soap. Then grabbing the towel, he soaked it in the wash basin and rubbed it so vigorously that the doll's face was completely ruined, with all the paint washed away.
6. There have been many tales of monkeys who, armed with sticks, have joined together and made war or resisted their enemies with great effect. These are not true, as it is known that in their native state monkeys have no idea of weapons.
6. There have been many stories about monkeys who, using sticks, band together to fight wars or defend themselves against enemies with great success. These aren't true, as it's known that in their natural state, monkeys have no concept of weapons.
7. The sticks and other missiles said to be thrown at travelers as they pass under the branches of trees, are usually the dead branches, etc., accidentally broken off, as the monkeys, with the natural curiosity of their tribe, pass along the tops of trees to watch the actions of the people below.
7. The sticks and other objects claimed to be thrown at travelers as they walk underneath the branches of trees are usually just dead branches and such that accidentally break off when the monkeys, driven by their natural curiosity, move along the treetops to observe the people below.
8. They can, however, be taught to use a stick, and to use it well. Some time ago, two Italians together owned an organ and a monkey, by means of which they earned their living. During one of their exhibitions, a dog flew at the little monkey, which made its owners very angry.
8. They can, however, be taught to use a stick, and to use it well. Some time ago, two Italians owned an organ and a monkey, which they used to earn their living. During one of their performances, a dog charged at the little monkey, which made its owners very angry.
9. They and the owner of the dog quarreled about it, and at last it was agreed that the dog and the monkey should fight it out; the monkey, because he was smaller, was to be allowed a stick.
9. They and the dog’s owner argued about it, and finally, it was decided that the dog and the monkey would settle it with a fight; since the monkey was smaller, he would be given a stick.
10. The monkey was taught what he was to do in the following manner: One of the Italians crawled on his hands and knees, barking like a dog, while the other got on his back, grasped his hair, and beat him about the head with a stick.
10. The monkey was trained to do his task like this: One of the Italians crawled on all fours, barking like a dog, while the other climbed onto his back, grabbed his hair, and hit him on the head with a stick.
11. The monkey looked on with great gravity, and, when the instruction was over, received the stick with the air of a man who knew his work and meant to do it.
11. The monkey watched seriously, and when the lesson was done, he took the stick like someone who knew his job and was ready to take it on.
12. Everything being settled the dog flew at the monkey with open month. The monkey immediately leaped on his back, and, grasping the dog's ear, beat away at his head with such good will that his adversary speedily gave in. The monkey, however, was not content with a mere victory, but continued pounding at the dog's head until he left him senseless on the ground.
12. With everything settled, the dog charged at the monkey with its mouth wide open. The monkey quickly jumped onto its back and, grabbing the dog's ear, struck its head with such determination that the dog soon gave up. However, the monkey wasn't satisfied with just a victory; it kept hitting the dog's head until he was left unconscious on the ground.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Cun'ning, sly. 3. Toi'let ta'ble, dressing table. 6.
Re-sist'ed, opposed. 7. Mis'siles, weapons thrown. 8. Ex-hi-bi'tions,
public shows. 11. Grav'i-ty, seriousness. In-struc'-tion, lesson, 12.
Sense'less, without apparent life.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Cunning, sly. 3. Toilet table, dressing table. 6.
Resisted, opposed. 7. Missiles, weapons thrown. 8. Exhibitions,
public shows. 11. Gravity, seriousness. Instruction, lesson, 12.
Senseless, without apparent life.
EXERCISES.—What kind of an animal is a monkey? Where did the lady find the monkey one day? What was he doing? What did he do with Maria's doll? Do monkeys in their native state know how to use sticks as weapons? Can they be taught to use them? Relate the story of the two Italians. What is the meaning of "etc." in the seventh paragraph?
EXERCISES.—What type of animal is a monkey? Where did the woman find the monkey one day? What was he doing? What did he do with Maria's doll? Do monkeys in the wild know how to use sticks as weapons? Can they be trained to use them? Tell the story of the two Italians. What does "etc." mean in the seventh paragraph?
IX. MEDDLESOME MATTY. (42)
1. Oh, how one ugly trick has spoiled
The sweetest and the best!
Matilda, though a pleasant child,
One grievous fault possessed,
Which, like a cloud before the skies,
Hid all her better qualities.
1. Oh, how one ugly trick has ruined
The sweetest and the best!
Matilda, even though she was a nice kid,
Had one serious flaw,
Which, like a cloud blocking the sun,
Obscured all her good qualities.
2. Sometimes, she'd lift the teapot lid
To peep at what was in it;
Or tilt, the kettle, if you did
But turn your back a minute.
In vain you told her not to touch,
Her trick of meddling grew so much.
2. Sometimes, she'd lift the teapot lid
To see what was inside;
Or tip the kettle, if you did
But turn your back for a second.
No matter how much you told her not to touch,
Her habit of messing around grew so much.
3. Her grand mamma went out one day,
And, by mistake, she laid
Her spectacles and snuffbox gay,
Too near the little maid;
"Ah! well," thought she, "I'll try them on,
As soon as grand mamma is gone."
3. Her grandma went out one day,
And, by mistake, she left
Her glasses and fancy snuffbox,
Too close to the little girl;
"Ah! well," she thought, "I'll try them on,
As soon as grandma is gone."
4. Forthwith, she placed upon her nose
The glasses large and wide;
And looking round, as I suppose,
The snuffbox, too, she spied.
"Oh, what a pretty box is this!
I'll open it," said little miss.
4. Immediately, she put the big, wide glasses on her nose
And looked around, as I guess,
She spotted the snuffbox, too.
"Oh, what a cute box this is!
I'll open it," said the little girl.
5. "I know that grandmamma would say,
'Don't meddle with it, dear;'
But then she's far enough away,
And no one else is near;
Beside, what can there be amiss
In opening such a box as this?"
5. "I know grandma would say,
'Don't mess with it, dear;'
But she's far enough away,
And no one else is around;
Besides, what could possibly be wrong
With opening a box like this?"
6. So, thumb and finger went to work
To move the stubborn lid;
And, presently, a mighty jerk
The mighty mischief did;
For all at once, ah! woeful case!
The snuff came puffing in her face.
6. So, thumb and finger got to work
To shift the stubborn lid;
And soon, with a sudden jerk
Came the trouble they did;
For all at once, oh no! what a mess!
The snuff came puffing right in her face.
7. Poor eyes, and nose, and mouth, and chin
A dismal sight presented;
And as the snuff got further in,
Sincerely she repented.
In vain she ran about for ease,
She could do nothing else but sneeze.
7. Poor eyes, nose, mouth, and chin
A sad sight displayed;
And as the snuff went deeper,
She truly regretted it.
She hurried around looking for relief,
But all she could do was sneeze.
8. She dashed the spectacles away,
To wipe her tingling eyes;
And, as in twenty bits they lay,
Her grandmamma she spies.
"Heyday! and what's the matter now?"
Cried grandmamma, with angry brow.
8. She pushed her glasses aside,
To wipe her tingling eyes;
And, as they lay in twenty pieces,
She spots her grandmother.
"What on earth is happening now?"
Cried her grandmother, with an angry look.
9. Matilda, smarting with the pain,
And tingling still, and sore,
Made many a promise to refrain
From meddling evermore;
And 't is a fact, as I have heard,
She ever since has kept her word.
9. Matilda, hurt and still feeling the sting,
And tender all over,
Promised many times to stop
Meddling for good;
And it’s true, as I’ve heard,
She has kept that promise ever since.
DEFINITIONS.-l. Qual'i-ties, traits of character. 2. Med'-dling, interfering without right. 4. Forth-with', at once. Spied, saw. 5. A-miss', wrong, faulty. 6. Woe'ful, sad, sorrowful 8. Tin'gling, smarting. 9. Re-frain', to keep from.
DEFINITIONS.-1. Qualities, traits of character. 2. Meddling, interfering without permission. 4. Forthwith, immediately. Spied, saw. 5. Amiss, wrong, faulty. 6. Woeful, sad, sorrowful. 8. Tingling, smarting. 9. Refrain, to hold back from.
EXERCISES.—What did Matilda do? How was she punished? What effect did it have on her?
EXERCISES.—What did Matilda do? How was she punished? What impact did it have on her?
X. THE GOOD SON. (44)
1. There was once a jeweler, noted for many virtues. One day, the Jewish elders came to him to buy some diamonds, to put upon that part of the dress of their high priest, which the Bible calls an ephod.
1. There was once a jeweler, known for many good qualities. One day, the Jewish elders came to him to buy some diamonds to place on the part of the high priest's garment that the Bible refers to as an ephod.
2. They told him what they wanted, and offered him a fair price for the diamonds. He replied that he could not let them see the jewels at that moment, and requested them to call again.
2. They told him what they wanted and offered him a fair price for the diamonds. He replied that he couldn't let them see the jewels at that moment and asked them to come back later.
3. As they wanted them without delay, and thought that the object of the jeweler was only to increase the price of the diamonds, the elders offered him twice, then three times, as much as they were worth. But he still refused, and they went away in very bad humor.
3. Since they wanted the diamonds right away and believed the jeweler was just trying to jack up the price, the elders offered him double, then triple, their actual value. But he still turned them down, and they left in a really bad mood.
4. Some hours after, he went to them, and placed before them the diamonds, for which they again offered him the last price they had named; but he said, "I will only accept the first one you offered to me this morning."
4. A few hours later, he went to see them and placed the diamonds in front of them, but they offered him the last price they had mentioned again. He replied, "I'll only accept the first price you offered me this morning."
5. "Why, then, did you not close with us at once?" asked they in surprise. "When you came," replied he, "my father had the key of the chest, in which the diamonds were kept, and as he was asleep, I should have been obliged to wake him to obtain them.
5. "So, why didn't you join us right away?" they asked, surprised. "When you arrived," he replied, "my dad had the key to the chest where the diamonds were stored, and since he was asleep, I would have had to wake him up to get them."
6. "At his age, a short hour of sleep does him a great deal of good; and for all the gold in the world, I would not be wanting in respect to my father, or take from him a single comfort."
6. "At his age, a quick hour of sleep does him a lot of good; and for all the money in the world, I wouldn't disrespect my father or take away even one of his comforts."
7. The elders, affected by these feeling words, spread their hands upon the jeweler's head, and said, "Thou shalt be blessed of Him who has said, 'Honor thy father and thy mother;' and thy children shall one day pay thee the same respect and love thou hast shown to thy father."
7. The elders, moved by these heartfelt words, placed their hands on the jeweler's head and said, "You will be blessed by Him who has said, 'Honor your father and your mother;' and your children will one day show you the same respect and love you have shown to your father."
DEFINITIONS.—l. Jew'el-er, one who buys and sells precious stones. Not'ed, well known. Eld'er, an officer of the Jewish church. Eph'od, part of the dress of a Jewish priest, made of two pieces, one covering the chest and the other the back, united by a girdle. 2. Di'a-monds, precious stones. 3. Hu'mor, state of mind, temper. 5. Close, come to an agreement.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Jeweler, someone who buys and sells valuable gemstones. Noted, well known. Elder, an officer of the Jewish church. Ephod, part of a Jewish priest's clothing, consisting of two pieces—one covering the chest and the other the back, connected by a belt. 2. Diamonds, valuable gemstones. 3. Humor, state of mind, temperament. 5. Close, reach an agreement.
EXERCISES.—Relate the story of the jeweler and his diamonds. What did the elders say to him, when they heard his reason for not giving them the diamonds at first?
EXERCISES.—Tell the story of the jeweler and his diamonds. What did the elders tell him when they heard his reason for not giving them the diamonds initially?
XI. TO-MORROW. (45)
Mrs. M. B. Johnson is the authoress of "To-morrow," one of a collection of poems; entitled "Poems of Home Life."
Mrs. M. B. Johnson is the author of "Tomorrow," one of the poems in the collection titled "Poems of Home Life."
1. A bright, merry boy, with laughing face,
Whose every motion was full of grace,
Who knew no trouble and feared no care,
Was the light of our household—the youngest there.
1. A cheerful, happy boy, with a smiling face,
Whose every move was full of charm,
Who had no worries and felt no stress,
Was the joy of our home—the youngest one here.
2. He was too young, this little elf,
With troublesome questions to vex himself;
But for many days a thought would rise,
And bring a shade to his dancing eyes.
2. He was just a kid, this little elf,
With annoying questions to worry about;
But for several days, a thought would come up,
And cloud his bright, dancing eyes.
3. He went to one whom he thought more wise
Than any other beneath the skies;
"Mother,"—O word that makes the home!—
"Tell me, when will to-morrow come?"
3. He went to someone he thought was wiser
Than anyone else in the world;
“Mom,”—oh, that word that brings comfort!—
“Can you tell me when tomorrow will arrive?”
4. "It is almost night," the mother said,
"And time for my boy to be in bed;
When you wake up and it's day again,
It will be to-morrow, my darling, then."
4. "It's almost nighttime," the mom said,
"And time for my boy to go to bed;
When you wake up and it's daytime again,
It will be tomorrow, my darling, then."
5. The little boy slept through all the night,
But woke with the first red streak of light;
He pressed a kiss to his mother's brow,
And whispered, "Is it to-morrow now?"
5. The little boy slept through the whole night,
But woke up with the first hint of light;
He kissed his mother's forehead,
And whispered, "Is it tomorrow now?"
6. "No, little Eddie, this is to-day:
To-morrow is always one night away."
He pondered a while, but joys came fast,
And this vexing question quickly passed.
6. "No, little Eddie, this is today:
Tomorrow is always just one night away."
He thought about it for a bit, but joy came quickly,
And this annoying question faded fast.
7. But it came again with the shades of night;
"Will it be to-morrow when it is light?"
From years to come he seemed care to borrow,
He tried so hard to catch to-morrow.
7. But it returned with the darkness of night;
"Will it be tomorrow when it's light?"
From future years, he seemed to want to borrow,
He tried so hard to grasp tomorrow.
8. "You can not catch it, my little Ted;
Enjoy to-day," the mother said;
"Some wait for to-morrow through many a year
It is always coming, but never is here."
8. "You can’t catch it, my little Ted;
Enjoy today," the mother said;
"Some wait for tomorrow for many years;
It’s always coming, but it’s never here."
DEFINITIONS.—1. House'hold, family, those living in the same house. 2. Elf, a small fairy-like person. Vex, worry, trouble. Pon'dered, thought anxiously. A-while', for a short time.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Household, family, those living in the same house. 2. Elf, a small fairy-like person. Vex, worry, trouble. Pondered, thought anxiously. A while, for a short time.
EXERCISES.—What is meant by "dancing eyes" in the second stanza? What is
meant by "the shades of night," in the seventh stanza? Of what name are
"Eddie" and "Ted" nicknames? What troubled Eddie? Can you define tomorrow?
What did Eddie's mother advise him to do?
EXERCISES.—What does "dancing eyes" mean in the second stanza? What does "the shades of night" mean in the seventh stanza? What are "Eddie" and "Ted" nicknames for? What was bothering Eddie? Can you explain what tomorrow is? What did Eddie's mom tell him to do?
XII. WHERE THERE IS A WILL THERE IS A WAY. (47)
1. Henry Bond was about ten years old when his father died. His mother found it difficult to provide for the support of a large family, thus left entirely in her care. By good management, however, she contrived to do so, and also to send Henry, the oldest, to school, and to supply him, for the most part, with such books as he needed.
1. Henry Bond was about ten years old when his father passed away. His mother struggled to support their large family, which was completely her responsibility. However, through careful planning, she managed to do so and also sent Henry, the oldest, to school, providing him mostly with the books he needed.
2. At one time, however, Henry wanted a grammar, in order to join a class in that study, and his mother could not furnish him with the money to buy it. He was very much troubled about it, and went to bed with a heavy heart, thinking what could be done.
2. At one point, though, Henry wanted a grammar book so he could join a class that studied it, but his mom couldn’t give him the money to buy one. He was really worried about it and went to bed feeling heavy-hearted, thinking about what he could do.
3. On waking in the morning, he found that a deep snow had fallen, and the cold wind was blowing furiously. "Ah," said he, "it is an ill wind that blows nobody good."
3. When he woke up in the morning, he discovered that a thick layer of snow had fallen, and the cold wind was howling. "Ah," he said, "it’s a bad wind that doesn’t benefit anyone."
4. He rose, ran to the house of a neighbor, and offered his service to clear a path around his premises. The offer was accepted. Having completed this work, and received his pay, he went to another place for the same purpose, and then to another, until he had earned enough to buy a grammar.
4. He got up, ran to a neighbor's house, and offered to clear a path around their property. The offer was accepted. After finishing this job and getting paid, he went to another location for the same reason, then to another, until he had made enough money to buy a grammar book.
5. When school commenced, Henry was in his seat, the happiest boy there, ready to begin the lesson in his new book.
5. When school started, Henry was in his seat, the happiest kid there, ready to dive into the lesson from his new book.
6. From that time, Henry, was always the first in all his classes. He knew no such word as fail, but always succeeded in all he attempted. Having the will, he always found the way.
6. From that time on, Henry was always the top student in all his classes. He didn't know the word fail and always succeeded in everything he tried. With determination, he always found a way.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Man'age-ment, manner of directing things. 2. Fur'nish, to supply. 3. Fu'ri-ous-ly, violently. 4. Serv'ice, labor. Prem'i-ses, grounds around a house.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Management, the way of directing things. 2. Furnish, to supply. 3. Furiously, violently. 4. Service, labor. Premises, the land around a house.
XIII. PICCOLA. (48)
By Celia Laighton Thaxter, who was born at Portsmouth, N. H., June 29, 1836. Much of her childhood was passed at White Island, one of the Isles of Shoals, off the coast of New Hampshire. "Among the Isles of Shoals," is her most noted work in prose. She published a volume of poems, many of which are favorites with children. She died in 1894.
By Celia Laighton Thaxter, born in Portsmouth, NH, on June 29, 1836. She spent much of her childhood on White Island, one of the Isles of Shoals, off the coast of New Hampshire. "Among the Isles of Shoals" is her most famous work in prose. She published a collection of poems, many of which are beloved by children. She passed away in 1894.
1. Poor, sweet Piccola! Did you hear
What happened to Piccola, children dear?
'T is seldom Fortune such favor grants
As fell to this little maid of France.
1. Poor, sweet Piccola! Did you hear
What happened to Piccola, dear children?
It's rare for Fortune to grant such favor
As what happened to this little girl from France.
2. 'T was Christmas time, and her parents poor
Could hardly drive the wolf from the door,
Striving with poverty's patient pain
Only to live till summer again.
2. It was Christmas time, and her parents were poor
Could barely keep the wolf from the door,
Struggling with the persistent pain of poverty
Just to survive until summer again.
3. No gift for Piccola! sad were they
When dawned the morning of Christmas day!
Their little darling no joy might stir;
St. Nicholas nothing would bring to her!
3. No gift for Piccola! they were sad
When Christmas morning arrived!
Their little darling couldn’t feel any joy;
St. Nicholas brought her nothing!
4. But Piccola never doubted at all
That something beautiful must befall
Every child upon Christmas day,
And so she slept till the dawn was gray.
4. But Piccola never doubted at all
That something beautiful had to happen
Every child on Christmas Day,
And so she slept until the dawn was gray.
5. And full of faith, when at last she woke,
She stole to her shoe as the morning broke;
Such sounds of gladness filled all the air,
'T was plain St. Nicholas had been there.
5. And filled with faith, when she finally woke,
She quietly went to her shoe as morning came;
Happy sounds filled the air,
It was clear St. Nicholas had been there.
6. In rushed Piccola, sweet, half wild—
Never was seen such a joyful child—
"See what the good saint brought!" she cried,
And mother and father must peep inside.
6. In came Piccola, sweet and a bit wild—
Never was there a child so joyful—
"Look what the good saint brought!" she exclaimed,
And her mom and dad had to take a look inside.
7. Now such a story I never heard!
There was a little shivering bird!
A sparrow, that in at the window flew,
Had crept into Piccola's tiny shoe!
7. I've never heard a story like this!
There was a little shivering bird!
A sparrow, that flew in through the window,
Had snuck into Piccola's little shoe!
8. "How good poor Piccola must have been!"
She cried, as happy as any queen,
While the starving sparrow she fed and warmed,
And danced with rapture, she was so charmed.
8. "Poor Piccola must have been amazing!"
She exclaimed, as joyful as any queen,
While she fed and warmed the starving sparrow,
And danced with delight, completely enchanted.
9. Children, this story I tell to you
Of Piccola sweet and her bird, is true.
In the far-off land of France, they say,
Still do they live to this very day.
9. Kids, this story I'm telling you
About little Piccola and her bird is true.
In a distant land called France, they say,
They still live there to this very day.
DEFINITIONS.—3. Dawned, began to grow light. Stir, excite. 4. Be-fall, happen. 7. Shiv'er-ing, trembling from cold. Ti'ny, very small. 8. Rapture, great joy. Charmed, greatly.
DEFINITIONS.—3. Dawned, started to get light. Stir, excite. 4. Be-fall, happen. 7. Shiv'er-ing, shaking from cold. Ti'ny, very small. 8. Rapture, immense joy. Charmed, greatly.
EXERCISES.—What is meant by "driving the wolf from the door"? In the third stanza, what does "St." before Nicholas mean? Who is St. Nicholas? What did Piccola find in her shoe on Christmas morning?
EXERCISES.—What does "driving the wolf from the door" mean? In the third stanza, what does "St." before Nicholas refer to? Who is St. Nicholas? What did Piccola discover in her shoe on Christmas morning?
XIV. TRUE MANLINESS. (50)
By MRS. M. O. JOHNSON.—(ADAPTED.)
By Mrs. M. O. Johnson — (Adapted.)
1. "Please, mother, do sit down and let me try my hand," said Fred Liscom, a bright, active boy twelve years old. Mrs. Liscom, looking pale and worn, was moving languidly about, trying to clear away the breakfast she had scarcely tasted.
1. "Please, Mom, sit down and let me give it a try," said Fred Liscom, a bright and energetic twelve-year-old boy. Mrs. Liscom, looking pale and exhausted, was moving slowly around, trying to clean up the breakfast she had hardly touched.
2. She smiled, and said, "You, Fred, you wash dishes?" "Yes, indeed, mother," replied Fred; "I should be a poor scholar if I couldn't, when I've seen you do it so many times. Just try me."
2. She smiled and said, "You, Fred, wash dishes?" "Yes, of course, Mom," replied Fred. "I'd be a terrible student if I couldn't, especially after watching you do it so many times. Just give me a chance."
3. A look of relief came over his mother's face as she seated herself in her low rocking-chair. Fred washed the dishes, and put them in the closet. He then swept the kitchen, brought up the potatoes from the cellar for the dinner and washed them, and then set out for school.
3. A look of relief spread across his mother's face as she settled into her low rocking chair. Fred washed the dishes and put them away in the cupboard. Then he swept the kitchen, brought up the potatoes from the cellar for dinner and washed them, and then headed off to school.
4. Fred's father was away from home, and as there was some cold meat in the pantry, Mrs. Liscom found it an easy task to prepare dinner. Fred hurried home from school, set the table, and again washed the dishes.
4. Fred's dad was away, and since there was some cold meat in the pantry, Mrs. Liscom found it easy to make dinner. Fred rushed home from school, set the table, and washed the dishes again.
5. He kept on in this way for two or three days, till his mother was able to resume her usual work, and he felt amply rewarded when the doctor, who happened in one day, said, "Well, madam, it's my opinion that you would have been very sick if you had not kept quiet."
5. He continued like this for two or three days until his mother was able to return to her regular tasks, and he felt greatly rewarded when the doctor, who happened to stop by one day, said, "Well, ma'am, I believe you would have been really sick if you hadn't taken it easy."
6. The doctor did not know how the "quiet" had been secured, nor how the boy's heart bounded at his words. Fred had given up a great deal of what boys hold dear, for the purpose of helping his mother, coasting and skating being just at this time in perfection.
6. The doctor didn’t understand how the “quiet” had been achieved, nor how the boy’s heart raced at his words. Fred had sacrificed a lot of the things boys value to help his mother, with coasting and skating being just perfect at this time.
7. Besides this, his temper and his patience had been severely tried. He had been in the habit of going early to school, and staying to play after it was dismissed.
7. Besides that, his temper and patience had been really tested. He used to go to school early and stay to play after it was over.
8. The boys missed him, and their curiosity was excited when he would give no other reason for not coming to school earlier, or staying after school, than that he was a "wanted at home." "I'll tell you," said Tom Barton, "I'll find him out, boys—see if I don't!"
8. The guys missed him, and their curiosity was sparked when he wouldn't give any other reason for not coming to school earlier or staying late than that he was "needed at home." "I'll tell you," said Tom Barton, "I'll figure it out, boys—just watch me!"
9. So he called for Fred to go to school, and on his way to the side door walked lightly and somewhat nearer the kitchen window than was absolutely needful. Looking in, he saw Fred standing at the table with a dishcloth in his hand.
9. So he called for Fred to go to school, and on his way to the side door walked lightly and a bit closer to the kitchen window than necessary. Looking in, he saw Fred standing at the table with a dishcloth in his hand.
10. Of course he reported this at school, and various were the greetings poor Fred received at recess. "Well, you're a brave one to stay at home washing dishes." "Girl boy!" "Pretty Bessie!" "Lost your apron, have n't you, Polly!"
10. Of course he told everyone at school, and Fred got all kinds of comments at recess. "Wow, you're really brave for staying home to wash dishes." "Girl boy!" "Pretty Bessie!" "Looks like you lost your apron, huh, Polly!"
11. Fred was not wanting either in spirit or courage, and he was strongly tempted to resent these insults and to fight some of his tormentors. But his consciousness of right and his love for his mother helped him.
11. Fred was not lacking in spirit or courage, and he felt a strong urge to retaliate against these insults and confront some of his tormentors. However, his sense of what was right and his love for his mother provided him with support.
12. While he was struggling for self mastery, his teacher appeared at the door of the schoolhouse. Fred caught his eye, and it seemed to look, if it did not say, "Don't give up! Be really brave!" He knew the teacher had heard the insulting taunts of his thoughtless schoolmates.
12. While he was working on gaining control over himself, his teacher showed up at the schoolhouse door. Fred locked eyes with him, and it felt like the look was saying, "Don't give up! Be truly brave!" He knew the teacher had overheard the hurtful insults from his careless classmates.
13. The boys received notice during the day that Fred must not be taunted or teased in any manner. They knew that the teacher meant what he said; and so the brave little boy had no farther trouble.
13. The boys were informed during the day that Fred should not be mocked or teased in any way. They understood that the teacher was serious about it; therefore, the brave little boy experienced no more trouble.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Lan'guid-ly, feebly. 5. Am'ply, fully. O-pin'ion, judgment, belief. 9. Ab'so-lute-ly, wholly, entirely. 11. Re-sent', to consider as an injury. Con'scious-ness, inward feeling, knowledge of what passes in one's own mind.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Languidly, weakly. 5. Ample, full. Opinion, judgment, belief. 9. Absolutely, wholly, entirely. 11. Resent, to feel hurt by. Consciousness, awareness, knowledge of what is happening in one's own mind.
EXERCISES.—Why did Fred offer to wash the dishes?
Was it a disgraceful thing to do? How was he rewarded?
How did his schoolmates show their lack of manliness?
EXERCISES.—Why did Fred offer to wash the dishes?
Was it a shameful thing to do? How was he rewarded?
How did his classmates show their lack of masculinity?
XV. TRUE MANLINESS. (52)
(Concluded.)
XV. REAL MANLINESS. (52)
(Concluded.)
1. "Fire! fire!" The cry crept out on the still night air, and the fire bells began to ring. Fred was wakened by the alarm and the red light streaming into his room. He dressed himself in a moment, almost, and tapped at the door of his mother's bedroom.
1. "Fire! Fire!" The shout echoed through the quiet night, and the fire alarms started ringing. Fred was awakened by the siren and the red light flooding into his room. He got dressed quickly and knocked on the door of his mom's bedroom.
2. "It is Mr. Barton's house, mother. Do let me go," he said in eager, excited tones. Mrs. Liscom thought a moment. He was young, but she could trust him, and she knew how much his heart was in the request.
2. "It's Mr. Barton's house, Mom. Please let me go," he said eagerly and excitedly. Mrs. Liscom paused for a moment. He was young, but she could trust him, and she understood how much he cared about this request.
3. "Yes, you may go," she answered; "but be careful, my boy. If you can help, do so; but do nothing rashly." Fred promised to follow her advice, and hurried to the fire.
3. "Yes, you can go," she replied; "but be careful, my boy. If you can help, do it; but don't act recklessly." Fred promised to take her advice and rushed to the fire.
4. Mr. and Mrs. Barton were not at home. The house had been left in charge of the servants. The fire spread with fearful speed, for there was a high wind, and it was found impossible to save the house. The servants ran about, screaming and lamenting, but doing nothing to any purpose.
4. Mr. and Mrs. Barton weren't home. The servants were in charge of the house. The fire spread incredibly fast because of the strong wind, and it was impossible to save the house. The servants ran around, screaming and crying, but they weren't able to do anything useful.
5. Fred found Tom outside, in safety. "Where is Katy?" he asked. Tom, trembling with terror, seemed to have had no thought but of his own escape. He said, "Katy is in the house!" "In what room?" asked Fred. "In that one," pointing to a window in the upper story.
5. Fred found Tom outside, safe. "Where's Katy?" he asked. Tom, shaking with fear, looked like he could only think about his own escape. He said, "Katy's in the house!" "In which room?" Fred asked. "In that one," he said, pointing to a window on the upper floor.
6. It was no time for words, but for instant, vigorous action. The staircase was already on fire; there was but one way to reach Katy, and that full of danger. The second floor might fall at any moment, and Fred knew it. But he trusted in an arm stronger than his own, and silently sought help and guidance.
6. This was not the time for words, but for immediate, strong action. The staircase was already burning; there was only one way to get to Katy, and it was risky. The second floor could collapse at any moment, and Fred knew that. But he relied on a power greater than his own and quietly looked for help and direction.
7. A ladder was quickly brought, and placed against the house. Fred mounted it, followed by the hired man, dashed in the sash of the window, and pushed his way into the room where the poor child lay nearly suffocated with smoke.
7. A ladder was quickly brought and leaned against the house. Fred climbed it, followed by the hired man, broke the window sash, and pushed his way into the room where the poor child lay nearly suffocated by smoke.
8. He roused her with some difficulty, carried her to the window, and placed her upon the sill. She was instantly grasped by strong arms, and carried down the ladder, Fred following as fast as possible. They had scarcely reached the ground before a crash of falling timbers told them that they had barely escaped with their lives.
8. He struggled to wake her, lifted her to the window, and set her on the sill. Strong arms quickly grabbed her and carried her down the ladder, with Fred trailing as fast as he could. They had barely touched the ground when the sound of collapsing wood warned them that they had just escaped with their lives.
9. Tom Barton never forgot the lesson of that night; and he came to believe, and to act upon the belief, in after years, that true manliness is in harmony with gentleness, kindness, and self-denial.
9. Tom Barton never forgot the lesson from that night; he grew to believe, and to act on that belief in later years, that true manliness is about being gentle, kind, and practicing selflessness.
EXERCISES.—Relate the story of the fire. What is meant by "to any purpose," in paragraph four? Did Fred show any lack of manliness when tested? What does this lesson teach?
EXERCISES.—Tell the story of the fire. What does "to any purpose" mean in paragraph four? Did Fred demonstrate any weakness when put to the test? What lesson does this teach?
XVI. THE BROWN THRUSH. (54)
Lucy Larcom, the author of the following poem, was born in 1826, and passed many years of her life as a factory girl at Lowell, Mass. She died in 1893.
Lucy Larcom, the author of the poem below, was born in 1826 and spent many years of her life working in a factory in Lowell, Massachusetts. She died in 1893.
1. There's a merry brown thrush sitting up in a tree;
"He's singing to me! he's singing to me!"
And what does he say, little girl, little boy?
"Oh, the world's running over with joy!
Don't You hear? Don't you see?
Hush! look! In my tree
I'm as happy as happy can be!"
1. There's a cheerful brown thrush perched up in a tree;
"He's singing to me! he's singing to me!"
And what does he say, little girl, little boy?
"Oh, the world is overflowing with joy!
Don't you hear? Don't you see?
Quiet! Look! In my tree
I'm as happy as can be!"
2. And the brown thrush keeps singing, "A nest do you see,
And five eggs hid by me in the juniper tree?
Don't meddle! don't touch! little girl, little boy,
Or the world will lose some of its joy!
Now I'm glad! now I'm free!
And I always shall be,
If you never bring sorrow to me."
2. And the brown thrush keeps singing, "Do you see a nest,
And five eggs hidden by me in the juniper tree?
Don't mess with it! Don't touch! little girl, little boy,
Or the world will lose some of its joy!
Now I'm happy! Now I'm free!
And I always will be,
If you never bring sadness to me."
3. So the merry brown thrush sings away in the tree,
To you and to me, to you and to me;
And he sings all the day, little girl, little boy,
"Oh, the world's running over with joy!
But long it won't be,
Don't you know? Don't you see?
Unless we're as good as can be."
3. So the cheerful brown thrush sings in the tree,
To you and to me, to you and to me;
And he sings all day, little girl, little boy,
"Oh, the world is overflowing with joy!
But it won’t last long,
Don’t you know? Don’t you see?
Unless we’re as good as we can be."
EXERCISES.—What is a thrush? Why was the thrush so happy? Do you think he would have been happy if the little boy or girl had robbed the nest?
EXERCISES.—What is a thrush? Why was the thrush so happy? Do you think he would have been happy if the little boy or girl had taken something from the nest?
XVII. A SHIP IN A STORM. (55)
1. Did you ever go far out upon the great ocean? How beautiful it is to be out at sea, when the sea is smooth and still!
1. Have you ever gone far out into the open ocean? It's so beautiful to be at sea when the water is calm and peaceful!
2. Let a storm approach, and the scene is changed. The heavy, black clouds appear in the distance, and throw a deep, deathlike shade over the world of waters.
2. As a storm approaches, the scene transforms. Dark, heavy clouds emerge in the distance, casting a deep, ominous shadow over the sea.
3. The captain and sailors soon see in the clouds the signs of evil. All hands are then set to work to take in sail.
3. The captain and crew quickly notice the ominous signs in the clouds. Everyone immediately starts working to take down the sails.
4. The hoarse notes of the captain, speaking through his trumpet, are echoed from lip to lip among the rigging. Happy will it be, if all is made snug before the gale strikes the vessel.
4. The rough sounds of the captain, speaking through his trumpet, are echoed from person to person among the rigging. It will be great if everything is secured before the storm hits the ship.
5. At last, the gale comes like a vast moving mountain of air. It strikes the ship. The vessel heaves and groans under the dreadful weight, and struggles to escape through the foaming waters.
5. Finally, the storm sweeps in like a massive moving wall of air. It hits the ship. The vessel heaves and groans under the heavy pressure, fighting to break free from the churning waters.
6. If she is far out at sea, she will be likely to ride out the storm in safety. But if the wind is driving her upon the shore, the poor sailors will hardly escape being dashed upon the rocks, and drowned.
6. If she is far out at sea, she is likely to ride out the storm safely. But if the wind is pushing her toward the shore, the poor sailors will barely escape being thrown onto the rocks and drowning.
7. Once there was a ship in a storm. Some of her masts were already broken, and her sails lost. While the wind was raging, and the billows were dashing against her, the cry was heard, "A man has fallen overboard!"
7. Once there was a ship caught in a storm. Some of its masts were already broken, and its sails were gone. While the wind howled and the waves crashed against it, a shout rang out, "Someone has fallen overboard!"
8. Quickly was the boat lowered, and she was soon seen bounding on her way over the mountain waves. At one moment, the boat seemed lifted to the skies, and the next, it sank down, and appeared to be lost beneath the waves!
8. The boat was quickly lowered, and soon it was seen racing over the towering waves. One moment, the boat seemed to be soaring into the sky, and the next, it dropped down and looked like it had disappeared beneath the waves!
9. At length, the man was found. He was well nigh drowned; but he was taken on board, and now they made for the ship. But the ship rolled so dreadfully, that it seemed certain death to go near her. And now, what should they do?
9. Finally, the man was found. He was almost drowned, but they brought him on board, and now they headed for the ship. However, the ship rocked so dangerously that it felt like certain death to go near her. So, what were they supposed to do now?
10. The captain told one of the men to go aloft and throw down a rope. This was made fast to the boat, and when the sea was somewhat calm it was hoisted, and all fell down into the ship with a dreadful crash. It was a desperate way of getting on board; but fortunately no lives were lost.
10. The captain told one of the guys to go up high and throw down a rope. This was secured to the boat, and when the sea was a bit calmer, it was lifted up, and everyone fell into the ship with a terrible crash. It was a risky way to get on board; but luckily, no one lost their life.
11. On the dangerous points along our seacoast are lighthouses, which can be seen far out at sea, and serve as guides to ships. Sometimes the fog is so dense that these lights can not be seen, but most lighthouses have great fog bells or fog horns; some of the latter are made to sound by steam, and can be heard for a long distance. These bells and horns are kept sounding as long as the fog lasts.
11. Along the risky parts of our coastline, there are lighthouses that are visible from far out at sea and help guide ships. Sometimes the fog is so thick that these lights can’t be seen, but most lighthouses are equipped with large fog bells or fog horns; some of these horns operate on steam and can be heard from far away. These bells and horns keep sounding as long as the fog persists.
12. There are also many life-saving stations along the coast where trained men are ready with lifeboats. "When a ship is driven ashore they at once go to the rescue of those on board, and thus many valuable lives are saved.
12. There are also many life-saving stations along the coast where trained crews are ready with lifeboats. "When a ship is stranded, they immediately head out to rescue those on board, saving many valuable lives.
13. Take it all in all, a sailor's life is a very hard one. Our young friends owe a debt of gratitude to those whose home is upon the great waters, and who bring them the luxuries of other countries.
13. Considering everything, a sailor's life is really tough. Our young friends should be grateful to those who make their home on the open seas and bring them the luxuries from other countries.
DEFINITIONS.—4. Ech'oed, sounded again. Gale, a wind storm. 5. Heaves, pitches up and down. 7. Bil'lows, waves. 10. Des'-per-ate, hopeless. 11. Fog, watery vapor, mist. 13. Grat'i-tude, thankfulness. Lux'u-ries, nice things.
DEFINITIONS.—4. Echoed, sounded again. Gale, a windstorm. 5. Heaves, pitches up and down. 7. Billows, waves. 10. Desperate, hopeless. 11. Fog, watery vapor, mist. 13. Gratitude, thankfulness. Luxuries, nice things.
EXERCISES.—What is this lesson about? When is it dangerous to be at sea? What do sailors then do? In what situation are they most likely to be saved? Relate the story of the man overboard. Tell about the lighthouses. How are vessels warned of danger in a fog? What about the life-saving stations? What is said of a sailor's life?
EXERCISES.—What is this lesson about? When is it dangerous to be at sea? What do sailors do in those situations? In what circumstances are they most likely to be rescued? Share the story of the man overboard. Discuss the lighthouses. How are ships alerted to danger in a fog? What about the life-saving stations? What is mentioned about a sailor's life?
XVIII. THE SAILOR'S CONSOLATION. (58)
Charles Dibdin, the author, was born at Southampton, England, in 1745. He wrote a number of fine sea songs. He died in 1814.
Charles Dibdin, the author, was born in Southampton, England, in 1745. He wrote several great sea songs. He passed away in 1814.
1. One night came on a hurricane,
The sea was mountains rolling,
When Barney Buntline turned his quid,
And said to Billy Bowling:
"A strong norwester's blowing, Bill;
Hark! don't ye hear it roar now?
Lord help 'em, how I pities all
Unhappy folks on shore now!
1. One night, a hurricane hit,
The sea was like mountains rolling,
When Barney Buntline took a chew,
And said to Billy Bowling:
"A strong northwest wind is blowing, Bill;
Listen! Can’t you hear it roaring now?
God help them, I really feel for all
The unfortunate people on shore now!
2. "Foolhardy chaps who live in town,
What danger they are all in,
And now are quaking in their beds,
For fear the roof shall fall in;
Poor creatures, how they envy us,
And wish, as I've a notion,
For our good luck, in such a storm,
To be upon the ocean.
2. "Foolish guys who live in town,
What danger they are all in,
And now they're shaking in their beds,
Afraid the roof will cave in;
Poor things, how they envy us,
And wish, as I imagine,
For our good fortune, in such a storm,
To be out on the ocean.
3. "But as for them who're out all day,
On business from their houses,
And late at night are coming home,
To cheer the babes and spouses;
While you and I, Bill, on the deck,
Are comfortably lying,
My eyes! what tiles and chimney pots
About their heads are flying!
3. "But as for those who are out all day,
On business from their homes,
And come back late at night,
To cheer their kids and partners;
While you and I, Bill, on the deck,
Are lying back comfortably,
Wow! what tiles and chimney pots
Are flying around their heads!
4. "And very often have we heard
How men are killed and undone
By overturns of carriages,
By thieves, and fires in London.
We know what risks all landsmen run,
From noblemen to tailors;
Then, Bill, let us thank Providence
That you and I are sailors."
4. "And we’ve often heard
How men meet their fate and lose everything
From overturned carriages,
From thieves, and fires in London.
We know what dangers land-dwellers face,
From nobles to tailors;
So, Bill, let’s be grateful to Providence
That you and I are sailors."
DEFINITIONS.-l. Hur'ri-cane, a violent windstorm. Quid, a small piece of tobacco. 2. Fool'har'dy, reckless. Quak'ing, shak-ing with fear. No'tion, idea. 3. Spous'es, wives. Tiles, thin pieces of baked clay used in roofing houses. Chim'ney pots, earthenware tops of chimneys. 4. Un-done', injured, ruined.
DEFINITIONS.-1. Hurricane, a violent windstorm. Quid, a small piece of tobacco. 2. Foolhardy, reckless. Quaking, shaking with fear. Notion, idea. 3. Spouses, wives. Tiles, thin pieces of baked clay used on roofs. Chimney pots, ceramic tops of chimneys. 4. Undone, injured, ruined.
NOTES.—l. "Barney Buntline" and "Billy Bowling" are supposed to be two sailors. "Norwester" is a sailor's name for a northwest storm. 4. "Landsmen" is a term applied by sailors to all who live on shore.
NOTES.—1. "Barney Buntline" and "Billy Bowling" are thought to be two sailors. "Norwester" is a sailor's term for a northwest storm. 4. "Landsmen" is a term used by sailors to refer to everyone who lives on land.
XIX. TWO WAYS OF TELLING A STORY. (60)
By HENRY K. OLIVER.
XIX. TWO WAYS OF TELLING A STORY. (60)
By HENRY K. OLIVER.
1. In one of the most populous cities of New England, a few years ago, a party of lads, all members of the same school, got up a grand sleigh ride. The sleigh was a very large one, drawn by six gray horses.
1. A few years ago, in one of the most populated cities in New England, a group of boys, all from the same school, organized an impressive sleigh ride. The sleigh was quite big, pulled by six gray horses.
2. On the following day, as the teacher entered the schoolroom, he found his pupils in high glee, as they chattered about the fun and frolic of their excursion. In answer to some inquiries, one of the lads gave him an account of their trip and its various incidents.
2. The next day, when the teacher walked into the classroom, he found his students in high spirits, chatting excitedly about the fun and games from their trip. When asked about it, one of the boys shared the details of their outing and the different things that happened.
3. As he drew near the end of his story, he exclaimed: "Oh, sir! there was one thing I had almost forgotten. As we were coming home, we saw ahead of us a queer looking affair in the road. It proved to be a rusty old sleigh, fastened behind a covered wagon, proceeding at a very slow rate, and taking up the whole road.
3. As he neared the end of his story, he exclaimed: "Oh, sir! There was one thing I almost forgot. On our way home, we saw something strange in the road. It turned out to be a rusty old sleigh tied to the back of a covered wagon, moving at a very slow pace and taking up the entire road.
4. "Finding that the owner was not disposed to turn out, we determined upon a volley of snowballs and a good hurrah. They produced the right effect, for the crazy machine turned out into the deep snow, and the skinny old pony started on a full trot.
4. "Seeing that the owner wasn't willing to leave, we decided to throw some snowballs and cheer loudly. That did the trick, as the rickety machine rolled out into the deep snow, and the skinny old pony took off at a brisk trot."
5. "As we passed, some one gave the horse a good crack, which made him run faster than he ever did before, I'll warrant.
5. "As we went by, someone gave the horse a solid crack, which made him run faster than he ever had before, I guarantee."
6. "With that, an old fellow in the wagon, who was buried up under an old hat, bawled out, 'Why do you frighten my horse?' 'Why don't you turn out, then?' says the driver. So we gave him three rousing cheers more. His horse was frightened again, and ran up against a loaded wagon, and, I believe, almost capsized the old creature—and so we left him."
6. "With that, an old guy in the wagon, who was hiding under a worn-out hat, shouted, 'Why are you scaring my horse?' 'Why don’t you move out of the way, then?' said the driver. So we gave him three loud cheers more. His horse got scared again and ran into a loaded wagon, and I think it almost tipped over the old guy—and then we left him."
7. "Well, boys," replied the teacher, "take your seat", and I will tell you a story, and all about a sleigh ride, too. Yesterday afternoon a very venerable old clergyman was on his way from Boston to Salem, to pass the rest of the winter at the house of his son. That he might be prepared for journeying in the following spring he took with him his wagon, and for the winter his sleigh, which he fastened behind the wagon.
7. "Alright, boys," said the teacher, "sit down, and I’ll share a story with you, including a sleigh ride. Yesterday afternoon, a very respected old clergyman was traveling from Boston to Salem to spend the winter at his son's house. To get ready for traveling in the spring, he brought his wagon with him and also attached his sleigh behind it for the winter."
8. "His sight and hearing were somewhat blunted by age, and he was proceeding very slowly; for his horse was old and feeble, like his owner. He was suddenly disturbed by loud hurrahs from behind, and by a furious pelting of balls of snow and ice upon the top of his wagon.
8. "His eyesight and hearing were a bit dulled by age, and he was moving very slowly; his horse was old and weak, just like him. He was suddenly startled by loud cheers from behind and by a fierce barrage of snow and ice balls hitting the top of his wagon.
9. "In his alarm he dropped his reins, and his horse began to run away. In the midst of the old man's trouble, there rushed by him, with loud shouts, a large party of boys, in a sleigh drawn by six horses. 'Turn out! turn out, old fellow!' 'Give us the road!' 'What will you take for your pony?' 'What's the price of oats, old man?' were the various cries that met his cars.
9. "In his panic, he dropped his reins, and his horse started to run away. In the middle of the old man's distress, a big group of boys rushed past him, shouting loudly, in a sleigh pulled by six horses. 'Get out of the way, old man!' 'Make way!' 'How much for your pony?' 'What’s the price of oats, old man?' were the different shouts he heard."
10. "'Pray, do not frighten my horse!' exclaimed the infirm driver. 'Turn out, then! turn out!' was the answer, which was followed by repeated cracks and blows from the long whip of the 'grand sleigh,' with showers of snowballs, and three tremendous hurrahs from the boys.
10. "'Please, don't scare my horse!' shouted the weak driver. 'Get out of the way, then! Get out of the way!' came the response, followed by a series of cracks and hits from the long whip of the 'grand sleigh,' along with flurries of snowballs and three huge cheers from the boys.
11. "The terror of the old man and his horse was increased, and the latter ran away with him, to the great danger of his life. He contrived, however, to stop his horse just in season to prevent his being dashed against a loaded wagon. A short distance brought him to the house of his son. That son, boys, is your instructor, and that 'old fellow,' was your teacher's father!"
11. "The old man and his horse were even more frightened, and the horse bolted, putting his life in danger. However, he managed to stop the horse just in time to avoid crashing into a loaded wagon. A little further brought him to his son's house. That son, boys, is your teacher, and that 'old guy' was your teacher's father!"
12. When the boys perceived how rude and unkind their conduct appeared from another point of view, they were very much ashamed of their thoughtlessness, and most of them had the manliness to apologize to their teacher for what they had done.
12. When the boys realized how rude and unkind their behavior looked from another perspective, they felt really ashamed of their thoughtlessness, and most of them had the courage to apologize to their teacher for their actions.
DEFINITIONS.-l. Pop'u-lous, full of inhabitants. 2. Ex-cur'-sion, a pleasure trip. In'ci-dents, things that happen, events. 5. War'rant, to declare with assurance. 6. Cap-sized', upset. 7. Ven'er-a-ble, deserving of honor and respect. 8. Blunt'ed, dulled.
DEFINITIONS.-1. Populous, full of people. 2. Excursion, a fun trip. 3. Incidents, things that happen, events. 4. Warrant, to declare with confidence. 5. Capsized, turned over. 6. Venerable, worth of honor and respect. 7. Blunted, dulled.
EXERCISES.—Repeat the boys' story of the sleigh ride. The teacher's story. Were the boys ill-natured or only thoughtless? Is thoughtlessness any excuse for rudeness or unkindness?
EXERCISES.—Repeat the boys' story about the sleigh ride. The teacher's story. Were the boys mean or just careless? Is being careless any excuse for being rude or unkind?
XX. FREAKS OF THE FROST. (63)
By Hannah Flagg Gould, who was born at Lancaster, Vermont, in 1789. She published several volumes of poems (one for children) and one collection of prose articles, entitled "Gathered Leaves." She died in 1865.
By Hannah Flagg Gould, who was born in Lancaster, Vermont, in 1789. She published several volumes of poetry (one for children) and a collection of prose articles called "Gathered Leaves." She passed away in 1865.
1. The Frost looked forth one still, clear night,
And whispered, "Now I shall be out of sight;
So through the valley and over the height
In silence I'll take my way;
I will not go on, like that blustering train,
The wind and the snow, the hail and the rain,
Who make so much bustle and noise in vain,
But I'll be as busy as they."
1. The Frost looked out one calm, clear night,
And whispered, "Now I’ll be out of sight;
So through the valley and over the heights
In silence I’ll make my way;
I won’t go on like that loud train,
The wind and the snow, the hail and the rain,
Who create so much fuss and noise for nothing,
But I’ll be just as busy as they."
2. Then he flew to the mountain, and powdered its crest;
He lit on the trees, and their boughs he dressed
In diamond beads; and over the breast
Of the quivering lake, he spread
A coat of mail, that it need not fear
The downward point of many a spear,
That he hung on its margin, far and near,
Where a rock could rear its head.
2. Then he flew to the mountain and dusted its peak;
He landed on the trees and adorned their branches
With diamond droplets; and across the surface
Of the shimmering lake, he spread
A protective layer, so it wouldn’t be afraid
Of the sharp tips of many a spear,
That he hung on its edge, all around,
Where a rock could rise up.
3. He went to the windows of those who slept,
And over each pane, like a fairy, crept;
Wherever he breathed, wherever he stepped,
By the light of the morn were seen
Most beautiful things; there were flowers and trees;
There were bevies of birds, and swarms of bees;
There were cities with temples and towers, and these
All pictured in silver sheen.
3. He went to the windows of those who were sleeping,
And over each pane, like a fairy, crept;
Wherever he breathed, wherever he stepped,
By the light of the morning were seen
Most beautiful things; there were flowers and trees;
There were groups of birds, and swarms of bees;
There were cities with temples and towers, and these
All reflected in silver glow.
4. But he did one thing that was hardly fair;
He peeped in the cupboard, and, finding there
That all had forgotten for him to prepare,
"Now just to set them a-thinking,
I'll bite this basket of fruit," said he,
"This costly pitcher I'll burst in three;
And the glass of water they've left for me
Shall 'tchick!' to tell them I'm drinking."
4. But he did one thing that was pretty unfair;
He peeked in the cupboard and found that everyone
Had completely forgotten to prepare for him,
"Now just to get them thinking,
I’ll take a bite of this basket of fruit," he said,
"I’ll break this fancy pitcher into three;
And the glass of water they left for me
Will 'tchick!' to let them know I'm drinking."
DEFINITIONS.—l. Blus'ter-ing, being noisy and loud. Bus'tle, stir. 2.
Crest, the top. Quiv'er-ing, trembling, shaking. Mar'gin, edge, border. 3.
Bev'ies, flocks. Pic'tured, painted. Sheen, brightness, splendor of
appearance.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Blustering, being noisy and loud. Bustle, stir. 2.
Crest, the top. Quivering, trembling, shaking. Margin, edge, border. 3.
Bevies, flocks. Pictured, painted. Sheen, brightness, splendor of
appearance.
EXERCISES.—What did the frost say? What did he do to the mountain? The trees? The lake? What is a "coat of mail"? What did he do to the window? The pitcher?
EXERCISES.—What did the frost say? What did it do to the mountain? The trees? The lake? What is a "coat of mail"? What did it do to the window? The pitcher?
XXI. WASTE NOT, WANT NOT. (64)
1. Mr. Jones. Boys, if you have nothing to do, will you unpack these parcels for me?
1. Mr. Jones. Guys, if you don’t have anything going on, can you unpack these packages for me?
2. The two parcels were exactly alike, both of them well tied up with good whipcord. Ben took his parcel to the table, and began to examine the knot, and then to untie it.
2. The two packages were identical, both securely tied with strong cord. Ben brought his package to the table and started to inspect the knot, then began to untie it.
3. John took the other parcel, and tried first at one corner, and then at the other, to pull off the string. But the cord had been too well secured, and he only drew the knots tighter.
3. John grabbed the other package and first tried to pull off the string at one corner, then at the other. But the cord was tied too tightly, and he only ended up making the knots tighter.
4. John. I wish these people would not tie up their parcels so tightly, as if they were never to be undone. Why, Ben, how did you get yours undone? What is in your parcel? I wonder what is in mine! I wish I could get the string off. I will cut it.
4. John. I wish these people wouldn't tie their parcels so tightly, like they’re never meant to be opened. Ben, how did you manage to get yours open? What do you have in your parcel? I wonder what's in mine! I wish I could get the string off. I'll just cut it.
5. Ben. Oh, no, do not cut it, John! Look, what a nice cord this is, and yours is the same. It is a pity to cut it.
5. Ben. Oh no, don’t cut it, John! Look at this nice cord, and yours is just like it. It would be a shame to cut it.
6. John. Pooh! what signifies a bit of pack thread?
6. John. Ugh! What does a bit of string matter?
7. Ben. It is whipcord.
7. Ben. It's whipcord.
8. John. Well, whipcord then! what signifies a bit of whipcord? You can get a piece of whipcord twice as long as that for three cents; and who cares for three cents? Not I, for one. So, here it goes.
8. John. Well, whipcord then! What does a bit of whipcord matter? You can get a piece of whipcord twice as long as that for three cents; and who cares about three cents? Not me, for sure. So, here it goes.
9. So he took out his knife, and cut it in several places.
9. So he pulled out his knife and made several cuts.
10. Mr. Jones. Well, my boys, have you undone the parcels for me?
10. Mr. Jones. Well, my boys, have you opened the packages for me?
11. John. Yes, sir; here is the parcel.
11. John. Yes, sir; here’s the package.
12. Ben. And here is my parcel, father, and here is also the string.
12. Ben. And here’s my package, Dad, and here’s the string too.
13. Mr. Jones. You may keep the string, Ben.
13. Mr. Jones. You can keep the string, Ben.
14. Ben. Thank you, sir. What excellent whipcord it is!
14. Ben. Thank you, sir. What great whipcord this is!
15. Mr. Jones. And you, John, may keep your string, too, if it will be of any use to you.
15. Mr. Jones. And you, John, can keep your string, too, if it will be helpful for you.
16. John. It will be of no use to me, thank you, sir.
16. John. That won't be useful to me, thank you, sir.
17. Mr. Jones. No, I am afraid not, if this is it.
17. Mr. Jones. No, I'm afraid not, if this is it.
18. A few weeks after this, Mr. Jones gave each of his sons a new top.
18. A few weeks later, Mr. Jones bought each of his sons a new top.
19. John. How is this, Ben? These tops have no strings. What shall we do for strings?
19. John. Hey, Ben, what's up with this? These tops don’t have any strings. What are we going to do for strings?
20. Ben. I have a string that will do very well for mine. And he pulled it out of his pocket.
20. Ben. I have a string that will work perfectly for mine. And he pulled it out of his pocket.
21. John. Why, if that is not the whipcord! I wish I had saved mine.
21. John. Wow, if that isn’t the whipcord! I wish I had kept mine.
22. A few days afterward, there was a shooting match, with bows and arrows, among the lads. The prize was a fine bow and arrows, to be given to the best marksman. "Come, come," said Master Sharp, "I am within one inch of the mark. I should like to see who will go nearer."
22. A few days later, there was an archery contest among the boys. The prize was a nice bow and arrows for the best shooter. "Come on," said Master Sharp, "I'm just one inch from the target. I want to see who can get closer."
23. John drew his bow, and shot. The arrow struck within a quarter of an inch of Master Sharp's. "Shoot away," said Sharp; "but you must understand the rules. We settled them before you came. You are to have three shots with your own arrows. Nobody is to borrow or lend. So shoot away."
23. John drew his bow and shot. The arrow landed less than a quarter of an inch from Master Sharp's. "Go ahead and shoot," said Sharp, "but you need to understand the rules. We agreed on them before you got here. You have three shots with your own arrows. No one is allowed to borrow or lend. So, go ahead."
24. John seized his second arrow; "If I have any luck," said he;—but just as he pronounced the word "luck," the string broke, and the arrow fell from his hands.
24. John grabbed his second arrow. "If I'm lucky," he said—but just as he said the word "lucky," the string snapped, and the arrow dropped from his hands.
25. Master Sharp. There! It is all over with you.
25. Master Sharp. That's it! It's all over for you.
26. Ben. Here is my bow for him, and welcome.
26. Ben. Here's my bow for him, and welcome.
27. Master Sharp. No, no, sir; that is not fair. Did you not hear the rules? There is to be no lending.
27. Master Sharp. No, no, sir; that’s not fair. Didn’t you hear the rules? There’s no lending allowed.
28. It was now Ben's turn to make his trial. His first arrow missed the mark; the second was exactly as near as John's first. Before venturing the last arrow, Ben very prudently examined the string of his bow; and, as he pulled it to try its strength, it snapped.
28. It was now Ben's turn to take his shot. His first arrow missed the target; the second landed just as close as John's first. Before taking his final shot, Ben wisely checked the string on his bow; and as he pulled it to test its strength, it snapped.
29. Master Sharp clapped his hands and danced for joy. But his dancing suddenly ceased, when careful Ben drew out of his pocket an excellent piece of cord, and began to tie it to the bow.
29. Master Sharp clapped his hands and danced with excitement. But his dancing quickly stopped when careful Ben pulled out a great piece of string from his pocket and started to tie it to the bow.
30. "The everlasting whipcord, I declare!" cried John. "Yes," said Ben, "I put it in my pocket today, because I thought I might want it."
30. "The never-ending whipcord, I swear!" exclaimed John. "Yep," replied Ben, "I put it in my pocket today because I thought I might need it."
31. Ben's last arrow won the prize; and when the bow and arrows were handed to him, John said, "How valuable that whipcord has been to you, Ben. I'll take care how I waste anything hereafter."
31. Ben's last arrow won the prize; and when the bow and arrows were handed to him, John said, "That whipcord has really been valuable to you, Ben. I'll be careful not to waste anything from now on."
DEFINITIONS,—2. Ex-am'ine, to look at carefully. 6. Sig'ni—fies, to be important. 22. Marks'man, one who shoots well. 28. Pru'dent-ly, with proper caution. 29. Ceased, stopped. 30. Ev—er-last'ing, lasting always.
DEFINITIONS,—2. Examine, to look at carefully. 6. Signifies, to be important. 22. Marksman, one who shoots well. 28. Prudently, with proper caution. 29. Ceased, stopped. 30. Everlasting, lasting always.
EXERCISES.—What is this lesson designed to teach? Which of the boys preserved his whipcord? What good did it do him? What did the other boy do with his? What was the consequence? What did he learn from it?
EXERCISES.—What is this lesson meant to teach? Which of the boys kept his whipcord? What benefit did that give him? What did the other boy do with his? What was the result? What did he learn from it?
XXII. JEANNETTE AND JO. (67)
By Mary Mapes Dodge, who was born in New York City in 1838. She is the editor of the "St. Nicholas" magazine, and has written many stories for children.
By Mary Mapes Dodge, who was born in New York City in 1838. She is the editor of "St. Nicholas" magazine and has written many stories for kids.
1. Two girls I know—Jeannette and Jo,
And one is always moping;
The other lassie, come what may,
Is ever bravely hoping.
1. Two girls I know—Jeannette and Jo,
And one is always sulking;
The other girl, no matter what,
Is always bravely hoping.
2. Beauty of face and girlish grace
Are theirs, for joy or sorrow;
Jeannette takes brightly every day,
And Jo dreads each to-morrow.
2. Beauty of face and girl-like grace
They have it, whether in joy or sorrow;
Jeannette brightens up every day,
And Jo fears each tomorrow.
3. One early morn they watched the dawn—
I saw them stand together;
Their whole day's sport, 't was very plain,
Depended on the weather.
3. One early morning they watched the sunrise—
I saw them standing together;
Their entire day's fun, it was obvious,
Depended on the weather.
4. "'T will storm!" cried Jo. Jeannette spoke low;
"Yes, but 't will soon be over."
And, as she spoke, the sudden shower
Came, beating down the clover.
4. "It's going to storm!" shouted Jo. Jeannette spoke softly;
"Yes, but it will be over soon."
And just as she said that, the sudden downpour
Came, pounding the clover.
5. "I told you so!" cried angry Jo:
"It always is a-raining!"
Then hid her face in dire despair,
Lamenting and complaining.
5. "I told you so!" shouted an upset Jo:
"It always rains!"
Then she buried her face in frustration,
Mourning and whining.
6. But sweet Jeannette, quite hopeful yet,—
I tell it to her honor,—
Looked up and waited till the sun
Came streaming in upon her.
6. But sweet Jeannette, still full of hope,—
I share this with her honor,—
Looked up and waited until the sun
Came streaming in on her.
7. The broken clouds sailed off in crowds,
Across a sea of glory.
Jeannette and Jo ran, laughing, in—
Which ends my simple story.
7. The broken clouds drifted away in groups,
Across a sea of brilliance.
Jeannette and Jo ran, laughing, in—
Which wraps up my simple story.
8. Joy is divine. Come storm, come shine,
The hopeful are the gladdest;
And doubt and dread, children, believe
Of all things are the saddest.
8. Joy is divine. Whether it's stormy or sunny,
The hopeful are the happiest;
And doubt and fear, kids, trust me,
Are the saddest of all things.
9. In morning's light, let youth be bright;
Take in the sunshine tender;
Then, at the close, shall life's decline
Be full of sunset splendor.
9. In the morning light, let youth shine bright;
Embrace the sunshine gently;
Then, as the day fades away,
Life's ending will be full of sunset beauty.
10. And ye who fret, try, like Jeannette,
To shun all weak complaining;
And not, like Jo, cry out too soon—
"It always is a-raining!"
10. And you who worry, try, like Jeannette,
To avoid all weak complaining;
And not, like Jo, cry out too soon—
"It’s always raining!"
XXIII. THE LION. (69)
1. The lion is often called the "king of beasts," His height varies from three to four feet, and he is from six to nine feet long. His coat is of it yellowish brown or tawny color, and about his neck is a great shaggy mane which gives his head a majestic appearance.
1. The lion is often referred to as the "king of beasts." He stands about three to four feet tall and measures between six to nine feet long. His coat is a yellowish-brown or tawny color, and he has a large, shaggy mane around his neck that gives his head a majestic look.
2. The strength of the lion is so great that he can easily crush the skulls of such animals as the horse or ox with one blow of his paw. No one who has not seen the teeth of a full grown lion taken out of their sockets can have any idea of their real size; one of them forms a good handful, and might easily be mistaken for a small elephant's tooth.
2. The strength of the lion is so immense that he can easily crush the skulls of animals like horses or oxen with a single swipe of his paw. No one who hasn't seen the teeth of a fully grown lion removed from their sockets can truly grasp their actual size; one of those teeth is about the size of a good handful and could easily be mistaken for a small elephant's tooth.
3. The home of the lion is in the forests of Asia and Africa, where he is a terror to man and beast. He generally lies concealed during the day, but as darkness comes on he prowls about where other animals are accustomed to go for food or drink, and springs upon them unawares, with a roar that sounds like the rumble of thunder.
3. The lion's home is in the forests of Asia and Africa, where he is a threat to both people and animals. He usually stays hidden during the day, but as night falls, he wanders where other animals typically go for food or water, and leaps at them unexpectedly, with a roar that sounds like thunder.
4. The lion sometimes lives to a great age. One by the name of Pompey died at London, in the year 1760, at the age of seventy years. If taken when young the lion can be tamed, and will even show marks of kindness to his keeper.
4. Lions can sometimes live to be quite old. One named Pompey died in London in 1760 at the age of seventy. If they're taken in when they're young, lions can be tamed and may even show affection to their keepers.
5. In a menagerie at Brussels, there was a cell where a large lion, called Danco, used to be kept. The cell happened to be in need of repair, and the keeper, whose name was William, desired a carpenter to come and mend it. The carpenter came, but was so afraid of the lion, that he would not go near the cell alone.
5. In a zoo in Brussels, there was a cage where a big lion named Danco was kept. The cage needed some repairs, and the keeper, named William, wanted a carpenter to come fix it. The carpenter showed up, but he was so scared of the lion that he wouldn’t go near the cage by himself.
6. So William entered the cell, and led the lion to the upper part of it, while the other part was refitting. He played with the lion for some time; but, at last, being wearied, both he and the lion fell asleep. The carpenter went on with his work, and when he had finished he called out for William to come and see it.
6. So William walked into the cell and brought the lion to the upper part of it, while the other section was being fixed. He spent some time playing with the lion, but eventually, both he and the lion got tired and fell asleep. The carpenter continued with his work, and when he finished, he called out for William to come and take a look.
7. He called again and again, but no William answered. The poor carpenter began to be frightened, lest the lion had made his dinner of the keeper, or else crushed him with his great paws. He crept round to the upper part of the cell, and there, looking through the railing, he saw the lion and William sleeping side by side as contentedly as two little brothers.
7. He called again and again, but William didn't answer. The poor carpenter started to get scared that the lion had either eaten the keeper or crushed him with its huge paws. He quietly moved to the upper part of the cell, and there, peering through the bars, he saw the lion and William sleeping side by side, as happily as two little brothers.
8. He was so astonished that he uttered a loud cry. The lion, awakened by the noise, stared at the carpenter with an eye of fury, and then placing his paw on the breast of his keeper, as if to say, "Touch him if you dare," the heroic beast lay down to sleep again. The carpenter was dreadfully alarmed, and, not knowing how he could rouse William, he ran out and related what he had seen.
8. He was so shocked that he let out a loud shout. The lion, stirred by the noise, glared at the carpenter with angry eyes, and then, putting his paw on the chest of his keeper, as if to say, "Touch him if you dare," the brave beast lay down to sleep again. The carpenter was extremely frightened, and, unsure of how to wake William, he rushed out and told what he had seen.
9. Some people came, and, opening the door of the cell, Contrived to awaken the keeper, who, rubbing his eyes, quietly looked around him, and expressed himself very well satisfied with his nap. He took the lion's paw, shook it kindly, and then retired uninjured from the cell.
9. Some people arrived, and as they opened the door of the cell, they managed to wake the keeper, who rubbed his eyes, looked around, and seemed quite pleased with his nap. He took the lion's paw, gave it a friendly shake, and then left the cell unharmed.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Ma-jes'tic, royal, noble. 3. Prowls, wanders in search of
prey. Un-a-wares', unexpectedly. Rum'ble, a low heavy sound. 5.
Men-ag'er-ie, a collection of wild animals. 6. Re-fit'ting, repairing. 8.
He-ro'-ic, bold.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Majestic, royal, noble. 3. Prowls, wanders in search of
prey. Unawares, unexpectedly. Rumble, a low heavy sound. 5.
Menagerie, a collection of wild animals. 6. Refitting, repairing. 8.
Heroic, bold.
EXERCISES.—Describe the lion's appearance. What is said of his strength?
His teeth? Describe the lion's home and habits. To what age do lions live?
Can they be tamed? Relate the story about the lion Danco.
EXERCISES.—Describe the lion's appearance. What is mentioned about his strength?
His teeth? Describe the lion's habitat and behavior. How long do lions typically live?
Can they be domesticated? Share the story about the lion Danco.
XXIV. STRAWBERRIES. (71)
By John Townsend Trowbridge, who was born at Ogden, N. Y., in 1827. He is a well-known author, and has written much for children both in poetry and prose.
By John Townsend Trowbridge, born in Ogden, NY, in 1827. He is a well-known author and has written a lot for children in both poetry and prose.
1. Little Pearl Honeydew, six years old,
From her bright ear parted the curls of gold;
And laid her head on the strawberry bed,
To hear what the red-cheeked berries said.
1. Little Pearl Honeydew, six years old,
With her golden curls parting from her bright ear;
And resting her head on the strawberry bed,
To listen to what the red-cheeked berries had to say.
2. Their cheeks were blushing, their breath was sweet,
She could almost hear their little hearts beat;
And the tiniest, lisping, whispering sound
That ever you heard, came up from the ground.
2. Their cheeks were flushed, their breath smelled sweet,
She could almost hear their little hearts pounding;
And the softest, lisping, whispering sound
That you’ve ever heard, rose up from the ground.
3. "Little friends," she said, "I wish I knew
How it is you thrive on sun and dew!"
And this is the story the berries told
To little Pearl Honeydew, six years old.
3. "Little friends," she said, "I wish I knew
How do you flourish with sunlight and dew?"
And this is the story the berries shared
With little Pearl Honeydew, who’s six years old.
4. "You wish you knew? And so do we.
But we can't tell you, unless it be
That the same Kind Power that cares for you
Takes care of poor little berries, too.
4. "You want to know? So do we.
But we can't tell you, unless it’s
That the same Kind Power that looks out for you
Takes care of those poor little berries, too.
5. "Tucked up snugly, and nestled below
Our coverlid of wind-woven snow,
We peep and listen, all winter long,
For the first spring day and the bluebird's song.
5. "Wrapped up tight and cozy below
Our blanket of wind-blown snow,
We watch and listen all winter long,
For the first day of spring and the bluebird's song.
6. "When the swallows fly home to the old brown shed,
And the robins build on the bough overhead,
Then out from the mold, from the darkness and cold,
Blossom and runner and leaf unfold.
6. "When the swallows return to the old brown shed,
And the robins build on the branch above,
Then out of the ground, from the darkness and chill,
Blossom and runner and leaf open up.
7. "Good children, then, if they come near,
And hearken a good long while, may hear
A wonderful tramping of little feet,—
So fast we grow in the summer heat.
7. "Good kids, then, if they come close,
And listen for a while, might hear
A wonderful sound of tiny feet,—
So quickly we grow in the summer heat.
8. "Our clocks are the flowers; and they count the hours
Till we can mellow in suns and showers,
With warmth of the west wind and heat of the south,
A ripe red berry for a ripe red month.
8. "Our clocks are the flowers; and they count the hours
Until we can relax in the sunshine and rain,
With warmth from the west wind and heat from the south,
A ripe red berry for a ripe red month.
9. "Apple blooms whiten, and peach blooms fall,
And roses are gay by the garden wall,
Ere the daisy's dial gives the sign
That we may invite little Pearl to dine.
9. "Apple blossoms are white, and peach blossoms fall,
And roses are bright by the garden wall,
Before the daisy's clock signals the time
That we can invite little Pearl to dinner.
10. "The days are longest, the month is June,
The year is nearing its golden noon,
The weather is fine, and our feast is spread
With a green cloth and berries red.
10. "The days are longest, it's June,
The year is approaching its peak,
The weather is great, and our feast is ready,
With a green cloth and red berries."
11. "Just take us betwixt your finger and thumb,
And quick, oh, quick! for, see! there come
Tom on all fours, and Martin the man,
And Margaret, picking as fast as they can.
11. "Just take us between your finger and thumb,
And quick, oh, quick! for, look! here comes
Tom on all fours, and Martin the man,
And Margaret, picking as fast as they can.
12. "Oh, dear! if you only knew how it shocks
Nice berries like us to be sold by the box,
And eaten by strangers, and paid for with pelf,
You would surely take pity, and eat us yourself!"
12. "Oh, no! If you only knew how it shocks
nice berries like us to be sold by the box,
and eaten by strangers, and paid for with cash,
you would definitely take pity and eat us yourself!"
13. And this is the story the small lips told
To dear Pearl Honeydew, six years old,
When she laid her head on the strawberry bed
To hear what the red-cheeked berries said.
13. And this is the story the little lips shared
With sweet Pearl Honeydew, who’s six years old,
As she rested her head on the strawberry bed
To listen to what the red-cheeked berries told.
DEFINITIONS.—3. Thrive, to grow well, to flourish. 5. Nes'tled, gathered closely together. 6. Mold, fine, soft earth. Run'ner, a slender branch running along the ground. 8. Mel'low, to ripen. 9. Di'al, the face of a timepiece. 10. Feast, a festive or joyous meal, a banquet. 12. Pelf, money.
DEFINITIONS.—3. Thrive, to grow well, to flourish. 5. Nestled, gathered closely together. 6. Mold, fine, soft soil. Runner, a slender branch that runs along the ground. 8. Mellow, to ripen. 9. Dial, the face of a clock or watch. 10. Feast, a festive or joyful meal, a banquet. 12. Pelf, money.
EXERCISES.—What did little Pearl ask of the strawberries? What did they reply? Can you tell what name is given to this kind of story?
EXERCISES.—What did little Pearl ask the strawberries? What did they say? Can you name the type of story this is?
XVV. HARRY'S RICHES. (74)
1. One day, our little Harry spent the morning with his young playmate, Johnny Crane, who lived in a fine house, and on Sundays rode to church in the grandest carriage to be seen in all the country round.
1. One day, our little Harry spent the morning with his young friend, Johnny Crane, who lived in a nice house and rode to church on Sundays in the fanciest carriage around.
2. When Harry returned home, he said, "Mother, Johnny has money in both pockets!"
2. When Harry got home, he said, "Mom, Johnny has money in both pockets!"
3. "Has he, dear?"
"Has he, sweetie?"
4. "Yes, ma'am; and he says he could get ever so much more if he wanted it."
4. "Yes, ma'am; and he says he could get a lot more if he wanted to."
5. "Well, now, that's very pleasant for him," I returned, cheerfully, as a reply was plainly expected. "Very pleasant; don't you think so?"
5. "Well, that's really nice for him," I said cheerfully, since it was clear a response was expected. "Very nice; don't you think so?"
6. "Yes, ma'am; only—"
"Yes, ma'am; just—"
7. "Only what, Harry?"
"Only what, Harry?"
8. "Why, he has a big popgun, and a watch, and a hobbyhorse, and lots of things." And Harry looked up at my face with a disconsolate stare.
8. "Well, he has a big toy gun, a watch, a hobby horse, and a bunch of other stuff." And Harry looked up at my face with a sad, hopeless expression.
9. "Well, my boy, what of that?"
9. "Well, kid, what about that?"
10. "Nothing, mother," and the telltale tears sprang to his eyes, "only I guess we are very poor, aren't we?"
10. "Nothing, Mom," and the telltale tears filled his eyes, "I just think we're really poor, right?"
11. "No, indeed, Harry, we are very far from being poor. We are not so rich as Mr. Crane's family, if that is what you mean."
11. "No, really, Harry, we are not poor at all. We aren't as rich as Mr. Crane's family, if that's what you mean."
12. "O mother!" insisted the little fellow, "I do think we are very poor; anyhow, I am!"
12. "Oh mom!" the little guy insisted, "I really think we’re very poor; anyway, I am!"
13. "O Harry!" I exclaimed, reproachfully.
13. "Oh Harry!" I said, with a hint of accusation.
14. "Yes, ma'am I am," he sobbed; "I have scarcely any thing—I mean anything that's worth money—except things to eat and wear, and I'd have to have them anyway."
14. "Yes, ma'am, I am," he cried; "I hardly have anything—I mean anything that's worth money—except for food and clothes, and I'd need those anyway."
15. "Have to have them?" I echoed, at the same time laying my sewing upon the table, so that I might reason with him on that point; "do you not know, my son—"
15. "You have to have them?" I repeated, while placing my sewing on the table to discuss this with him; "don't you know, my son—"
16. Just then Uncle Ben looked up from the paper he had been reading: "Harry," said he, "I want to find out something about eyes; so, if you will let me have yours, I will give you a dollar apiece for them."
16. Just then Uncle Ben looked up from the newspaper he had been reading: "Harry," he said, "I want to learn something about eyes; so, if you let me have yours, I’ll give you a dollar each for them."
17. "For my eyes!" exclaimed Harry, very much astonished.
17. "For my eyes!" Harry exclaimed, clearly astonished.
18. "Yes," resumed Uncle Ben, quietly, "for your eyes. I will give you chloroform, so it will not hurt you in the least, and you shall have a beautiful glass pair for nothing, to wear in their place. Come, a dollar apiece, cash down! What do you say? I will take them out as quick as a wink."
18. "Yes," Uncle Ben continued softly, "for your eyes. I’ll give you chloroform, so it won’t hurt you at all, and you’ll get a beautiful pair of glass ones for free to wear instead. Come on, a dollar each, cash up front! What do you say? I’ll get them out in no time."
19. "Give you my eyes, uncle!" cried Harry, looking wild at the very thought, "I think not." And the startled little fellow shook his head defiantly.
19. "Give me your eyes, uncle!" Harry shouted, looking crazy at the very thought, "I don't think so." And the shocked little guy shook his head defiantly.
20. "Well, five, ten, twenty dollars, then." Harry shook his head at every offer.
20. "Okay, five, ten, twenty dollars then." Harry shook his head at each offer.
21. "No, sir! I wouldn't let you have them for a thousand dollars! What could I do without my eyes? I couldn't see mother, nor the baby, nor the flowers, nor the horses, nor anything," added Harry, growing warmer and warmer.
21. "No way! I wouldn't let you have them for a thousand dollars! What could I do without my sight? I couldn't see my mom, or the baby, or the flowers, or the horses, or anything," Harry said, getting more and more worked up.
22. "I will give you two thousand," urged Uncle Ben, taking a roll of bank notes out of his pocket. Harry, standing at a respectful distance, shouted that he never would do any such thing.
22. "I'll give you two thousand," Uncle Ben insisted, pulling a roll of cash from his pocket. Harry, standing a good distance away, yelled that he would never do anything like that.
23. "Very well," continued the uncle, with a serious air, at the same time writing something in his notebook, "I can't afford to give you more than two thousand dollars, so I shall have to do without your eyes; but," he added, "I will tell you what I will do, I will give you twenty dollars if you will let me put a few drops from this bottle in your ears. It will not hurt, but it will make you deaf. I want to try some experiments with deafness, you see. Come quickly, now! Here are the twenty dollars all ready for you."
23. "Alright," the uncle said seriously while jotting something down in his notebook, "I can’t give you more than two thousand dollars, so I’ll have to manage without your sight. But," he added, "here's what I can do—I’ll give you twenty dollars if you let me put a few drops from this bottle in your ears. It won’t hurt, but it will make you deaf. I want to run some experiments with deafness, you see. Hurry up! Here’s the twenty dollars all ready for you."
24. "Make me deaf!" shouted Harry, without even looking at the gold pieces temptingly displayed upon the table. "I guess you will not do that, either. Why, I couldn't hear a single word if I were deaf, could I?"
24. "Make me deaf!" shouted Harry, not even glancing at the gold pieces enticingly laid out on the table. "I bet you won't do that, either. I mean, I wouldn't hear a single word if I were deaf, right?"
25. "Probably not," replied Uncle Ben. So, of course, Harry refused again. He would never give up his hearing, he said, "no, not for three thousand dollars."
25. "Probably not," replied Uncle Ben. So, of course, Harry refused again. He would never give up his hearing, he said, "no, not for three thousand dollars."
26. Uncle Ben made another note in his book, and then came out with large bids for "a right arm," then "left arm," "hands," "feet," "nose," finally ending with an offer of ten thousand dollars for "mother," and five thousand for "the baby."
26. Uncle Ben wrote another note in his book, then came out with big offers for "a right arm," then "left arm," "hands," "feet," "nose," and finally topped it off with an offer of ten thousand dollars for "mother" and five thousand for "the baby."
27. To all of these offers Harry shook his head, his eyes flashing, and exclamations of surprise and indignation bursting from his lips. At last, Uncle Ben said he must give up his experiments, for Harry's prices were entirely too high.
27. To all of these offers, Harry shook his head, his eyes flashing, and exclamations of surprise and anger bursting from his lips. Finally, Uncle Ben said he had to give up his experiments because Harry's prices were just too high.
28. "Ha! ha!" laughed the boy, exultingly, and he folded his dimpled arms and looked as if to say, "I'd like to see the man who could pay them!"
28. "Ha! Ha!" laughed the boy, excitedly, and he folded his dimpled arms and looked as if to say, "I'd like to see the guy who could afford them!"
29. "Why, Harry, look here!" exclaimed Uncle Ben, peeping into his notebook, "here is a big addition sum, I tell you!" He added the numbers, and they amounted to thirty-two thousand dollars.
29. "Wow, Harry, check this out!" Uncle Ben said, looking into his notebook. "Here’s a huge addition problem, let me tell you!" He added the numbers, and they totaled thirty-two thousand dollars.
30. "There, Harry," said Uncle Ben, "don't you think you are foolish not to accept some of my offers?" "No, sir, I don't," answered Harry, resolutely. "Then," said Uncle Ben, "you talk of being poor, and by your own showing you have treasures for which you will not take thirty-two thousand dollars. What do you say to that?"
30. "There, Harry," said Uncle Ben, "don't you think it's silly to turn down some of my offers?" "No, sir, I don't," replied Harry firmly. "Then," Uncle Ben said, "you complain about being poor, and by your own words, you have treasures that you're refusing to sell for thirty-two thousand dollars. What do you think about that?"
31. Harry didn't know exactly what to say. So he blushed for a second, and just then tears came rolling down his cheeks, and he threw his chubby arms around my neck. "Mother," he whispered, "isn't God good to make everybody so rich?"
31. Harry didn't know exactly what to say. So he blushed for a moment, and just then tears started rolling down his cheeks, and he threw his chubby arms around my neck. "Mom," he whispered, "isn't God good to make everyone so rich?"
DEFINITIONS.—8. Dis-con'so-late, filled with grief. 13. Re-proach'ful-ly, with censure or reproof. 18. Chlo're-form, an oily liquid, the vapor of which causes insensibility. 19. Startled, shocked. De-fi'ant-ly, daringly. 23. Af-ford', to be able to pay for. Ex-per'i-ments, acts performed to discover some truth. 27. Ex-cla-ma'tions, expressions of surprise, anger, etc. 28. Ex-ult'ing-ly, in a triumphant manner. 30. Treas'ures, things which are very much valued.
DEFINITIONS.—8. Disconsolate, filled with grief. 13. Reproachfully, with censure or reproof. 18. Chloroform, an oily liquid, the vapor of which causes insensibility. 19. Startled, shocked. Defiantly, daringly. 23. Afford, to be able to pay for. Experiments, acts performed to discover some truth. 27. Exclamations, expressions of surprise, anger, etc. 28. Exultingly, in a triumphant manner. 30. Treasures, things which are highly valued.
XXVI. IN TIME'S SWING. (77)
By Lucy Larcom.
By Lucy Larcom.
1. Father Time, your footsteps go
Lightly as the falling snow.
In your swing I'm sitting, see!
Push me softly; one, two; three,
Twelve times only. Like a sheet,
Spread the snow beneath my feet.
Singing merrily, let me swing
Out of winter into spring.
1. Father Time, your steps are
As gentle as falling snow.
I'm sitting in your swing, see!
Push me softly; one, two; three,
Just twelve times. Like a blanket,
Spread the snow beneath my feet.
Singing happily, let me swing
Out of winter and into spring.
2. Swing me out, and swing me in!
Trees are bare, but birds begin
Twittering to the peeping leaves,
On the bough beneath the eaves.
Wait,—one lilac bud I saw.
Icy hillsides feel the thaw.
April chased off March to-day;
Now I catch a glimpse of May.
2. Swing me out, and swing me in!
Trees are bare, but birds are starting to
Chirp to the budding leaves,
On the branch under the eaves.
Wait— I spotted one lilac bud.
Icy hillsides are beginning to thaw.
April pushed March away today;
Now I see a hint of May.
3. Oh, the smell of sprouting grass!
In a blur the violets pass.
Whispering from the wildwood come
Mayflower's breath and insect's hum.
Roses carpeting the ground;
Thrushes, orioles, warbling sound:—
Swing me low, and swing me high,
To the warm clouds of July.
3. Oh, the scent of fresh grass!
In a flash, the violets go by.
From the woods, I hear whispers of
Mayflower's fragrance and buzzing bugs.
Roses cover the ground;
Thrushes and orioles make their sounds:—
Swing me low, and swing me high,
To the warm clouds of July.
4. Slower now, for at my side
White pond lilies open wide.
Underneath the pine's tall spire
Cardinal blossoms burn like fire.
They are gone; the golden-rod
Flashes from the dark green sod.
Crickets in the grass I hear;
Asters light the fading year.
4. Moving slower now, because beside me
White pond lilies are fully open.
Underneath the tall pine tree
Cardinal flowers shine bright like fire.
They have disappeared; the goldenrod
Stands out against the dark green ground.
I hear crickets in the grass;
Asters brighten the ending year.
5. Slower still! October weaves
Rainbows of the forest leaves.
Gentians fringed, like eyes of blue,
Glimmer out of sleety dew.
Meadow green I sadly miss:
Winds through withered sedges hiss.
Oh, 't is snowing, swing me fast,
While December shivers past!
5. Slower down! October creates
Rainbows from the forest leaves.
Blue gentians, like eyes, are framed,
Shining through the chilly dew.
I miss the green of the meadows:
Winds rustle through the dry grasses.
Oh, it's snowing, swing me quickly,
While December creeps by!
6. Frosty-bearded Father Time,
Stop your footfall on the rime!
Hard you push, your hand is rough;
You have swung me long enough.
"Nay, no stopping," say you? Well,
Some of your best stories tell,
While you swing me—gently, do!—
From the Old Year to the New.
6. Frosty-bearded Father Time,
Stop your footsteps in the frost!
You're pushing hard, your grip is tough;
You've carried me long enough.
"No stopping," you say? Alright,
Some of your best tales unfold,
While you carry me—softly, please!—
From the Old Year to the New.
DEFINITIONS.—2. Twit'ter-ing, making a succession of small, chirping noises. Glimpse, a short, hurried view. 3. Blur, a dim, confused appearance. 6. Rime, whitefrost, hoarfrost.
DEFINITIONS.—2. Twittering, making a series of small, chirping noises. Glimpse, a quick, fleeting view. 3. Blur, a vague, unclear appearance. 6. Rime, white frost, hoarfrost.
XXVII. HARRY AND HIS DOG. (79)
1. "Beg, Frisk, beg," said little Harry, as he sat on an inverted basket, at his grandmother's door, eating, with great satisfaction, a porringer of bread and milk. His little sister Annie, who had already dispatched her breakfast, sat on the ground opposite to him, now twisting her flowers into garlands, and now throwing them away.
1. "Beg, Frisk, beg," said little Harry, as he sat on an upside-down basket at his grandmother's door, happily eating a bowl of bread and milk. His little sister Annie, who had already finished her breakfast, sat on the ground across from him, now twisting her flowers into garlands and now tossing them away.
2. "Beg, Frisk, beg!" repeated Harry, holding a bit of bread just out of the dog's reach; and the obedient Frisk squatted himself on his hind legs, and held up his fore paws, waiting for master Harry to give him the tempting morsel.
2. "Beg, Frisk, beg!" Harry said again, holding a piece of bread just out of the dog's reach; and the eager Frisk sat on his hind legs, raising his front paws, waiting for Master Harry to give him the tasty treat.
3. The little boy and the little dog were great friends. Frisk loved him dearly, much better than he did anyone else; perhaps, because he recollected that Harry was his earliest and firmest friend during a time of great trouble.
3. The little boy and the little dog were best friends. Frisk loved him wholeheartedly, more than anyone else; maybe because he remembered that Harry was his first and strongest friend during a difficult time.
4. Poor Frisk had come as a stray dog to Milton, the place where Harry lived. If he could have told his own story, it would probably have been a very pitiful one, of kicks and cuffs, of hunger and foul weather.
4. Poor Frisk had arrived as a stray dog to Milton, where Harry lived. If he could have shared his story, it would likely have been a heartbreaking one, full of kicks and beatings, hunger, and bad weather.
5. Certain it is, he made his appearance at the very door where Harry was now sitting, in miserable plight, wet, dirty, and half starved; and that there he met Harry, who took a fancy to him, and Harry's grandmother, who drove him off with a broom.
5. It's clear that he showed up right at the door where Harry was sitting, in a terrible state—wet, dirty, and half-starved; and that’s where he met Harry, who liked him, and Harry's grandmother, who shooed him away with a broom.
6. Harry, at length, obtained permission for the little dog to remain as a sort of outdoor pensioner, and fed him with stray bones and cold potatoes, and such things as he could get for him. He also provided him with a little basket to sleep in, the very same which, turned up, afterward served Harry for a seat.
6. Eventually, Harry got permission for the little dog to stay as a sort of outdoor pet, and he fed him with leftover bones, cold potatoes, and whatever else he could find. He also gave him a small basket to sleep in, which later, when turned upside down, became Harry's seat.
7. After a while, having proved his good qualities by barking away a set of pilferers, who were making an attack on the great pear tree, he was admitted into the house, and became one of its most vigilant and valued inmates. He could fetch or carry either by land or water; would pick up a thimble or a ball of cotton, if little Annie should happen to drop them; or take Harry's dinner to school for him with perfect honesty.
7. After some time, having shown his good qualities by barking at a group of thieves who were trying to steal from the big pear tree, he was allowed inside the house and became one of its most watchful and valued members. He could fetch or carry things both on land and in water; he would pick up a thimble or a ball of cotton if little Annie dropped them; or bring Harry's lunch to school with complete honesty.
8. "Beg, Frisk, beg!" said Harry, and gave him, after long waiting, the expected morsel. Frisk was satisfied, but Harry was not. The little boy, though a good-humored fellow in the main, had turns of naughtiness, which were apt to last him all day, and this promised to prove one of his worst. It was a holiday, and in the afternoon his cousins, Jane and William, were to come and see him and Annie; and the pears were to be gathered, and the children were to have a treat.
8. "Beg, Frisk, beg!" said Harry, and after a long wait, he finally gave him the expected snack. Frisk was happy, but Harry wasn't. The little boy, who was generally good-natured, sometimes had streaks of mischief that could last all day, and this seemed like it would be one of his worst. It was a holiday, and in the afternoon, his cousins, Jane and William, were coming to see him and Annie; the pears were going to be picked, and the kids were in for a treat.
9. Harry, in his impatience, thought the morning would never be over. He played such pranks—buffeting Frisk, cutting the curls off of Annie's doll, and finally breaking his grandmother's spectacles—that before his visitors arrived, indeed, almost immediately after dinner, he contrived to be sent to bed in disgrace.
9. Harry, frustrated, thought the morning would never end. He pulled so many pranks—pushing Frisk, cutting the curls off Annie's doll, and finally breaking his grandmother's glasses—that before his guests arrived, almost right after dinner, he managed to get himself sent to bed in shame.
10. Poor Harry! there he lay, rolling and kicking, while Jane, and William, and Annie were busy about the fine, mellow Windsor pears. William was up in the tree, gathering and shaking; Annie and Jane catching them in their aprons, and picking them up from the ground; now piling them in baskets, and now eating the nicest and ripest; while Frisk was barking gayly among them, as if he were catching Windsor pears, too!
10. Poor Harry! There he was, rolling and kicking, while Jane, William, and Annie were busy with the delicious, ripe Windsor pears. William was up in the tree, gathering and shaking branches; Annie and Jane were catching the pears in their aprons and picking them up from the ground. They were piling them into baskets and munching on the best and ripest ones, while Frisk was happily barking around them, as if he were picking Windsor pears too!
11. Poor Harry! He could hear all this glee and merriment through the open window as he lay in bed. The storm of passion having subsided, there he lay weeping and disconsolate, a grievous sob bursting forth every now and then, as he heard the loud peals of childish laughter, and as he thought how he should have laughed, and how happy he should have been, had he not forfeited all this pleasure by his own bad conduct.
11. Poor Harry! He could hear all the joy and laughter through the open window as he lay in bed. The storm of emotions having calmed down, he lay there crying and feeling miserable, letting out a painful sob every so often as he listened to the loud bursts of children's laughter, thinking about how he would have laughed and how happy he would have been if he hadn't lost all this enjoyment because of his own mistakes.
12. He wondered if Annie would not be so good-natured as to bring him a pear. All on a sudden, he heard a little foot on the stair, pitapat, and he thought she was coming. Pitapat came the foot, nearer and nearer, and at last a small head peeped, half afraid, through the half-open door.
12. He wondered if Annie would be nice enough to bring him a pear. Suddenly, he heard a little foot on the stairs, pat-pat, and he thought she was coming. Pat-pat went the foot, closer and closer, and finally, a small head peeked, half scared, through the half-open door.
13. But it was not Annie's head; it was Frisk's—poor Frisk, whom Harry had been teasing and tormenting all the morning, and who came into the room wagging his tail, with a great pear in his mouth; and, jumping upon the bed, He laid it in the little boy's hand.
13. But it wasn't Annie's head; it was Frisk's—poor Frisk, whom Harry had been teasing and tormenting all morning, and who came into the room wagging his tail, with a big pear in his mouth; and, jumping onto the bed, he laid it in the little boy's hand.
14. Is not Frisk a fine, grateful fellow? and does he not deserve a share of Harry's breakfast, whether he begs for it or not? And little Harry will remember from the events of this day that kindness, even though shown to a dog, will always be rewarded; and that ill nature and bad temper are connected with nothing but pain and disgrace.
14. Isn't Frisk a wonderful, grateful dog? Doesn't he deserve some of Harry's breakfast, whether he asks for it or not? And little Harry will remember from today that kindness, even shown to a dog, will always be rewarded; and that being mean and having a bad attitude only lead to pain and shame.
DEFINITIONS.—l. In-vert'ed, turned upside down. Por'rin-ger, a small metallic dish. 3. Rec-ol-lect'ed, brought back to mind. 5. Plight, condition. 6. Pen'sion-er, one who is supported by others. 7. Pil'fer-ers, those who steal little things. Vig'i-lant, watchful. Intimates, those living in the same house. 8. Holiday, a day of amusement. 9. Buf'fet-ing, striking with the hand. 11. Sub-sid'ed, become quiet. For'feit-ed, lost. 14. Con-nect'ed, united, have a close relation.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Inverted, turned upside down. 2. Porringer, a small metallic dish. 3. Recollected, brought back to mind. 4. Plight, condition. 5. Pensioner, someone who is supported by others. 6. Pilferers, those who steal small things. 7. Vigilant, watchful. Intimates, those living in the same house. 8. Holiday, a day of fun. 9. Buffeting, striking with the hand. 10. Subsided, become quiet. 11. Forfeited, lost. 12. Connected, united, have a close relationship.
XXVIII. THE VOICE OF THE GRASS. (83)
By Sarah Roberts.
XXVIII. THE VOICE OF THE GRASS. (83)
By Sarah Roberts.
1. Here I come, creeping, creeping, everywhere;
By the dusty roadside,
On the sunny hillside,
Close by the noisy brook,
In every shady nook,
I come creeping, creeping, everywhere.
1. Here I come, sneaking, sneaking, everywhere;
By the dusty roadside,
On the sunny hillside,
Close by the noisy brook,
In every shady corner,
I come sneaking, sneaking, everywhere.
2. Here I come, creeping, creeping everywhere;
All round the open door,
Where sit the aged poor,
Here where the children play,
In the bright and merry May,
I come creeping, creeping, everywhere.
2. Here I come, sneaking, sneaking around;
All around the open door,
Where the elderly gather,
Here where the kids are playing,
In the bright and cheerful May,
I come sneaking, sneaking around.
3. Here I come, creeping, creeping, everywhere;
You can not see me coming,
Nor hear my low, sweet humming,
For in the starry night,
And the glad morning light,
I come, quietly creeping, everywhere.
3. Here I come, sneaking, sneaking, all around;
You can't see me approaching,
Or hear my soft, sweet humming,
Because in the starry night,
And the bright morning light,
I come, quietly sneaking, all around.
4. Here I come, creeping, creeping, everywhere;
More welcome than the flowers,
In summer's pleasant hours;
The gentle cow is glad,
And the merry birds not sad,
To see me creeping, creeping, everywhere.
4. Here I come, sneaking, sneaking, everywhere;
More welcome than the flowers,
In summer's nice hours;
The gentle cow is happy,
And the cheerful birds aren't sad,
To see me sneaking, sneaking, everywhere.
5. Here I come, creeping, creeping, everywhere;
When you're numbered with the dead,
In your still and narrow bed,
In the happy spring I'll come,
And deck your narrow home,
Creeping, silently creeping, everywhere.
5. Here I come, creeping, creeping, everywhere;
When you're counted among the dead,
In your quiet and narrow bed,
In the joyful spring I'll come,
And decorate your small home,
Creeping, silently creeping, everywhere.
6. Here I come, creeping, creeping, everywhere;
My humble song of praise,
Most gratefully I raise,
To Him at whose command
I beautify the land,
Creeping, silently creeping, everywhere.
6. Here I come, sneaking, sneaking, all around;
My simple song of gratitude,
Most sincerely I lift,
To Him who gives the order
I make the land look nice,
Sneaking, quietly sneaking, all around.
XXIX. THE EAGLE. (84)
1. The eagle seems to enjoy a kind of supremacy over the rest of the inhabitants of the air. Such is the loftiness of his flight, that he often soars in the sky beyond the reach of the naked eye, and such is his strength that he has been known to carry away children in his talons. But many of the noble qualities imputed to him are rather fanciful than true.
1. The eagle appears to have a sort of dominance over the other creatures in the sky. His flight is so high that he often soars out of sight, and he's strong enough to carry off small animals in his talons. However, many of the admirable traits attributed to him are more imaginative than real.
2. He has been described as showing a lofty independence, which makes him disdain to feed on anything that is not slain by his own strength. But Alexander Wilson, the great naturalist, says that he has seen an eagle feasting on the carcass of a horse. The eagle lives to a great age. One at Vienna is stated to have died after a confinement of one hundred and four years.
2. He has been described as having a high level of independence, which makes him look down on feeding on anything that he hasn't killed himself. However, Alexander Wilson, the renowned naturalist, mentions that he has observed an eagle eating the remains of a horse. Eagles can live for a long time. One in Vienna reportedly lived for one hundred and four years.
3. There are several species of the eagle. The golden eagle, which is one of the largest, is nearly four feet from the point of the beak to the end of the tail. He is found in most parts of Europe, and is also met with in America. High rocks and ruined and lonely towers are the places which he chooses for his abode. His nest is composed of sticks and rushes. The tail feathers are highly valued as ornaments by the American Indians.
3. There are several species of eagles. The golden eagle, one of the largest, measures almost four feet from the tip of the beak to the end of the tail. It is found in most parts of Europe and also in America. High cliffs and abandoned, isolated towers are its preferred habitats. Its nest is made of sticks and reeds. The tail feathers are highly prized as decoration by Native Americans.
4. The most interesting species is the bald eagle, as this is an American bird, and the adopted emblem of our country. He lives chiefly upon fish, and is found in the neighborhood of the sea, and along the shores and cliffs of our large lakes and rivers.
4. The most fascinating species is the bald eagle, as this is an American bird and the adopted symbol of our country. It primarily feeds on fish and is found near the ocean, along the shores and cliffs of our large lakes and rivers.
5. According to the description given by Wilson, he depends, in procuring his food, chiefly upon the labors of others. He watches the fish hawk as he dives into the sea for his prey, and darting down upon him as he rises, forces him to relinquish his victim, and then seizes it before it again reaches the water.
5. According to Wilson's description, he mainly relies on the efforts of others to get his food. He observes the fish hawk as it dives into the sea for its catch, and swoops in to force it to let go of its prey, then grabs it before it can hit the water again.
6. One of the most notable species is the harpy eagle. This is said to be bold and strong, and to attack beasts, and even man himself. He is fierce, quarrelsome, and sullen, living alone in the deepest forests. He is found chiefly in South America.
6. One of the most striking species is the harpy eagle. It's known to be bold and powerful, attacking animals and even humans. It's fierce, aggressive, and solitary, residing deep in the forests. It is mainly found in South America.
XXX. THE OLD EAGLE TREE. (86)
1. In a distant field, stood a large tulip tree, apparently of a century's growth, and one of the most gigantic. It looked like the father of the surrounding forest. A single tree of huge dimensions, standing all alone, is a sublime object.
1. In a distant field, there was a large tulip tree, seemingly a century old, and one of the most gigantic. It looked like the father of the surrounding forest. A single tree of massive size, standing all alone, is a magnificent sight.
2. On the top of this tree, an old eagle, commonly called the "Fishing Eagle," had built her nest every year, for many years, and, undisturbed, had raised her young. A remarkable place to choose, as she procured her food from the ocean, and this tree stood full ten miles from the seashore. It had long been known as the "Old Eagle Tree."
2. At the top of this tree, an old eagle, usually known as the "Fishing Eagle," had built her nest every year for many years and, without disturbance, had raised her young. It was a remarkable place to choose since she got her food from the ocean, and this tree stood a full ten miles from the shore. It had long been called the "Old Eagle Tree."
3. On a warm, sunny day, the workmen were hoeing corn in an adjoining field. At a certain hour of the day, the old eagle was known to set off for the seaside, to gather food for her young. As she this day returned with a large fish in her claws, the workmen surrounded the tree, and, by yelling and hooting, and throwing stones, so scared the poor bird that she dropped her fish, and they carried it off in triumph.
3. On a warm, sunny day, the workers were hoeing corn in a nearby field. At a particular time each day, the old eagle was known to fly off to the coast to catch food for her chicks. This day, as she returned with a big fish in her claws, the workers gathered around the tree, yelling and hooting, and throwing stones. They scared the poor bird so much that she dropped her fish, and they took it away in triumph.
4. The men soon dispersed, but Joseph sat down under a hush near by, to watch, and to bestow unavailing pity. The bird soon returned to her nest, without food. The eaglets at once set up a cry for food, so shrill, so clear, and so clamorous that the boy was greatly moved.
4. The men quickly scattered, but Joseph sat down quietly nearby to watch and feel helpless sympathy. The bird soon came back to her nest, empty-handed. The eaglets immediately started crying out for food, with such sharp, clear, and loud calls that the boy was deeply touched.
5. The parent bird seemed to try to soothe them; but their appetites were too keen, and it was all in vain. She then perched herself on a limb near them, and looked down into the nest in a manner that seemed to say, "I know not what to do next."
5. The parent bird appeared to be trying to calm them down, but their hunger was too strong, and it just didn't work. She then settled on a branch nearby and looked down into the nest as if to say, "I have no idea what to do next."
6. Her indecision was but momentary; again she poised herself, uttered one or two sharp notes, as if telling them to a "lie still," balanced her body, spread her wings, and was away again for the sea.
6. Her hesitation was brief; she readied herself again, let out a couple of sharp sounds, as if telling them to "stay put," steadied her body, spread her wings, and took off once more toward the sea.
7. Joseph was determined to see the result. His eye followed her till she grew small, smaller, a mere speck in the sky, and then disappeared. What boy has not thus watched the flight of the bird of his country!
7. Joseph was set on seeing the outcome. His gaze followed her until she became small, smaller, just a tiny dot in the sky, and then vanished. What boy hasn’t watched the flight of a bird from his home like this?
8. She was gone nearly two hours, about double her usual time for a voyage, when she again returned, on a slow, weary wing, flying uncommonly low, in order to have a heavier atmosphere to sustain her, with another fish in her talons.
8. She was gone for almost two hours, roughly twice her usual travel time, when she returned, flying slowly and tired, unusually low to the ground to have a thicker atmosphere to support her, with another fish in her claws.
9. On nearing the field, she made a circuit round it, to see if her enemies were again there. Finding the coast clear, she once more reached the tree, drooping, faint, and weary, and evidently nearly exhausted. Again the eaglets set up their cry, which was soon hushed by the distribution of a dinner, such as, save the cooking, a king might admire.
9. As she got closer to the field, she went around it to check if her enemies were back. When she saw it was clear, she arrived at the tree again, feeling droopy, weak, and tired, clearly almost worn out. Once more, the eaglets started calling out, but they quickly quieted down when it was time for dinner, which, aside from the cooking, a king would be impressed by.
10. "Glorious bird!" cried the boy, "what a spirit!" Other birds can fly more swiftly, others can sing more sweetly, others scream more loudly; but what other bird, when persecuted and robbed, when weary, when discouraged, when so far from the sea, would do this?
10. "Amazing bird!" the boy shouted, "what a spirit!" Other birds can fly faster, others can sing more beautifully, others screech more loudly; but which other bird, when chased and stripped of its possessions, when tired, when feeling down, when so far from the ocean, would do this?
11. "Glorious bird! I will learn a lesson from thee to-day. I will never forget, hereafter, that when the spirit is determined it can do almost anything. Others would have drooped, and hung the head, and mourned over the cruelty of man, and sighed over the wants of the nestlings; but thou, by at once recovering the loss, hast forgotten all."
11. "Glorious bird! Today, I will learn a lesson from you. I will never forget that when the spirit is determined, it can achieve almost anything. Others would have felt defeated, hung their heads, mourned the cruelty of man, and sighed over the needs of the nestlings; but you, by immediately overcoming the loss, have forgotten everything."
12. "I will learn of thee, noble bird! I will remember this. I will set my mark high. I will try to do something, and to be something in the world; I will never yield to discouragements."
12. "I will learn from you, noble bird! I will remember this. I will aim high. I will strive to do something and to be someone in the world; I will never give in to discouragement."
DEFINITIONS.—l. Cen'tu-ry, the space of a hundred years. Gi-gan'tic, very large. Di-men'sions, size. Sub-lime', grand, noble. 4. Dis-persed', scattered. Un-a-vail'ing, useless. Ea'glets, young eagles. Clam'or-ous, loud, noisy. 6. In-de-ci'sion, want of fixed purpose. Mo'men-ta-ry, for a single moment. 9. Cir'cuit, movement round in a circle. Ex-haust'ed, wholly tired. 11. Nes'-tlings, young birds in the nest.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Century, a period of a hundred years. Gigantic, very large. Dimensions, size. Sublime, grand, noble. 4. Dispersed, scattered. Unavailing, useless. Eaglets, young eagles. Clamorous, loud, noisy. 6. Indecision, lack of fixed purpose. Momentary, lasting for a single moment. 9. Circuit, movement around in a circle. Exhausted, completely tired. 11. Nestlings, young birds in the nest.
EXERCISES.—Relate the story of the "Old Eagle Tree." What lesson was taught the boy who watched the eagle's actions?
EXERCISES.—Tell the story of the "Old Eagle Tree." What lesson did the boy learn from observing the eagle's behavior?
XXXI. ALPINE SONG. (88)
William W. Story, the author, was born in Salem, Mass.,
XXXI. ALPINE SONG. (88)
William W. Story, the author, was born in Salem, MA,
In 1819. His writings in poetry and prose are well known, and he also gained distinction in his profession as a sculptor. He died in 1895.
In 1819. His poetry and prose are widely recognized, and he also became notable in his career as a sculptor. He passed away in 1895.
1. With alpenstock and knapsack light,
I wander o'er hill and valley;
I climb the snow peak's flashing height,
And sleep in the sheltered chalet,—
Free in heart—happy and free—
This is the summer life for me.
1. With my hiking staff and light backpack,
I roam over hills and valleys;
I climb the snowy peak's shining height,
And sleep in the cozy chalet,—
Free in spirit—happy and free—
This is the summer life for me.
2. The city's dust I leave behind
For the keen, sweet air of the mountain,
The grassy path by the wild rose lined,
The gush of the living fountain,—
Free in heart—happy and free—
This is the summer life for me.
2. I leave the city's dust behind
For the fresh, sweet air of the mountains,
The grassy path lined with wild roses,
The rush of the flowing fountain—
Free in spirit—happy and free—
This is the summer life I want.
3. High above me snow clouds rise,
In the early morning gleaming;
And the patterned valley beneath me lies
Softly in sunshine dreaming,—
Free in heart—happy and free—
This is the summer life for me.
3. High above me, snow clouds gather,
In the early morning light;
And the shaped valley below me rests
Gently in the warm sunlight,—
Free in spirit—joyful and free—
This is the summer life for me.
4. The bells of wandering herds I list,
Chiming in upland meadows;
How sweet they sound, as I lie at rest
Under the dark pine shadows—
Glad in heart—happy and free—
This is the summer life for me.
4. I hear the bells of wandering herds,
Ringing in the hilltop meadows;
They sound so sweet as I lie resting
Under the dark pine shadows—
Joyful in spirit—happy and free—
This is the summer life for me.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Al'pen-stock, a long staff, pointed with iron, used in traveling among the Alps. Knap'sack, a leather sack for carrying food or clothing, borne on the back. Cha-let' (pro. sha-la'), a mountain hut. 2. Gush, a rapid outflowing. 3. Pat'terned, marked off in figures or patterns. 4. List, hearken to.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Alpine walking stick, a long stick with a pointed iron tip, used when traveling in the Alps. Backpack, a leather bag for carrying food or clothes, worn on the back. Chalet (pronounced sha-lay), a mountain cabin. 2. Flow, a quick outpouring. 3. Patterned, decorated with designs or patterns. 4. Listen, pay attention to.
XXXII. CIRCUMSTANCES ALTER CASES. (89)
1. Derby. Good morning, neighbor Scrapewell. I have half a dozen miles to ride to-day, and shall be extremely obliged if you will lend me your gray mare.
1. Derby. Good morning, neighbor Scrapewell. I have six miles to ride today, and I would really appreciate it if you could lend me your gray mare.
2. Scrapewell. It would give me great pleasure to oblige you, friend Derby; but I am under the necessity of going to the mill this very morning, with a bag of corn. My wife wants the meal to-day, and you know what a time there'll be if I disappoint her.
2. Scrapewell. I’d be happy to help you, friend Derby; but I really need to head to the mill this morning with a bag of corn. My wife needs the flour today, and you know how upset she’ll be if I let her down.
3. D. Then she must want it still, for I can assure you the mill does not go to-day. I heard the miller tell Will Davis that the water was too low.
3. D. Then she must still want it, because I can tell you the mill isn't running today. I heard the miller tell Will Davis that the water level is too low.
4. S. You don't say so! That is bad, indeed; for in that case I shall be obliged to gallop off to town for the meal. My wife would comb my head for me if I should neglect it.
4. S. You’ve got to be kidding! That’s really bad, because if that’s the case, I’ll have to dash into town for the meal. My wife would give me an earful if I let it slide.
5. D. I can save you this journey, for I have plenty of meal at home, and will lend your wife as much as she wants.
5. D. I can spare you this trip because I have plenty of food at home, and I can give your wife as much as she needs.
6. S. Ah! neighbor Derby, I am sure your meal would never suit my wife. You can't conceive how whimsical she is.
6. S. Ah! Neighbor Derby, I'm sure your meal would never please my wife. You can't imagine how picky she is.
7. D. If she were ten times more whimsical than she is, I am certain she would like it; for you sold it to me yourself, and you assured me it was the best you ever had.
7. D. If she were ten times more whimsical than she is, I'm sure she would like it; because you sold it to me yourself, and you promised me it was the best you ever had.
8. S. Yes, yes! that's true, indeed; I always have the best of everything. You know, neighbor Derby, that no one is more ready to oblige a friend than I am; but I must tell you the mare this morning refused to eat hay; and, truly, I am afraid she will not carry you.
8. S. Yes, that's true! I always have the best of everything. You know, neighbor Derby, no one is more willing to help a friend than I am; but I have to tell you that the mare refused to eat hay this morning, and honestly, I'm worried she won't be able to carry you.
9. D. Oh, never fear! I will feed her well with oats on the road.
9. D. Oh, don’t worry! I’ll make sure to feed her plenty of oats along the way.
10. S. Oats! neighbor; oats are very dear.
10. S. Oats! Neighbor, oats are really expensive.
11. D. Never mind that. When I have a good job in view, I never stand for trifles.
11. D. Forget about that. When I have a great job in sight, I don't tolerate the little things.
12. S. But it is very slippery; and I am really afraid she will fall and break your neck.
12. S. But it's really slippery, and I'm genuinely worried she might fall and break your neck.
13. D. Give yourself no uneasiness about that. The mare is certainly sure-footed; and, besides, you were just now talking of galloping her to town.
13. D. Don't worry about that. The mare is definitely sure-footed; and besides, you were just saying you wanted to gallop her to town.
14. S. Well, then, to tell you the plain truth, though I wish to oblige you with all my heart, my saddle is torn quite in pieces, and I have just sent my bridle to be mended.
14. S. Well, to be honest, although I really want to help you, my saddle is completely torn apart, and I’ve just sent my bridle out for repairs.
15. D. Luckily, I have both a bridle and a saddle hanging up at home.
15. D. Fortunately, I have a bridle and a saddle hanging at home.
16. S. Ah! that may be; but I am sure your saddle will never fit my mare. She's very notional.
16. S. Ah! that could be true; but I’m certain your saddle will never fit my mare. She’s very particular.
17. D. Why, then I'll borrow neighbor Clodpole's.
17. D. Well, then I'll just borrow neighbor Clodpole's.
18. S. Clodpole's! his will no more fit than yours.
18. S. Clodpole's! His will be no better fit than yours.
19. D. At the worst, then, I will go to my good friend, Squire Jones. He has half a score of them; and I am sure he will lend me one that will fit her.
19. D. At the worst, I can go to my good friend, Squire Jones. He has a bunch of them, and I'm sure he'll lend me one that will fit her.
20. S. You know, friend Derby, that no one is more willing to oblige his neighbors than I am. I do assure you the beast should be at your service, with all my heart; but she has not been curried, I believe, for three weeks past. Her foretop and mane want combing and cutting very much. If anyone should see her in her present plight, it would ruin the sale of her.
20. S. You know, friend Derby, that no one is more eager to help out neighbors than I am. I assure you the horse would be at your service, with all my heart; but I don’t think she’s been groomed in the last three weeks. Her foretop and mane really need to be combed and cut. If anyone sees her like this, it could ruin her sale.
21. D. Oh, a horse is soon curried, and my son Sam shall attend to it at once.
21. D. Oh, a horse is quickly groomed, and my son Sam will take care of it right away.
22. S. Yes, very likely; but I this moment recollect the creature has no shoes on.
22. S. Yes, probably; but I just remembered the creature isn't wearing any shoes.
23. D. Well, is there not a blacksmith hard by?
23. D. Well, isn’t there a blacksmith nearby?
24. S. What, that tinker, Dobson? I would not trust such a bungler to shoe a goat. No, no; none but uncle Tom Thumper shall shoe my mare.
24. S. What, that handyman, Dobson? I wouldn’t trust that clumsy person to put shoes on a goat. No way; only Uncle Tom Thumper is going to shoe my mare.
25. D. As good luck will have it, then, I shall pass right by his door.
25. D. Luckily for me, I’ll be walking right past his door.
26. S. [Calling to his son.] Tim, Tim! here's neighbor Derby, who wants the loan of the gray mare, to ride to town to-day. You know the skin was rubbed off her back, last week, a hand's breadth or more. [Gives Tim a wink.] However, I believe she is well enough by this time. You know, Tim, how ready I am to oblige my neighbors; indeed, we ought to do all the good we can in this world. We must certainly let neighbor Derby have her if she will possibly answer his purpose. Yes, yes; I see plainly by Tim's countenance, neighbor Derby, that he's disposed to oblige you. I would not have refused you the mare for the worth of her. If I had, I should have expected you to refuse me in turn. None of my neighbors can accuse me of being backward in doing them a kindness whenever it is possible. Come, Tim, what do you say?
26. S. [Calling to his son.] Tim, Tim! Here’s neighbor Derby, who wants to borrow the gray mare to ride to town today. You know the skin was rubbed off her back last week, about a hand's breadth or more. [Gives Tim a wink.] But I believe she's good enough by now. You know, Tim, how eager I am to help out my neighbors; we really should do as much good as we can in this world. We definitely should let neighbor Derby have her if she can use her. Yes, yes; I can see from Tim's expression, neighbor Derby, that he's willing to help you out. I wouldn’t have refused you the mare for anything. If I had, I would expect you to refuse me in return. None of my neighbors can say I’m hesitant to lend a hand whenever I can. Come on, Tim, what do you think?
27. Tim. What do I say, father? Why, sir, I say that I am no less ready than you are to do a neighborly kindness. But the mare is by no means capable of performing the journey. About a hand's breadth, did you say? Why, sir, the skin is torn from the poor creature's back the bigness of your broad-brimmed hat! And, besides, I have promised her, so soon as she is able to travel, to Ned Saunders, to carry a load of apples to market.
27. Tim. What should I say, Dad? Well, I say I'm just as willing as you are to do a good deed for a neighbor. But the mare definitely can't handle the trip. About a hand's width, you said? Well, sir, the skin is torn from the poor thing's back the size of your wide-brimmed hat! Plus, I've promised her to Ned Saunders as soon as she's able to travel, to take a load of apples to the market.
28. S. Do you hear that, neighbor? I am very sorry matters are thus. I would not have disobliged you for the price of two such mares. Believe me, neighbor Derby, I am really sorry, for your sake, that matters turn out thus.
28. S. Do you hear that, neighbor? I'm really sorry things are this way. I wouldn't have upset you even for the cost of two of those mares. Trust me, neighbor Derby, I genuinely regret that things have turned out like this.
29. D. And I as much for yours, neighbor Scrapewell; for to tell you the truth I received a letter this morning from Mr. Griffin, who tells me if I will be in town to-day he will give me the refusal of all that lot of timber, which he is about cutting down, on the side of the hill; and I had intended you should have shared half of it, which would have been not less than fitly dollars in your pocket. But, as your—
29. D. And I feel the same way for you, neighbor Scrapewell; honestly, I got a letter this morning from Mr. Griffin, who says that if I’m in town today, he will give me first dibs on all that timber he’s about to cut down on the hill. I had planned for you to have half of it, which would have put a nice sum of money in your pocket. But, since your—
30. S. Fifty dollars, did you say?
30. S. You said fifty dollars?
31. D. Ay, truly, did I; but as your mare is out of order, I'll go and see if I can get old Roan, the blacksmith's horse.
31. D. Yes, I really did; but since your mare isn't well, I'll go check if I can borrow old Roan, the blacksmith's horse.
32. S. Old Roan! My mare is at your service, neighbor, Here, Tim, tell Ned Saunders he can't have the mare: neighbor Derby wants her; and I won't refuse so good a friend anything he asks for.
32. S. Old Roan! My mare is at your service, neighbor. Here, Tim, tell Ned Saunders he can't have the mare; neighbor Derby wants her, and I won't refuse a good friend anything he asks for.
33. D. But what are you to do for meal?
33. D. But what will you do for food?
34. S. My wife can do without it for a week if you want the mare so long.
34. S. My wife can go without it for a week if you need the mare for that long.
35. D. But, then, your saddle is all in pieces.
35. D. But, now your saddle is completely in pieces.
36. S. I meant the old one. I have bought a new one since, and you shall have the first use of it.
36. S. I was talking about the old one. I've bought a new one since then, and you can be the first to use it.
37. D. And shall I call at Thumper's and get the mare shod?
37. D. Should I stop by Thumper's to get the mare shod?
38. S. No, no; I had forgotten to tell you that I let neighbor Dobson shoe her, last week, by way of trial; and, to do him justice, he shoes extremely well.
38. S. No, no; I forgot to tell you that I had neighbor Dobson put shoes on her last week, just to try it out; and to be fair, he does a really good job.
39. D. But, if the poor creature has lost so much skin from off her back—
39. D. But if the poor thing has lost so much skin from her back—
40. S. Poh, poh! That is just one of Tim's large stories. I do assure you it was not, at first, bigger than my thumb nail, and I am certain it has not grown any since.
40. S. Poh, come on! That’s just one of Tim's tall tales. I promise you it wasn't, at first, bigger than my thumbnail, and I’m sure it hasn’t grown at all since then.
41. D. At least, however, let her have something she will eat, since she refuses hay.
41. D. At the very least, let her have something to eat, since she won't touch hay.
42. S. She did, indeed, refuse hay this morning; but the only reason was that she was crammed full of oats. You have nothing to fear, neighbor; the mare is in perfect trim; and she will skim you over the ground like a bird. I wish you a good journey and a profitable job.
42. S. She did refuse hay this morning, but the only reason was that she was stuffed with oats. You have nothing to worry about, neighbor; the mare is in great shape, and she’ll take you over the ground like a bird. I wish you a safe trip and a successful job.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Ex-treme'ly, very much. 6. Whim'si-cal, full of whims. 20. Cur'ried, cleaned. Fore'top, hair on the forepart of the head. 24. Bun'gler, a clumsy workman. 26. Dis-posed', inclined to, Back'ward, slow, unwilling. 27. Ca'pa-ble, possessing ability. Per-form'ing, accomplishing. 29. Re-fus'al, choice of tak-ing. 42. Crammed, stuffed.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Extremely, very much. 6. Whimsical, full of whims. 20. Curried, cleaned. Foretop, hair on the front of the head. 24. Bungler, a clumsy worker. 26. Disposed, inclined to, Backward, slow, unwilling. 27. Capable, having ability. Performing, accomplishing. 29. Refusal, choice of taking. 42. Crammed, stuffed.
XXXIII. THE NOBLEST REVENGE. (94)
1. "I will have revenge on him, that I will, and make him heartily repent it," said Philip to himself, with a countenance quite red with anger. His mind was so engaged that he did not see Stephen, who happened at that instant to meet him.
1. "I will get my revenge on him, that's for sure, and make him truly regret it," Philip said to himself, his face flushed with anger. He was so lost in thought that he didn't notice Stephen, who happened to cross his path at that moment.
2. "Who is that," said Stephen, "on whom you intend to be revenged?" Philip, as if awakened from a dream, stopped short, and looking at his friend, soon resumed a smile that was natural to his countenance. "Ah," said he, "you remember my bamboo, a very pretty cane which was given me by my father, do you not? Look! there it is in pieces. It was farmer Robinson's son who reduced it to this worthless state."
2. "Who is that," Stephen asked, "that you want to get back at?" Philip, as if coming out of a trance, paused and looked at his friend before quickly bringing back the smile that was typical for him. "Ah," he said, "you remember my bamboo cane, the nice one my dad gave me, right? Look! It's in pieces now. It was farmer Robinson's son who broke it and made it useless."
3. Stephen very coolly asked him what had induced young Robinson to break it. "I was walking peaceably along," replied he, "and was playing with my cane by twisting it round my body. By accident, one of the ends slipped out of my hand, when I was opposite the gate, just by the wooden bridge, where the ill natured fellow had put down a pitcher of water, which he was taking home from the well."
3. Stephen calmly asked him what had made young Robinson break it. "I was walking peacefully," he replied, "and was playing with my cane by twisting it around my body. By accident, one of the ends slipped out of my hand when I was near the gate, right by the wooden bridge, where that mean guy had placed a pitcher of water he was bringing home from the well."
4. "It so happened that my cane, in springing back, upset the pitcher, but did not break it. He came up close to me, and began to call me names, when I assured him that what I had done had happened by accident, and that I was sorry for it. Without regarding what I said, he instantly seized my cane, and twisted it, as you see; but I will make him repent of it."
4. "It just so happened that my cane, when it sprang back, knocked over the pitcher, but it didn't break. He came up to me and started calling me names, and I told him that it was an accident and that I was sorry. Ignoring what I said, he immediately grabbed my cane and twisted it like this; but I will make him regret it."
5. "To be sure," said Stephen, "he is a very wicked boy, and is already very properly punished for being such, since nobody likes him or will have anything to do with him. He can scarcely find a companion to play with him; and is often at a loss for amusement, as he deserves to be. This, properly considered, I think will appear sufficient revenge for you."
5. "It's true," said Stephen, "he's a really bad kid, and he's already getting what he deserves since no one likes him or wants to hang out with him. He can hardly find anyone to play with; he's often out of ideas for fun, just like he should be. When you think about it, I believe this will seem like enough payback for you."
6. "All this is true," replied Philip, "but he has broken my cane. It was a present from my father, and a very pretty cane it was. I offered to fill his pitcher for him again, as I knocked it down by accident. I will be revenged."
6. "That's all true," Philip said, "but he broke my cane. It was a gift from my dad, and it was a really nice cane. I offered to fill his pitcher for him again since I accidentally knocked it over. I’m going to get my revenge."
7. "Now, Philip;" said Stephen, "I think you will act better in not minding him, as your contempt will be the best punishment you can inflict upon him. Be assured, he will always be able to do more mischief to you than you choose to do to him. And, now I think of it, I will tell you what happened to him not long since."
7. "Now, Philip," Stephen said, "I believe you'll do better by ignoring him, as your disdain will be the best punishment you can give him. Trust me, he can cause you more harm than you can ever inflict on him. And now that I think about it, let me tell you what happened to him not too long ago."
8. "Very unluckily for him, he chanced to see a bee hovering about a flower which he caught, and was going to pull off its wings out of sport, when the animal stung him, and flew away in safety to the hive. The pain put him into a furious passion, and, like you, he vowed revenge. He accordingly procured a stick, and thrust it into the beehive."
8. "Unfortunately for him, he happened to see a bee hovering around a flower that he caught, and he was going to pull off its wings just for fun, when the bee stung him and flew away safely to the hive. The pain made him extremely angry, and, like you, he swore to get back at it. So, he found a stick and pushed it into the beehive."
9. "In an instant the whole swarm flew out, and alighting upon him stung him in a hundred different places. He uttered the most piercing cries, and rolled upon the ground in the excess of his agony. His father immediately ran to him, but could not put the bees to flight until they had stung him so severely that he was confined several days to his bed."
9. "In a moment, the whole swarm burst out and landed on him, stinging him in a hundred different spots. He let out the most agonizing screams and rolled on the ground in extreme pain. His father rushed to him, but couldn't chase the bees away until they had stung him so badly that he was stuck in bed for several days."
l0. "Thus, you see, he was not very successful in his pursuit of revenge. I would advise you, therefore, to pass over his insult. He is a wicked boy, and much stronger than you; so that your ability to obtain this revenge may be doubtful."
l0. "So, you see, he wasn't very successful in getting his revenge. I would suggest that you just ignore his insult. He's a cruel guy and way stronger than you, so your chances of getting back at him might not be great."
11. "I must own," replied Philip, "that your advice seems very good. So come along with me, and I will tell my father the whole matter, and I think he will not be angry with me." They went, and Philip told his father what had happened. He thanked Stephen for the good advice he had given his son, and promised Philip to give him another cane exactly like the first.
11. "I have to say," Philip replied, "your advice sounds really good. So come with me, and I’ll explain everything to my dad, and I don’t think he’ll be mad at me." They went, and Philip explained to his dad what had happened. He thanked Stephen for the great advice he had given his son and promised Philip that he would get him another cane just like the first one.
12. A few days afterward, Philip saw this ill-natured boy fall as he was carrying home a heavy log of wood, which he could not lift up again. Philip ran to him, and helped him to replace it on his shoulder. Young Robinson was quite ashamed at the thought of this unmerited kindness, and heartily repented of his behavior. Philip went home quite satisfied. "This," said he, "is the noblest vengeance I could take, in returning good for evil. It is impossible I should repent of it."
12. A few days later, Philip saw that mean boy drop a heavy log of wood he was trying to carry home, and he couldn't lift it up again. Philip ran over to him and helped him get it back on his shoulder. Young Robinson felt really ashamed about this kindness that he didn’t deserve and sincerely regretted his behavior. Philip went home feeling pretty happy. "This," he said, "is the best kind of revenge I could have, repaying bad with good. There’s no way I could regret it."
DEFINITIONS.—l. Re-venge', return for an injury. Re-pent', to feel sorry for. Coun'te-nance, the face. 2. Re-sumed', took again. 3. In-duced', caused. 4. As-sured, declared positively. Re-gard'ing, noticing. 5. Con-sid'ered, thought of care'fully. 7. Con-tempt', disdain, scorn. In-flict', to impose, to put on. 8. Hov'er-ing, hanging over or about. 9. Ag'o-ny, very great pain. 10. A-bil'i-ty, power.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Revenge, to get back at someone for an injury. Repent, to feel sorry about something. Countenance, the face. 2. Resumed, took back. 3. Induced, caused. 4. Assured, declared definitely. Regarding, noticing. 5. Considered, thought about carefully. 7. Contempt, disdain, scorn. Inflict, to impose, to put on. 8. Hovering, hanging over or around. 9. Agony, very intense pain. 10. Ability, power.
EXERCISES.—What is revenge? Is it right to take revenge on those who injure us? How should we treat such persons?
EXERCISES.—What is revenge? Is it right to get back at those who hurt us? How should we handle those people?
XXXIV. EVENING HYMN. (97)
1. Come to the sunset tree,
The day is past and gone;
The woodman's ax lies free,
And the reaper's work is done;
The twilight star to heaven,
And the summer dew to flowers,
And rest to us is given,
By the soft evening hours.
1. Come to the sunset tree,
The day is over;
The woodcutter's ax is set down,
And the farmer's work is finished;
The evening star to the sky,
And the summer dew to the flowers,
And we are granted rest,
By the gentle evening hours.
2. Sweet is the hour of rest,
Pleasant the woods' low sigh,
And the gleaming of the west,
And the turf whereon we lie,
When the burden and the heat
Of the laborer's task is o'er,
And kindly voices greet
The tired one at the door.
2. Sweet is the hour of rest,
Pleasant the woods' soft sigh,
And the glow of the sunset,
And the grass where we lie,
When the weight and the heat
Of the worker's job is done,
And friendly voices greet
The weary one at the door.
3. Yes, tuneful is the sound
That dwells in whispering boughs:
Welcome the freshness round,
And the gale that fans our brows;
But rest more sweet and still
Than ever the nightfall gave,
Our yearning hearts shall fill,
In the world beyond the grave.
3. Yes, the sound is melodious
That lives in the whispering branches:
Embrace the refreshing air,
And the breeze that cools our faces;
But there's a more soothing stillness
Than what nightfall ever brought,
Our longing hearts will be fulfilled,
In the world beyond this life.
4. There, shall no tempests blow,
Nor scorching noontide heat;
There, shall be no more snow,
No weary, wandering feet;
So we lift our trusting eyes
From the hills our fathers trod,
To the quiet of the skies,
To the Sabbath of our God.
4. There, no storms will rage,
Nor intense midday heat;
There, there will be no more snow,
No tired, wandering feet;
So we raise our hopeful eyes
From the hills our ancestors walked,
To the calm of the skies,
To the rest of our God.
XXXV. HOW MARGERY WONDERED. (99)
By Lucy Larcom.
XXXV. HOW MARGERY WONDERED. (99)
By Lucy Larcom.
1. One bright morning late in March, little Margery put on her hood and her Highland plaid shawl, and went trudging across the beach. It was the first time she had been trusted out alone, for Margery was a little girl; nothing about her was large, except her round gray eyes, which had yet scarcely opened upon half a dozen springs and summers.
1. One bright morning in late March, little Margery put on her hood and her Highland plaid shawl and walked across the beach. It was the first time she had been allowed out on her own, since Margery was a little girl; nothing about her was big, except her round gray eyes, which had barely seen half a dozen springs and summers.
2. There was a pale mist on the far-off sea and sky, and up around the sun were white clouds edged with the hues of pinks and violets. The sunshine and the mild air made Margery's very heart feel warm, and she let the soft wind blow aside her Highland shawl, as she looked across the waters at the sun, and wondered! For, somehow, the sun had never looked before as it did to-day;—it seemed like a great golden flower bursting out of its pearl-lined calyx,—a flower without a stem. Or was there a strong stem away behind it in the sky, that reached down below the sea, to a root, nobody could guess where?
2. There was a light mist over the distant sea and sky, and around the sun were white clouds tinged with shades of pink and violet. The sunlight and gentle air warmed Margery's heart, and she let the soft breeze lift her Highland shawl as she gazed across the water at the sun and wondered! For some reason, the sun looked different today; it appeared like a huge golden flower blooming out of its pearl-lined bud—a flower without a stem. Or was there a strong stem hidden behind it in the sky that extended down below the sea, leading to a root no one could possibly know?
3. Margery did not stop to puzzle herself about the answer to her question, for now the tide, was coming in, and the waves, little at first, but growing larger every moment, were crowding up along the sand and pebbles, laughing, winking, and whispering, as they tumbled over each other, like thousands of children hurrying home from somewhere, each with its own precious little secret to tell.
3. Margery didn't stop to think about the answer to her question, because the tide was coming in, and the waves, small at first but getting bigger every moment, were rolling in along the sand and pebbles, laughing, winking, and whispering as they crashed over each other, like thousands of kids rushing home from somewhere, each with its own special little secret to share.
4. Where did the waves come from? Who was down there under the blue wall of the horizon, with the hoarse, hollow voice, urging and pushing them across the beach at her feet? And what secret was it they were lisping to each other with their pleasant voices? Oh, what was there beneath the sea, and beyond the sea, so deep, so broad, and so dim, too, away off where the white ships, that looked smaller than sea birds, were gliding out and in?
4. Where did the waves come from? Who was down there under the blue wall of the horizon, with the rough, empty voice, urging and pushing them across the beach at her feet? And what secret were they whispering to each other with their sweet voices? Oh, what was beneath the sea, and beyond it, so deep, so wide, and so vague, too, way off where the white ships, that looked smaller than seagulls, were gliding in and out?
5. But while Margery stood still for a moment on a dry rock, and wondered, there came a low, rippling warble to her ear from a cedar tree on the cliff above her. It had been a long winter, and Margery had forgotten that there were birds, and that birds could sing. So she wondered again what the music was.
5. But while Margery paused for a moment on a dry rock, lost in thought, she heard a soft, rippling song coming from a cedar tree on the cliff above her. It had been a long winter, and Margery had forgotten that there were birds, and that they could sing. So she felt curious again about what the music was.
6. And when she saw the bird perched on a yellow-brown bough, she wondered yet more. It was only a bluebird, but then it was the first bluebird Margery had ever seen. He fluttered among the prickly twigs, and looked as if he had grown out of them, as the cedar berries had, which were dusty blue, the color of his coat. But how did the music get in his throat? And after it was in his throat, how could it untangle itself, and wind itself off so evenly? And where had the bluebird flown from, across the snow banks down to the shore of the blue sea?
6. When she saw the bird resting on a yellow-brown branch, she was even more curious. It was just a bluebird, but it was the first bluebird Margery had ever seen. He flitted among the thorny twigs, looking like he had grown out of them, just like the dusty blue cedar berries that matched his coat. But how did the music get into his throat? And once it was in his throat, how could it untangle and come out so smoothly? And where did the bluebird come from, flying across the snowbanks down to the edge of the blue sea?
7. The waves sang a welcome to him, and he sang a welcome to the waves; they seemed to know each other well; and the ripple and the warble sounded so much alike, the bird and the wave must have both learned their music of the same teacher. And Margery kept on wondering as she stepped between the song of the bluebird and the echo of the sea, and climbed a sloping bank, just turning faintly green in the spring sunshine.
7. The waves welcomed him, and he welcomed the waves; they seemed to be familiar with each other. The gentle sounds of the water and the cheerful singing blended so perfectly that the bird and the wave must have had the same teacher for their music. And Margery continued to wonder as she walked between the bluebird's song and the sea's echo, climbing up a gently sloping bank that was just starting to turn green in the spring sunshine.
8. The grass was surely beginning to grow! There were fresh, juicy shoots running up among the withered blades of last year, as if in hopes of bringing them back to life; and closer down she saw the sharp points of new spears peeping from their sheaths. And scattered here and there were small, dark green leaves folded around buds shut up so tightly that only those who had watched them many seasons could tell what flowers were to be let out of their safe prisons by and by. So no one could blame Margery for not knowing that they were only common things, nor for stooping over the tiny buds, and wondering.
8. The grass was definitely starting to grow! There were fresh, green shoots poking up among the dried blades from last year, as if trying to revive them; and closer down, she noticed the sharp tips of new sprouts peeking out from their sheaths. Scattered here and there were small, dark green leaves wrapped around tightly closed buds, so snug that only those who had observed them through many seasons could guess which flowers would eventually be released from their safe prisons. So, no one could fault Margery for not realizing they were just ordinary things, nor for bending down over the tiny buds and wondering.
9. What made the grass come up so green out of the black earth? And how did the buds know when it was time to take off their little green hoods, and see what there was in the world around them? And how came they to be buds at all? Did they bloom in another world before they sprung up here?—and did they know, themselves, what kind of flowers they should blossom into? Had flowers souls, like little girls, that would live in another world when their forms had faded away in this?
9. What made the grass grow so green out of the dark soil? And how did the buds know when it was time to take off their little green coverings and see what was around them? And how did they even become buds in the first place? Did they bloom in another world before they sprouted here?—and did they know, themselves, what kind of flowers they would turn into? Did flowers have souls, like little girls, that would exist in another world when their forms faded away in this one?
10. Margery thought she would like to sit down on the bank, and wait beside the buds until they opened; perhaps they would tell her their secret if the very first thing they saw was her eyes watching them. One bud was beginning to unfold; it was streaked with yellow in little stripes that she could imagine became wider every minute. But she would not touch it, for it seemed almost as much alive as herself. She only wondered, and wondered!
10. Margery thought she would like to sit down on the bank and wait next to the buds until they opened; maybe they would share their secret if the first thing they saw was her eyes watching them. One bud was starting to unfold; it had little yellow stripes that she imagined were getting wider every minute. But she wouldn’t touch it, because it felt almost as alive as she was. She just kept wondering and wondering!
11. Margery heard her mother calling her, and she trudged home across the shells and pebbles with a pleasant smile dimpling her cheeks; for she felt very much at home in this large, wonderful world, and was happy to be alive, although she neither could have told, nor cared to know, the reason why. But when her mother unpinned the little girl's Highland shawl, and took off her hood, she said, "O mother, do let me live on the doorstep! I don't like houses to stay in. What makes everything so pretty and so glad? Don't you like to wonder?"
11. Margery heard her mom calling her, and she trudged home across the shells and pebbles with a cheerful smile on her face; she felt very much at home in this big, amazing world and was happy to be alive, even though she couldn't say why, nor did she care to know. But when her mom unpinned the little girl's Highland shawl and took off her hood, she said, "Oh mom, please let me live on the doorstep! I don’t like staying inside houses. What makes everything so beautiful and joyful? Don’t you like to wonder?"
12. Margery's mother was a good woman. But then there was all the housework to do, and, if she had thoughts, she did not often let them wander outside of the kitchen door. And just now she was baking some gingerbread, which was in danger of getting burned in the oven. So she pinned the shawl around the child's neck again, and left her on the doorstep, saying to herself, as she returned to her work, "Queer child! I wonder what kind of a woman she will be!"
12. Margery's mom was a good woman. But there was always so much housework to do, and if she had any thoughts, she rarely let them drift beyond the kitchen door. Right now, she was baking gingerbread, which was at risk of burning in the oven. So she pinned the shawl around the child's neck again and left her on the doorstep, saying to herself as she went back to her work, "Strange child! I wonder what kind of woman she'll grow up to be!"
13. But Margery sat on the doorstep, and wondered, as the sea sounded louder, and the sunshine grew warmer around her. It was all so strange, and grand, and beautiful! Her heart danced with joy to the music that went echoing through the wide world from the roots of the sprouting grass to the great golden blossom of the sun.
13. But Margery sat on the doorstep, wondering as the sound of the sea grew louder and the sunshine surrounded her with warmth. It was all so odd, amazing, and beautiful! Her heart felt joyful to the music that echoed throughout the vast world, from the roots of the emerging grass to the bright golden flower of the sun.
14. And when the round, gray eyes closed that night, at the first peep of the stars, the angels looked down and wondered over Margery. For the wisdom of the wisest being God has made, ends in wonder; and there is nothing on earth so wonderful as the budding soul of a little child.
14. And when the round, gray eyes closed that night, at the first glimpse of the stars, the angels looked down and marveled at Margery. For the wisdom of the wisest being God has created ends in wonder; and there is nothing on earth so amazing as the blossoming soul of a little child.
DEFINITIONS.-l. Trudg'ing, walking sturdily. 2. Hues, colors. Ca'lyx, the outer covering of a flower. 4. Ho-ri'zon, the line where the sky and earth seem to meet. 5. War'ble, a trill of the voice. Spears, shoots of grass. Sheaths, coverings.
DEFINITIONS.-1. Trudging, walking firmly. 2. Hues, colors. Calyx, the outer part of a flower. 4. Horizon, the line where the sky and ground appear to meet. 5. Warble, a trilling sound of the voice. Spears, blades of grass. Sheaths, coverings.
EXERCISES.—Name the things about which Margery wondered. What did she wonder about each? What is still more wonderful than all that at which Margery wondered?
EXERCISES.—List the things that Margery wondered about. What did she wonder regarding each one? What is even more amazing than everything Margery wondered about?
XXXVI. THE CHILD'S WORLD. (103)
1. "Great, wide, beautiful, wonderful world,
With the wonderful water round you curled,
And the wonderful grass upon your breast,—
World, you are beautifully drest."
1. "Great, vast, beautiful, amazing world,
With the amazing water wrapped around you,
And the wonderful grass beneath you,—
World, you are beautifully dressed."
2. "The wonderful air is over me,
And the wonderful wind is shaking the tree;
It walks on the water, and whirls the mills,
And talks to itself on the tops of the hills."
2. "The amazing air is surrounding me,
And the amazing wind is shaking the tree;
It moves across the water and spins the mills,
And chats to itself on the tops of the hills."
3. "You friendly Earth! how far do you go
With the wheat fields that nod, and the rivers that flow;
With cities and gardens, and cliffs and isles,
And people upon you for thousands of miles?"
3. "You friendly Earth! How far do you stretch
With the waving wheat fields and the rivers that flow;
With cities and gardens, cliffs and islands,
And people living on you for thousands of miles?"
4. "Ah, you are so great, and I am so small,
I tremble to think of you, World, at all:
And yet, when I said my prayers, to-day,
A whisper inside me seemed to say,
You are more than the Earth, though you are such a dot:
You can love and think, and the Earth can not!'"
4. "Oh, you are so amazing, and I am so tiny,
I shiver at the thought of you, World, at all:
And yet, when I said my prayers today,
A whisper inside me seemed to say,
You are more than the Earth, even if you’re just a speck:
You can love and think, and the Earth cannot!'"
XXXVII. SUSIE'S COMPOSITION. (104)
1. Susie Smith came home from school one day, and had no sooner entered the sitting room than she burst into tears. "What is the matter, my dear child?" said her mother, drawing her daughter to her side and smiling.
1. Susie Smith came home from school one day, and as soon as she stepped into the living room, she started crying. "What's wrong, my dear?" her mother asked, pulling her daughter close and smiling.
2. "O mother, matter enough," sobbed Susie. "All our class must bring in compositions to-morrow morning, and I never, never can write one. We must write twelve lines at least, and I have written only a few words after trying nearly all the afternoon. See what work I have made of it!"
2. "Oh mom, this is such a big deal," cried Susie. "Everyone in our class has to bring in compositions tomorrow morning, and I just can’t seem to write one. We have to write at least twelve lines, and I’ve only managed a few words after trying almost all afternoon. Look at the mess I’ve made of it!"
3. Mrs. Smith took the rumpled, tear-stained paper which Susie held in her hand, and glanced at what she had written. In a careful hand she had tried to write upon three themes: "Time," "Temperance," and "Industry."
3. Mrs. Smith took the crumpled, tear-stained paper that Susie was holding and looked at what she had written. In an even hand, she had attempted to write about three topics: "Time," "Temperance," and "Industry."
4. "Time is short. We should all improve our time." "Temperance is a very useful thing." "We should all be industrious if we wish to do anything in the world." These sentences were all she had written.
4. "Time is limited. We should all make the most of it." "Self-control is really important." "We should all be hardworking if we want to achieve anything in life." These were all the sentences she had written.
5. "Now," said Susie, "I can't think of another word to say upon any of these subjects, and I know I shall have to go to school without a composition, for I won't be so mean as to copy one from a book, or to ask you or papa to write one for me."
5. "Well," said Susie, "I can't think of anything else to say about any of these topics, and I know I'll have to go to school without a paper, because I don't want to be unfair and copy one from a book, or ask you or Dad to write one for me."
6. "That is right, my dear," said her mother. "You will be far happier with a poor composition, if it is all your own, than with a fine one written by somebody else. But cheer up. You have not begun right—you have been trying to write upon subjects that you know nothing about. Run into the garden and play. I will call you in half an hour."
6. "That's right, my dear," her mother said. "You'll be much happier with a poorly written piece that's all your own than with a great one written by someone else. But don’t worry. You haven’t started off on the right foot—you’ve been trying to write about things you don’t know anything about. Go out to the garden and play. I’ll call you back in half an hour."
7. "But my composition," began Susie. "Don't think about your composition while you are gone," said Mrs. Smith, "but have as pleasant a time as you can."
7. "But my essay," started Susie. "Don’t worry about your essay while you’re away,” Mrs. Smith replied, “just try to have a good time.”
8. It seemed but a few minutes to Susie before she heard her mother's voice calling her. She went into the house at once—her hands full of sweet flowers, and her cheeks rosy with exercise.
8. It felt like just a few minutes to Susie before she heard her mom's voice calling her. She immediately went inside, her hands full of beautiful flowers and her cheeks flushed from the activity.
9. "Now, Susie," said her mother, "I want you to sit by the window with this nice sheet of paper and a pencil, and write something about what you can see." "But my composition, mother," said Susie; "when shall I begin that?" "Never mind your composition, my dear; do this to please me, and we will talk about that by and by."
9. "Now, Susie," her mother said, "I want you to sit by the window with this nice sheet of paper and a pencil, and write about what you can see." "But my composition, Mom," Susie replied; "when should I start that?" "Don't worry about your composition, dear; just do this to make me happy, and we can discuss that later."
10. Susie thought her mother's request was a strange one; but she knew that she always had a good reason for everything she did: so she took the paper and pencil, and sat by the window.
10. Susie thought her mom’s request was kind of weird, but she knew that her mom always had a good reason for everything she did, so she grabbed the paper and pencil and sat by the window.
11. "Do not talk to me at all," said her mother. "Look out of the window, and then write down your thoughts about everything you see."
11. "Don't talk to me at all," her mother said. "Just look out the window and write down your thoughts about everything you see."
12. Susie could not help laughing, it seemed such a funny thing to be doing. As she looked out, she first saw the western sky and some bright, sunset clouds. "O mother!" she exclaimed, "what a splendid sunset!" "Don't talk," said her mother, "but write."
12. Susie couldn’t help but laugh; it seemed like such a funny thing to do. As she looked out, she first saw the western sky and some bright, colorful clouds at sunset. "Oh mom!" she exclaimed, "what a gorgeous sunset!" "Don't talk," her mother said, "just write."
13. "I'll write about the sunset, then," said she, and the pencil began to move rapidly across the paper. In a few moments she said, "Mother, shall I read you what I have written?" "No, not now," answered her mother; "I am going into the dining room. You may sit and write until I return."
13. "I'll write about the sunset, then," she said, and the pencil started moving quickly across the paper. A few moments later, she asked, "Mom, should I read you what I’ve written?" "Not right now," her mother replied. "I’m going into the dining room. You can sit and write until I get back."
14. As Susie went on writing, she became very much interested in her occupation, and for a time forgot all about the dreaded composition. She wrote about the sunset clouds, the appearance of the distant hills, the trees, the river, the garden with its gay flowers, and the birds flying past the window.
14. As Susie continued writing, she became really engaged in what she was doing and momentarily forgot all about the dreaded assignment. She wrote about the sunset clouds, the look of the distant hills, the trees, the river, the garden with its bright flowers, and the birds flying by the window.
15. Just as she had reached the bottom of the page, her mother came in. "Well, Susie," said she, with a smile, "how does that composition come on?" "Composition!" exclaimed Susie; "you told me not to think about my composition, and I have not thought of it once; I have had such a nice time writing about what I could see from the window."
15. Just as she reached the bottom of the page, her mom came in. "Well, Susie," she said with a smile, "how's that composition going?" "Composition!" Susie exclaimed. "You told me not to think about my composition, and I haven't thought about it at all; I've had such a great time writing about what I could see from the window."
16. Mrs. Smith took the paper and read aloud what Susie had written: "I am sitting on a low seat at the bay window, one half of which is open, so that I can smell the sweet flowers in the garden. The sky is all bright with sunset; I can see purple, and pink, and golden. I do not believe that anyone on earth has a paint box with such lovely colors in it."
16. Mrs. Smith picked up the paper and read aloud what Susie had written: "I'm sitting on a low seat by the bay window, with one half open so I can smell the sweet flowers in the garden. The sky is bright with sunset; I can see purple, pink, and gold. I don't think anyone on earth has a paint box with such beautiful colors in it."
17. "I can see one cloud, far above the rest, that looks like a ship sailing in the blue sea. I should like to sail on a cloud, if it would not make me dizzy. Now, while I have been writing, the clouds have changed in color and form, but they are just as beautiful as they were before."
17. "I can see one cloud, way above the others, that looks like a ship sailing in the blue sea. I’d love to sail on a cloud if it wouldn’t make me dizzy. As I’ve been writing, the clouds have changed colors and shapes, but they’re just as beautiful as they were before."
18. "The green hills are tipped with light, and look as if they were wearing golden crowns. I can see a river a great way off, and it looks quite still, although I know it is running as fast as it can to get to the ocean."
18. "The green hills are lit up and look like they're wearing golden crowns. I can see a river in the distance, and it appears calm, although I know it's rushing as fast as it can to reach the ocean."
19. "The birds are flying past the window to go home and take care of their little ones. I am glad the birds are not afraid to live in our garden, and to build nests in our trees."
19. "The birds are flying by the window to head back home and take care of their chicks. I’m happy the birds aren’t scared to live in our garden and build their nests in our trees."
20. "Our garden is full of flowers—pinks, lilies, and roses. Mother calls this the month of roses. My birthday will come in a week, and we can have all the flowers we wish for wreaths and bouquets."
20. "Our garden is full of flowers—pinks, lilies, and roses. Mom calls this the month of roses. My birthday is next week, and we can have all the flowers we want for wreaths and bouquets."
21. "There, Susie," said Mrs. Smith, "that is a very nice composition, indeed." "A composition!" exclaimed Susie, "is that a composition?" "Yes, my dear, and a very good one, too," replied her mother. "When it hasn't even a subject?"
21. "There, Susie," said Mrs. Smith, "that's a really nice piece you created." "A piece!" exclaimed Susie, "is that what it's called?" "Yes, my dear, and it's a very good one, too," replied her mother. "When it doesn't even have a topic?"
22. "We can find one for it, and I do not doubt it will please your teacher, as it does me. You see, my dear," continued her mother, "that it is easy enough to write if you have anything interesting to write about."
22. "We can find one for it, and I’m sure it will please your teacher, just like it does me. You see, my dear," her mother continued, "that it’s pretty easy to write if you have something interesting to write about."
23. The next morning Susie copied her composition very neatly, and started to school with a happy heart, saying, as she gave her mother a kiss, "Just think how funny it is, dear mother, that I should have written so long a composition without knowing it."
23. The next morning, Susie neatly copied her essay and left for school with a happy heart, saying, as she kissed her mother, "Just think how funny it is, dear mom, that I wrote such a long essay without even realizing it."
DEFINITIONS.—Com-po-si'tion, that which is thought out and arranged, a written or literary work. 3. Rum'pled, wrinkled, creased. Themes, subjects or topics on which a person writes. 10. Re-quest', that which is asked. 14. Oc-cu-pa'tion, that which employs the time. 20. Bou-quets' (pro. boo-kas'), bunches of flowers.
DEFINITIONS.—Composition, something that is planned and organized, a written or literary work. 3. Rumpled, wrinkled, creased. Themes, subjects, or topics that a person writes about. 10. Request, something that is asked for. 14. Occupation, that which takes up time. 20. Bouquets (pronounced boo-kays), bunches of flowers.
EXERCISES.—What is a composition? Why was Susie so troubled? Why could she not write about "Time," "Temperance," or "Industry"? What did her mother have her do? What did Susie write? Was it a composition? Did she know, at the time, that it was? What fault did she find with it? Can you give her composition a proper subject?
EXERCISES.—What is a composition? Why was Susie so upset? Why couldn't she write about "Time," "Temperance," or "Industry"? What did her mom ask her to do? What did Susie end up writing? Was it a composition? Did she realize, at that moment, that it was? What problem did she see in it? Can you give her composition a suitable topic?
XXXVIII. THE SUMMER SHOWER. (109)
The author, Thomas Buchanan Read, was born in Chester Co., Pa., March 12, 1822. His life was devoted to the fine arts, and he attained a high reputation both as artist and poet. He died in New York, May 11, 1872.
The author, Thomas Buchanan Read, was born in Chester County, Pennsylvania, on March 12, 1822. He dedicated his life to the fine arts and gained a strong reputation as both an artist and a poet. He passed away in New York on May 11, 1872.
1. Before the stout harvesters falleth the grain,
As when the strong stormwind is reaping the plain,
And loiters the boy in the briery lane;
But yonder aslant comes the silvery rain,
Like a long line of spears brightly burnished and tall.
1. Before the strong harvesters cut down the grain,
Like when the fierce storm wind is sweeping the field,
And the boy hangs around in the thorny path;
But over there, the silvery rain comes slanting,
Like a long line of shiny spears, tall and gleaming.
2. Adown the white highway like cavalry fleet,
It dashes the dust with its numberless feet.
Like a murmurless school, in their leafy retreat,
The wild birds sit listening the drops round them beat;
And the boy crouches close to the blackberry wall.
2. Down the white road like a swift cavalry,
It kicks up dust with its countless feet.
Like a silent school, in their leafy hideaway,
The wild birds sit, listening to the drops around them;
And the boy crouches close to the blackberry thicket.
3. The swallows alone take the storm on the wing,
And, taunting the tree-sheltered laborers, sing.
Like pebbles the rain breaks the face of the spring,
While a bubble darts up from each widening ring;
And the boy in dismay hears the loud shower fall.
3. The swallows alone brave the storm in the air,
And, mocking the workers safe under the trees, they sing.
Like pebbles, the rain splashes against the face of spring,
While bubbles pop up from each spreading ripple;
And the boy, in distress, hears the heavy downpour.
4. But soon are the harvesters tossing their sheaves;
The robin darts out from his bower of leaves;
The wren peereth forth from the moss-covered eaves;
And the rain-spattered urchin now gladly perceives
That the beautiful bow bendeth over them all.
4. But soon the harvesters are tossing their bundles;
The robin darts out from his leafy home;
The wren peeks out from the moss-covered eaves;
And the rain-splashed kid now happily sees
That the beautiful rainbow arches over them all.
DEFINITIONS.—l. A-slant', toward one side. 2. High'way, a public road.
Re-treat', a place of refuge or safety, Crouch'es, stoops low. 3.
Taunt'ing, deriding, mocking. 4. Ur'chin, a child.
DEFINITIONS.—1. A-slant, tilted to one side. 2. Highway, a public road.
Retreat, a place of refuge or safety. Crouches, bends low. 3.
Taunting, making fun of, mocking. 4. Urchin, a child.
XXXIX. CONSEQUENCES OF IDLENESS. (110)
1. Many young persons seem to think it of not much consequence if they do not improve their time well in youth, vainly expecting that they can make it up by diligence when they are older. They also think it is disgraceful for men and women to be idle, but that there can be no harm for persons who are young to spend their time in any manner they please.
1. Many young people believe it doesn't matter much if they don't use their time wisely in their youth, mistakenly thinking they can catch up by working hard when they're older. They also believe it's shameful for adults to be idle, but there's nothing wrong with young people spending their time however they want.
2. George Jones thought so. When he was twelve years old, he went to an academy to prepare to enter college. His father was at great expense in obtaining books for him, clothing him, and paying his tuition. But George was idle. The preceptor of the academy would often tell him that if he did not study diligently when young he would never succeed well.
2. George Jones thought so. When he was twelve years old, he went to an academy to get ready for college. His father spent a lot on books for him, clothing, and tuition. But George was lazy. The headmaster of the academy often told him that if he didn't study hard while he was young, he would never do well.
3. But George thought of nothing but present pleasure. He would often go to school without having made any preparation for his morning lesson; and, when called to recite with his class, he would stammer and make such blunders that the rest of the class could not help laughing at him. He was one of the poorest scholars in the school, because he was one of the most idle.
3. But George only thought about having fun in the moment. He often went to school without preparing for his morning lesson, and when it was his turn to recite with his class, he would stumble over his words and make so many mistakes that the rest of the class couldn't help but laugh at him. He was one of the worst students in school because he was one of the most lazy.
4. When recess came, and all the boys ran out of the academy upon the playground, idle George would come moping along. Instead of studying diligently while in school, he was indolent and half asleep. When the proper time for play came, he had no relish for it. I recollect very well, that, when "tossing up" for a game of ball, we used to choose everybody on the playground before we chose George; and if there were enough without him we used to leave him out. Thus he was unhappy in school and out of school.
4. When recess arrived and all the boys ran out to the playground, lazy George would stroll along. Instead of focusing on his studies during school, he was sluggish and barely awake. When it was time to play, he had no interest in it. I remember clearly that when we were picking teams for a game of ball, we would choose everyone on the playground before picking George; and if there were enough players without him, we would leave him out. So, he was unhappy both in school and out.
5. There is nothing which makes a person enjoy play so well as to study hard. When recess was over, and the rest of the boys returned, fresh and vigorous, to their studies, George might be seen lagging and moping along to his seat. Sometimes he would be asleep in school; sometimes he would pass his time in catching flies, and penning them up in little holes, which he cut in his seat; and sometimes, when the preceptor's back was turned, he would throw a paper ball across the room.
5. Nothing makes a person enjoy play as much as studying hard. When recess ended and the other boys came back, refreshed and ready to dive into their studies, George could be seen dragging himself to his seat, looking gloomy. Sometimes he would doze off in class; other times, he would waste his time catching flies and trapping them in little holes he cut in his seat; and occasionally, when the teacher’s back was turned, he would toss a paper ball across the room.
6. When the class was called up to recite, George would come drowsily along, looking as mean and ashamed as though he were going to be whipped. The rest of the class stepped up to the recitation with alacrity, and appeared happy and contented. When it came George's turn to recite, he would be so long in doing it, and make such blunders, that all most heartily wished him out of the class.
6. When it was time for the class to recite, George would shuffle in, looking as miserable and embarrassed as if he were about to get punished. The rest of the class approached the recitation eagerly and seemed happy and satisfied. But when it was George's turn, he took so long and made so many mistakes that everyone secretly wished he would just leave the class.
7. At last, George went with his class to enter college. Though he passed a very poor examination, he was admitted with the rest; for those who examined him thought it was possible that the reason why he did not answer questions better was because he was frightened. Now came hard times for poor George. In college there is not much mercy shown to bad scholars; and George had neglected his studies so long that he could not now keep up with his class, let him try ever so hard.
7. Finally, George went to college with his class. Even though he did poorly on the exam, he got in with everyone else because the examiners figured that he just might have been too nervous to perform better. Now, tough times were ahead for poor George. In college, there’s not much sympathy for students who struggle, and George had put off his studies for so long that he couldn’t catch up with his class, no matter how hard he tried.
8. He could, without much difficulty, get along in the academy, where there were only two or three boys of his own class to laugh at him. But now he had to go into a large recitation room, filled with students from all parts of the country. In the presence of all these, he must rise and recite to a professor. Poor fellow! He paid dearly for his idleness.
8. He could manage to fit in at the academy, where there were only two or three boys from his class who teased him. But now he had to enter a big lecture hall, packed with students from all over the country. In front of all these people, he had to stand up and recite to a professor. Poor guy! He paid a heavy price for his laziness.
9. You would have pitied him if you could have seen him trembling in his scat, every moment expecting to be called upon to recite. And when he was called upon, he would stand up and take what the class called a "dead set;" that is, he could not recite at all. Sometimes he would make such ludicrous blunders that the whole class would burst into a laugh. Such are the applauses an idler gets. He was wretched, of course. He had been idle so long that he hardly knew how to apply his mind to study. All the good scholars avoided him; they were ashamed to be seen in his company. He became discouraged, and gradually grew dissipated.
9. You would have felt sorry for him if you could have seen him shaking in his seat, always expecting to be called on to speak. And when he was called on, he would stand up and give what the class called a "dead set;" that is, he couldn't answer at all. Sometimes he would make such ridiculous mistakes that the whole class would burst out laughing. That’s the kind of recognition a slacker gets. He was obviously miserable. He had been lazy for so long that he barely knew how to focus on studying. All the good students avoided him; they were embarrassed to be seen with him. He became discouraged and gradually started to fall apart.
10. The officers of the college were soon compelled to suspend him. He returned in a few months, but did no better; and his father was then advised to take him from college. He left college, despised by everyone. A few months ago, I met him, a poor wanderer, without money and without friends. Such are the wages of idleness. I hope every reader will, from this history, take warning, and "stamp improvement on the wings of time."
10. The college officials quickly had to suspend him. He came back a few months later, but he didn’t improve; and then his father was told to pull him out of college. He left college, looked down upon by everyone. A few months ago, I ran into him, a broke drifter, with no money and no friends. These are the consequences of laziness. I hope every reader learns from this story and "makes the most of every moment."
DEFINITIONS.—1. Con'se-quence, importance, influence. 2. A-cad'e-my, a school of high order. Col'lege, a seminary of learning of the highest order. Pre-cep'tor, a teacher. 3. Prep-a-ra'-tion, a making ready. 5. Vig'or-ous, full of activity and strength. 6. A-lac'ri-ty, cheerfulness, sprightliness. 8. Pro-fess'or, a teacher in a college. 9. Lu'di-crous, adapted to raise laughter. Ap—plaus'es, praises. Dis'-si-pa-ted, given up to bad habits. 10. Im-prove'ment, increase of knowledge.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Consequence, importance, influence. 2. Academy, a school of high order. College, a higher learning institution. Preceptor, a teacher. 3. Preparation, a process of getting ready. 5. Vigorous, full of activity and strength. 6. Alacrity, cheerfulness, liveliness. 8. Professor, a teacher in a college. 9. Ludicrous, meant to provoke laughter. Applauses, praises. Dissipated, indulging in bad habits. 10. Improvement, an increase in knowledge.
XL. ADVANTAGES OF INDUSTRY. (113)
1. I gave you, in the last lesson, the history of George Jones, an idle boy, and showed you the consequences of his idleness. I shall now give you the history of Charles Bullard, a classmate of George. Charles was about the same age as George, and did not possess superior talents. Indeed, I doubt whether he was equal to him in natural powers of mind.
1. In the last lesson, I shared the story of George Jones, a lazy boy, and showed you what happened because of his laziness. Now, I’ll tell you about Charles Bullard, a classmate of George. Charles was about the same age as George and didn’t have any special talents. In fact, I’m not sure he was even as capable as George in terms of natural intelligence.
2. But Charles was a hard student. When quite young, he was always careful and diligent in school. Sometimes, when there was a very hard lesson, instead of going out to play during recess, he would stay in to study. He had resolved that his first object should be to get his lessons well, and then he could play with a good conscience. He loved play as well as anybody, and was one of the best players on the ground. I hardly ever saw any boy catch a ball better than he could. When playing any game, everyone was glad to get Charles on his side.
2. But Charles was a dedicated student. Even when he was young, he was always careful and hardworking in school. Sometimes, when there was a really tough lesson, instead of going out to play during recess, he would stay in to study. He had decided that his main goal should be to understand his lessons well, and then he could play without any guilt. He loved to play as much as anyone else and was one of the best players on the field. I rarely saw any boy catch a ball better than he could. When playing any game, everyone was happy to have Charles on their team.
3. I have said that Charles would sometimes stay in at recess. This, however, was very seldom; it was only when the lessons were very hard indeed. Generally, he was among the first on the playground, and he was also among the first to go into school when called. Hard study gave him a relish for play, and play again gave him a relish for hard study; so he was happy both in school and out. The preceptor could not help liking him, for he always had his lessons well committed, and never gave him any trouble.
3. I mentioned that Charles would sometimes stay inside during recess. However, this was very rare; it only happened when the lessons were particularly challenging. Usually, he was one of the first to head out to the playground, and he was also quick to return to class when called. Putting in hard work made him appreciate playtime, and having fun made him look forward to studying hard again, so he enjoyed being both in school and outside. The teacher couldn't help but like him because he always had his lessons memorized well and never caused him any trouble.
4. When he went to enter college, the preceptor gave him a good recommendation. He was able to answer all the questions which were put to him when he was examined. He had studied so well when he was in the academy, and was so thoroughly prepared for college, that he found it very easy to keep up with his class, and had much time for reading interesting books.
4. When he started college, the teacher gave him a strong recommendation. He was able to answer all the questions during his exam. He had studied diligently in the academy and was so well prepared for college that he found it easy to keep up with his class, giving him plenty of time to read interesting books.
5. But he would always get his lesson well before he did anything else, and would review it just before recitation. When called upon to recite, he rose tranquil and happy, and very seldom made mistakes. The officers of the college had a high opinion of him, and he was respected by all the students.
5. But he always learned his lessons well before anything else, and would go over them right before recitation. When called to recite, he stood up calm and happy, and rarely made mistakes. The college officials thought highly of him, and all the students respected him.
6. There was, in the college, a society made up of all the best scholars. Charles was chosen a member of that society. It was the custom to choose some one of the society to deliver a public address every year. This honor was conferred on Charles; and he had studied so diligently, and read so much, that he delivered an address which was very interesting to all who heard it.
6. There was a society at the college consisting of the top scholars. Charles was selected to be a member of that society. Each year, it was a tradition to choose someone from the society to give a public speech. This honor was granted to Charles, and he had studied so hard and read so extensively that he delivered a speech that was really engaging for everyone who listened.
7. At last he graduated, as it is called; that is, he finished his collegiate course, and received his degree. It was known by all that he was a good scholar, and by all that he was respected. His father and mother, brothers and sisters, came on the commencement day to hear him speak.
7. Finally, he graduated, which means he completed his college program and received his degree. Everyone knew he was a good student and respected by all. His father, mother, brothers, and sisters came on graduation day to hear him speak.
8. They all felt gratified, and loved Charles more than ever. Many situations of usefulness and profit were opened to him; for Charles was now an intelligent man, and universally respected. He is still a useful and a happy man. He has a cheerful home, and is esteemed by all who know him.
8. They all felt satisfied and loved Charles more than ever. Many opportunities for usefulness and benefit opened up for him; Charles was now an intelligent man and well-respected by everyone. He remains a valuable and happy person. He has a happy home and is valued by all who know him.
9. Such are the rewards of industry. How strange it is that any person should be willing to live in idleness when it will certainly make him unhappy! The idle boy is almost invariably poor and miserable; the industrious boy is happy and prosperous.
9. These are the rewards of hard work. It's so strange that anyone would choose to live in laziness when it will definitely lead to unhappiness! The lazy boy is usually poor and miserable; the hardworking boy is happy and successful.
10. But perhaps some child who reads this, asks, "Does God notice little children in school?" He certainly does. And if you are not diligent in the improvement of your time, it is one of the surest evidences that your heart is not right with God. You are placed in this world to improve your time. In youth you must be preparing for future usefulness. And if you do not improve the advantages you enjoy, you sin against your Maker.
10. But maybe some kid reading this will ask, "Does God pay attention to little kids in school?" He definitely does. And if you’re not making good use of your time, it’s one of the clearest signs that your heart isn’t aligned with God. You’re here to better yourself and make the most of your time. While you’re young, you should be getting ready to be useful in the future. If you don’t take advantage of the opportunities you have, you’re going against your Creator.
With books, or work, or healthful play,
Let your first years be passed;
That you may give, for every day,
Some good account, at last.
With books, work, or healthy play,
Spend your early years well;
So you can offer, at the end of each day,
A good account, as well.
DEFINITIONS.—l. His'to-ry, a description or a narration of events. 2. Con'science, our own knowledge of right and wrong. Game, play, sport. 3. Com-mit'ted, fixed in mind. 4. Rec-om-men-da'tion, what is said in praise of anyone. 5. Re view', to examine again. Tran'quil, quiet, calm. 6. Con-ferred', given to or bestowed upon anyone. 7. Grad'u-a-ted, received a degree from a college. Com-mence'ment, the day when students receive their degree. 8. U-ni-ver'sal-ly, by all, without exception. 9. In-va'ri-a-bly, always, uniformly. 10. Ev'i-den-ces, proofs. Ad-van'ta-ges, opportunities for improvement.
DEFINITIONS.—1. History, a description or narration of events. 2. Conscience, our own understanding of right and wrong. Game, play, sport. 3. Committed, fixed in mind. 4. Recommendation, something said in praise of someone. 5. Review, to examine again. Tranquil, quiet, calm. 6. Conferred, given to or bestowed upon someone. 7. Graduated, received a degree from a college. Commencement, the day when students receive their degree. 8. Universally, by all, without exception. 9. Invariably, always, uniformly. 10. Evidences, proofs. Advantages, opportunities for improvement.
EXERCISES.—What was the character of George Jones? Of Charles Bullard? How did George appear in the class at school? How did he behave at recess? How did Charles differ from him in these respects? Relate what happened when George went to college. What became of him? Did Charles succeed at college? Which of them do you think more worthy of imitation? What is said of the idle? What is said of the industrious? Who watches all our actions wherever we may be? For what are we placed in this world? Should you not then be diligent in your studies?
EXERCISES.—What was George Jones like? What about Charles Bullard? How did George act in class at school? How did he behave during recess? How was Charles different from him in these ways? Share what happened when George went to college. What happened to him? Did Charles do well in college? Which one do you think is more worthy of following? What is said about those who are idle? What is said about those who are hardworking? Who observes all our actions no matter where we are? Why are we here in this world? Shouldn't you be dedicated to your studies?
XLI. THE FOUNTAIN. (116)
By James Russell Lowell, one of the most noted of American poets; also well known as an essayist and lecturer. He was born at Cambridge, Mass., in 1819, and died there in 1891.
By James Russell Lowell, one of the most famous American poets; also recognized as an essayist and lecturer. He was born in Cambridge, Mass., in 1819, and passed away there in 1891.
1.
Into the sunshine,
Full of the light,
Leaping and flashing,
From morn till night!
1.
Into the sunlight,
Bright and warm,
Jumping and sparkling,
From morning till evening!
2.
Into the moonlight,
Whiter than snow,
Waving so flower-like
When the winds blow!
2.
In the moonlight,
Whiter than snow,
Swaying like a flower
When the winds blow!
3.
Into the starlight,
Rushing in spray,
Happy at midnight,
Happy by day!
3.
Into the starlight,
Rushing in spray,
Joyful at midnight,
Joyful by day!
4.
Ever in motion,
Blithesome and cheery,
Still climbing heavenward,
Never aweary;
4.
Always on the move,
Joyful and bright,
Continuing to rise,
Never tired;
5.
Glad of all weathers,
Still seeming best,
Upward or downward,
Motion, thy rest;
5.
Happy in all types of weather,
Still appearing the best,
Whether moving up or down,
Motion, your rest;
6.
Full of a nature
Nothing can tame,
Changed every moment,
Ever the same;
6.
Full of a nature
Nothing can control,
Changing every moment,
Always the same;
7.
Ceaseless aspiring,
Ceaseless content,
Darkness or sunshine
Thy element;
7.
Always aspiring,
Always content,
In darkness or sunshine,
Your element;
8.
Glorious fountain!
Let my heart be
Fresh, changeful, constant,
Upward like thee!
8.
Magnificent fountain!
Let my heart be
Fresh, ever-changing, steady,
Soaring like you!
DEFINITIONS.—4. Blithe'some, gay. Cheer'y, in good spirits. A-wea'ry, weary, tired. 7. As-pir'ing, ambitious. El'e-ment, the proper habitation or sphere of anything, suitable state. 8. Con'-stant, fixed, not to be changed.
DEFINITIONS.—4. Blithe, cheerful, and in good spirits. Weary, tired. 7. Aspiring, ambitious. Element, the right place or area for something, suitable condition. 8. Constant, fixed, unchanging.
XLII. COFFEE. (117)
1. The coffee tree is a native of eastern Africa, but it was in Arabia that it first became known to the people of Europe, and until about the year 1700 A. D. that country afforded the entire supply.
1. The coffee tree is native to eastern Africa, but it was in Arabia that it first became known to Europeans, and until around 1700 A.D., that country was the sole supplier.
2. Then the coffee seeds found their way to Java, by means of some traders, and one of the first plants grown on that island was sent as a present to the governor of the Dutch East India Company, who lived in Holland.
2. Then the coffee seeds made their way to Java through some traders, and one of the first plants grown on that island was sent as a gift to the governor of the Dutch East India Company, who lived in Holland.
3. It was planted in the Botanical Gardens at Amsterdam, and in a few years seeds taken from it were sent to South America, where the cultivation of coffee has steadily increased, extending to the West Indies, until now the offspring of this one plant produce more coffee than is obtained from all the other plants in the world.
3. It was planted in the Botanical Gardens in Amsterdam, and after a few years, seeds from it were sent to South America, where coffee cultivation has steadily grown, spreading to the West Indies. Now, the descendants of this one plant produce more coffee than all the other coffee plants combined in the world.
4. The plant is an evergreen, and is from six to twelve feet high, the stem being from ten to fifteen inches in diameter. The lower branches bend down when the tree begins to grow old, and extend themselves into a round form somewhat like an umbrella; and the wood is so pliable that the ends of the largest branches may be bent down to within two or three feet of the earth.
4. The plant is an evergreen and grows about six to twelve feet tall, with a stem that is ten to fifteen inches wide. The lower branches droop down as the tree ages, spreading out into a round shape similar to an umbrella; the wood is so flexible that the tips of the largest branches can be bent down to within two or three feet of the ground.
5. The bark is whitish and somewhat rough. A tree is never without leaves, which are at small distances from one another, and on almost opposite sides of a bough. Blossoms and green and ripe fruit may be seen on the same tree at the same time. When the blossom falls off, there grows in its place a small green fruit, which becomes dark red as it ripens.
5. The bark is light-colored and a bit rough. The tree always has leaves, spaced out a little from each other and almost directly across from one another on the branches. You can find flowers, as well as green and ripe fruit, all on the same tree at the same time. When a flower drops off, a small green fruit grows in its spot, turning dark red as it ripens.
6. This fruit is not unlike a cherry, and is very good to eat. Under the pulp of this cherry is found the bean or berry we call coffee, wrapped in a fine, thin skin. The berry is at first very soft, and has a bad taste; but as the cherry ripens the berry grows harder, and the dried-up fruit becomes a shell or pod of a deep brown color.
6. This fruit is similar to a cherry and is quite tasty. Inside the pulp of this cherry, you'll find the bean or berry we call coffee, wrapped in a delicate, thin skin. The berry starts out very soft and has a bitter taste; but as the cherry ripens, the berry becomes firmer, and the dried fruit turns into a deep brown shell or pod.
7. The berry is now solid, and its color is a translucent green. Each shell contains two seeds, rounded on one side and flat on the other. The seeds lie with the flat sides together, and, in one highly prized variety, the two seeds grow together, forming one: this is known as the pea berry. When the fruit is so ripe that it can be shaken from the tree, the husks are separated from the berries, and are used, in Arabia, by the natives, while the berries are sold.
7. The berry is now firm and has a clear green color. Each shell holds two seeds, rounded on one side and flat on the other. The seeds sit with their flat sides together, and in one highly valued variety, the two seeds fuse together, forming a single seed called the pea berry. When the fruit is ripe enough to be shaken off the tree, the husks are removed from the berries and are used by the locals in Arabia, while the berries are sold.
8. The young plants are inserted in holes from twelve to eighteen inches deep, and six or eight feet apart. If left to themselves, they would grow to the height of eighteen or twenty feet; but they are usually dwarfed by pruning, so that the fruit may be easily got at by the gatherer.
8. The young plants are placed in holes that are twelve to eighteen inches deep and spaced six to eight feet apart. If left alone, they would grow to about eighteen or twenty feet tall; however, they are typically kept shorter through pruning so that it's easier for the harvesters to reach the fruit.
9. Thus dwarfed, they extend their branches until they cover the whole space about them. They begin to yield fruit the third year. By the sixth or seventh year they are at full bearing, and continue to bear for twenty years or more.
9. So, feeling small, they stretch out their branches until they fill the entire space around them. They start to produce fruit in the third year. By the sixth or seventh year, they are fully productive and keep producing for twenty years or more.
l0. Before the berry can be used, it undergoes a process of roasting. The amount of aromatic oil brought out in roasting has much to do with the market value of coffee, and it has been found that the longer the raw coffee is kept, the richer it becomes in this peculiar oil, and so the more valuable. But after the coffee is roasted, and especially after it is ground, it loses its aroma rapidly.
l0. Before the berry can be used, it goes through a roasting process. The amount of aromatic oil released during roasting greatly influences the market value of coffee, and it has been shown that the longer raw coffee is stored, the richer it becomes in this unique oil, making it more valuable. However, once the coffee is roasted, and especially after it’s ground, it quickly loses its aroma.
11. Arabia produces the celebrated Mocha, or "Mokha," coffee, which is the finest in the world; but little or none of the best product is ever taken out of that country. The Java coffee from the East Indies is next prized, but the best quality of this kind is also quite difficult to obtain, and many, therefore, prefer the finest grades of Rio coffee from South America to such Mocha and Java as can be had in our country.
11. Arabia produces the renowned Mocha coffee, which is the best in the world, but very little of the top quality is ever exported from that country. The Java coffee from the East Indies is the next most valued, but the best quality of this type is also hard to find, so many people prefer the highest grades of Rio coffee from South America over the Mocha and Java that are available in our country.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Af-ford'ed, yielded, produced. 3. Off'spring, descendants, however remote, from, the stock. 4. Pli'a-ble, easily bent. 7. Trans-lu'cent, permitting the passage of light. 8. Prun'-ing, trimming. 10. Ar-o-mat'ic, containing aroma, fragrant.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Afforded, given, produced. 3. Offspring, descendants, no matter how distant, from the original source. 4. Pliable, easily bent. 7. Translucent, allowing light to pass through. 8. Pruning, trimming. 10. Aromatic, having a pleasant scent.
EXERCISES.—What country first supplied coffee? How did the plant come to be grown in other countries? Describe the plant. What is said of the fruit? How are the plants cultivated? What is said about the roasting of coffee? What are the three principal kinds of coffee used, and how are they valued?
EXERCISES.—Which country was the first to supply coffee? How did the plant get introduced to other countries? Describe the plant. What is said about its fruit? How are the plants grown? What is mentioned about roasting coffee? What are the three main types of coffee used, and how are they valued?
XLIII. THE WINTER KING. (120)
1. Oh! what will become of thee, poor little bird?
The muttering storm in the distance is heard;
The rough winds are waking, the clouds growing black,
They'll soon scatter snowflakes all over thy back!
From what sunny clime hast thou wandered away?
And what art thou doing this cold winter day?
1. Oh! what will happen to you, poor little bird?
The distant storm is rumbling;
The harsh winds are waking up, and the clouds are turning dark,
They'll soon cover you with snowflakes!
From what sunny place did you come?
And what are you doing on this cold winter day?
2. "I'm picking the gum from the old peach tree;
The storm doesn't trouble me. Pee, dee, dee!"
2. "I'm pulling the gum from the old peach tree;
The storm doesn't bother me. Pee, dee, dee!"
3. But what makes thee seem so unconscious of care?
The brown earth is frozen, the branches are bare:
And how canst thou be so light-hearted and free,
As if danger and suffering thou never should'st see,
When no place is near for thy evening nest,
No leaf for thy screen, for thy bosom no rest?
3. But what makes you seem so unaware of worry?
The brown ground is frozen, the branches are bare:
And how can you be so carefree and happy,
As if you’ll never face danger or pain,
When there's no safe spot nearby for your evening nest,
No leaves to shield you, no place to rest your heart?
4. "Because the same Hand is a shelter for me,
That took off the summer leaves. Pee, dee, dee!"
4. "Because the same hand that sheltered me,
Took away the summer leaves. Pee, dee, dee!"
5. But man feels a burden of care and of grief,
While plucking the cluster and binding the sheaf:
In the summer we faint, in the winter we're chilled,
With ever a void that is yet to be filled.
We take from the ocean, the earth, and the air,
Yet all their rich gifts do not silence our care.
5. But people carry the weight of worry and sadness,
While picking the bunch and tying the bundle:
In summer we feel weak, in winter we feel cold,
With a constant emptiness that remains unresolved.
We gather from the ocean, the land, and the sky,
Yet all their plentiful gifts can't ease our worries.
6. "A very small portion sufficient will be,
If sweetened with gratitude. Pee, dee, dee!"
6. "A tiny bit is all you need,
If you add a little gratitude. Pee, dee, dee!"
7. But soon there'll be ice weighing down the light bough,
On which thou art flitting so playfully now;
And though there's a vesture well fitted and warm,
Protecting the rest of thy delicate form,
What, then, wilt thou do with thy little bare feet,
To save them from pain, mid the frost and the sleet?
7. But soon there will be ice weighing down the light branch,
On which you are flitting so playfully now;
And even though you have a warm and fitting outfit,
Protecting the rest of your delicate form,
What will you do with your little bare feet,
To save them from pain in the frost and sleet?
8. "I can draw them right up in my feathers, you see,
To warm them, and fly away. Pee, dee, dee!"
8. "I can pull them right up in my feathers, you see,
To keep them warm, and then fly away. Pee, dee, dee!"
9. I thank thee, bright monitor; what thou hast taught
Will oft be the theme of the happiest thought;
We look at the clouds; while the birds have an eye
To Him who reigns over them, changeless and high.
And now little hero, just tell me thy name,
That I may be sure whence my oracle came.
9. Thank you, bright guide; what you’ve taught
Will often be the focus of my happiest thoughts;
We look at the clouds; while the birds keep an eye
On Him who rules over them, constant and lofty.
And now little hero, just tell me your name,
So I can be sure where my oracle came from.
10. "Because, in all weather, I'm merry and free,
They call me the Winter King. Pee, dee, dee!"
10. "Because, no matter the weather, I’m happy and carefree,
They call me the Winter King. Pee, dee, dee!"
DEFINITIONS.—l. Mut'ter-ing, murmuring, rumbling. 3. Un-con'scious, not knowing, not perceiving. 5. Clus'ter, a bunch. 7. Flit'ing, moving about in a lively manner. Ves'ture, clothing, covering. 9. Mon'i-tor, one who warns of faults. Or'a-cle, a wise sentence or decision.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Muttering, murmuring, rumbling. 3. Unconscious, not knowing, not perceiving. 5. Cluster, a bunch. 7. Flitting, moving about in a lively manner. Vesture, clothing, covering. 9. Monitor, one who warns of faults. Oracle, a wise sentence or decision.
XLIV. THE NETTLE. (121)
1. Anna. O papa! I have stung my hand with that nettle.
1. Anna. Oh Dad! I accidentally touched a nettle and stung my hand.
2. Father. Well, my dear, I am sorry for it; but pull up that large dock leaf you see near it; now bruise the juice out of it on the part which is stung. Well, is the pain lessened?
2. Father. Well, my dear, I’m sorry about that; but pick up that large dock leaf you see nearby; now crush the juice out of it on the area that’s stung. So, does the pain feel any better?
3. A. Oh, very much indeed, I hardly feel it now. But I wish there was not a nettle in the world. I am sure I do not know what use there can be in them.
3. A. Oh, definitely, I hardly notice it now. But I wish there weren't any nettles in the world. I really don't understand what purpose they serve.
4. F. If you knew anything of botany, Nanny, you would not say so.
4. F. If you knew anything about plants, Nanny, you wouldn't say that.
5. A. What is botany, papa?
5. A. What is botany, Dad?
6. F. Botany, my dear, is the knowledge of plants.
6. F. Botany, my friend, is the study of plants.
7. A. Some plants are very beautiful. If the lily were growing in our fields, I should not complain. But this ugly nettle! I do not know what beauty or use there can be in that.
7. A. Some plants are really beautiful. If the lily were growing in our fields, I wouldn’t mind. But this ugly nettle! I can't see any beauty or usefulness in that.
8. F. And yet, Nanny, there is more beauty, use, and instruction in a nettle, than even in a lily.
8. F. And yet, Nanny, there is more beauty, usefulness, and lesson in a nettle than even in a lily.
9. A. O papa, how can you make that out?
9. A. Oh dad, how can you figure that out?
10. F. Put on your gloves, pluck up that nettle, and let us examine it. First, look at the flower.
10. F. Put on your gloves, grab that nettle, and let’s take a closer look at it. First, check out the flower.
11. A. The flower, papa? I see no flower, unless those little ragged knobs are flowers, which have neither color nor smell, and are not much larger than the heads of pins.
11. A. The flower, Dad? I don't see any flower, unless those little rough bumps are flowers, which have no color or smell, and are not much bigger than the heads of pins.
12. F. Here, take this magnifying glass and examine them.
12. F. Here, take this magnifying glass and look at them.
13. A. Oh, I see now; every little knob is folded up in leaves, like a rosebud. Perhaps there is a flower inside.
13. A. Oh, I get it now; every little knob is wrapped in leaves, like a rosebud. Maybe there's a flower inside.
14. F. Try; take this pin and touch the knob. Well, what do you see?
14. F. Go ahead; take this pin and touch the knob. So, what do you see?
15. A. Oh, how curious!
15. A. Oh, how interesting!
16. F. What is curious?
16. F. What's curious?
17. A. The moment I touched it, it flew open. A little cloud rose out like enchantment, and four beautiful little stems sprung up as if they were alive; and, now that I look again with the glass, I see an elegant little flower as nice and perfect as a lily itself.
17. A. The moment I touched it, it popped open. A small cloud floated out like magic, and four lovely little stems shot up as if they had a life of their own; and now, looking again through the glass, I see a delicate little flower, just as nice and perfect as a lily.
18. F. Well, now examine the leaves.
18. F. Okay, now take a look at the leaves.
19. A. Oh, I see they are all covered over with little bristles; and when I examine them with the glass, I see a little bag, filled with a juice like water, at the bottom of each. Ha! these are the things which stung me.
19. A. Oh, I see they’re all covered in tiny bristles; and when I look at them through the glass, I notice a little bag filled with a liquid like water at the bottom of each one. Ha! These are what stung me.
20. F. Now touch the little bag with the point of the pin.
20. F. Now poke the little bag with the tip of the pin.
21. A. When I press the bag, the juice runs up and comes out at the small point at the top; so I suppose the little thorn must be hollow inside, though it is finer than the point of my cambric needle.
21. A. When I squeeze the bag, the juice rises and comes out at the tiny tip at the top; so I guess the little thorn must be hollow inside, even though it's finer than the tip of my cambric needle.
22. F. Have all the leaves those stings?
22. F. Do all the leaves have those stings?
23. A. No, papa; some of the young ones are quite green and soft, like velvet, and I may handle them without any danger.
23. A. No, Dad; some of the young ones are really soft and smooth, like velvet, and I can touch them safely.
24. F. Now look at the stem, and break it.
24. F. Now check out the stem and snap it.
25. A. I can easily crack it, but I can not break it asunder, for the bark is so strong that it holds it together.
25. A. I can easily crack it, but I can't break it apart because the outer layer is so strong that it keeps it intact.
26. F. Well, now you see there are more curious things in the nettle than you expected.
26. F. Well, now you see there are more interesting things in the nettle than you thought.
27. A. Yes, indeed, I see that. But you have often told me that God makes nothing without its use; and I am sure I can not see any use in all these things.
27. A. Yes, I see that. But you’ve often told me that God doesn’t create anything without a purpose; and I really can’t see any purpose in all these things.
28. F. That we will now consider. You saw the little flower burst open, and a cloud rose, you say, like enchantment. Now all this is necessary for the nature of the plant. There are many thousand plants in the world, and it has pleased God, in his wisdom, to make them all different. Now look at this other nettle, which grew on the opposite side of the road; you see that it is not exactly like the one you have just examined.
28. F. That we will now consider. You saw the little flower bloom, and a cloud appeared, you say, like magic. Now all this is essential for the nature of the plant. There are thousands of plants in the world, and it has pleased God, in His wisdom, to make them all different. Now look at this other nettle, which grew on the other side of the road; you see that it is not exactly like the one you just examined.
29. A. No, papa; this has little flat seeds instead of flowers.
29. A. No, Dad; this has small flat seeds instead of flowers.
30. F. Very right, my dear. Now, in order to make those seeds grow, it is necessary that the little flower of this plant and the seed of that should be together, as they are in most others. But plants can not walk, like animals. The wisdom of God, therefore, has provided a remedy for this. When the little flower bursts open it throws out a fine powder, which you saw rise like a cloud; this is conveyed by the air to the other plant, and when it falls upon the seed of that plant it gives it power to grow, and makes it a perfect seed, which, in its turn, when it falls to the ground, will produce a new plant. Were it not for this fine powder, that seed would never be perfect or complete.
30. F. Very true, my dear. To make those seeds grow, it's essential for the little flower of this plant and the seed of the other to be together, just like in most other plants. But plants can't move, unlike animals. So, the wisdom of God has provided a solution for this. When the little flower opens up, it releases a fine powder, which you saw rising like a cloud; this powder is carried by the air to the other plant, and when it lands on the seed of that plant, it gives it the ability to grow and turns it into a perfect seed, which, when it falls to the ground, will create a new plant. Without this fine powder, that seed would never be perfect or complete.
31. A. That is very curious, indeed; and I see the use of the little cloud and the flower; but the leaf that stung me, of what use can that be? There, dear papa, I am afraid I puzzle you to tell me that.
31. A. That's really interesting, for sure; and I understand the purpose of the little cloud and the flower; but what use is the leaf that stung me? There, dear dad, I'm afraid I'm making it hard for you to explain that to me.
32. P. Even these stings are made useful to man. The poor people in some countries use them instead of blisters, when they are sick. Those leaves which do not sting are used by some for food, and from the stalk others get a stringy bark, which answers the purpose of flax. Thus you see that even the despised nettle is not made in vain; and this lesson may serve to teach you that we only need to understand the works of God to see that "in goodness and wisdom he has made them all."
32. P. Even these stings are useful to people. In some countries, poor folks use them instead of blisters when they're sick. Some people eat the leaves that don't sting, and others get a fibrous bark from the stalks, which works like flax. So, you can see that even the disliked nettle has its purpose; and this teaches us that if we understand God's creations, we can see that "in goodness and wisdom he has made them all."
DEFINITIONS.—12. Mag'ni-fy-ing glass, an instrument used to make objects appear larger. 17. En-chant'ment, magic art, witch-craft. 5. A-sun'der, apart, into parts. 30. Rem'e-dy, that which removes an evil. Con-veyed', carried. 32. String'y, full of strings.
DEFINITIONS.—12. Magnifying glass, a tool used to make objects look bigger. 17. Enchantment, magical art, witchcraft. 5. Asunder, apart, into pieces. 30. Remedy, something that removes a problem. Conveyed, carried. 32. Stringy, full of strings.
XLV. THE TEMPEST. (125)
By James T. Fields (born 1817, died 1881), who was born at Portsmouth, N. H. He was a poet, and the author, also, of some well known prose works. Of these, his "Yesterdays with Authors" is the most noted.
By James T. Fields (born 1817, died 1881), who was born in Portsmouth, N.H. He was a poet and also the author of some well-known prose works. Among these, his "Yesterdays with Authors" is the most famous.
1. We were crowded in the cabin;
Not a soul would dare to sleep:
It was midnight on the waters,
And a storm was on the deep.
1. We were packed into the cabin;
Not a single person would dare to sleep:
It was midnight on the water,
And a storm was brewing deep.
2. 'T is a fearful thing in winter
To be shattered by the blast,
And to hear the rattling trumpet
Thunder, "Cut away the mast!"
2. It's a scary thing in winter
To be broken by the wind,
And to hear the loud trumpet
Roar, "Cut away the mast!"
3. So we shuddered there in silence,
For the stoutest held his breath,
While the hungry sea was roaring,
And the breakers threatened death.
3. So we stood there in silence,
For the bravest held his breath,
While the raging sea was crashing,
And the waves threatened death.
4. And as thus we sat in darkness,
Each one busy in his prayers,
"We are lost!" the captain shouted,
As he staggered down the stairs.
4. And while we sat in the dark,
Each of us focused on our prayers,
"We're doomed!" the captain yelled,
As he stumbled down the stairs.
5. But his little daughter whispered,
As she took his icy hand,
"Is n't God upon the ocean,
Just the same as on the land?"
5. But his little daughter whispered,
As she took his cold hand,
"Isn't God in the ocean,
Just like He is on land?"
6. Then we kissed the little maiden,
And we spoke in better cheer;
And we anchored safe in harbor
When the morn was shining clear.
6. Then we kissed the little girl,
And we spoke more cheerfully;
And we safely anchored in the harbor
When the morning was shining bright.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Deep, the ocean. 2. Blast, tempest. 3. Break'ers, waves of the sea broken by rocks. 6. Cheer, state of mind.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Deep, the ocean. 2. Blast, storm. 3. Breakers, waves of the sea shattered by rocks. 4. Cheer, emotional state.
XLVI. THE CREATOR. (126)
The poetry at the close of this selection is by John Keble, a celebrated English clergyman, born in 1792. He held for some years the professorship of Poetry at Oxford University. He died in 1866.
The poetry at the end of this selection is by John Keble, a well-known English clergyman, born in 1792. He served as the Poetry professor at Oxford University for several years. He passed away in 1866.
1. Come, and I will show you what is beautiful. It is a rose fully blown. See how she sits upon her mossy stem, the queen of flowers. Her leaves glow like fire. The air is filled with her sweet odor. She is the delight of every eye.
1. Come, and I'll show you something beautiful. It's a fully bloomed rose. Look at how she sits on her mossy stem, the queen of flowers. Her leaves shine like fire. The air is filled with her sweet fragrance. She's a joy to behold for everyone.
2. But there is one fairer than the rose. He that made the rose is more beautiful than the rose. He is altogether lovely. He is the delight of every heart.
2. But there’s someone more beautiful than the rose. The one who created the rose is more stunning than the rose itself. He is completely charming. He brings joy to every heart.
3. I will show you what is strong. The lion is strong. When he raiseth himself up from his lair, when he shaketh his mane, when the voice of his roaring is heard, the cattle of the field fly, and the wild beasts of the desert hide themselves; for he is terrible.
3. I will show you what strength looks like. The lion is strong. When he gets up from his den, when he shakes his mane, when his roar is heard, the livestock in the fields run away, and the wild animals of the desert hide; because he is fearsome.
4. But He who made the lion is stronger than the lion. He can do all things. He gave us life, and in a moment can take it away, and no one can save us from his hand.
4. But the one who created the lion is stronger than the lion. He can do anything. He gave us life, and in an instant can take it away, and no one can rescue us from his grasp.
5. I will show you what is glorious. The sun is glorious. When he shineth in the clear sky, when he sitteth on his throne in the heavens, and looketh abroad over the earth, he is the most glorious and excellent object the eye can behold.
5. I will show you what is glorious. The sun is glorious. When it shines in the clear sky, when it sits on its throne in the heavens, and looks over the earth, it is the most glorious and magnificent thing the eye can see.
6. But He who made the sun is more glorious than the sun. The eye cannot look on his dazzling brightness. He seeth all dark places, by night as well as by day. The light of his countenance is over all the world.
6. But the one who created the sun is more glorious than the sun itself. The eye cannot bear his dazzling brightness. He sees all dark places, both at night and during the day. The light of his presence is over the entire world.
7. This great Being is God. He made all things, but He is more excellent than all that He has made. He is the Creator, they are the creatures. They may be beautiful, but He is Beauty. They may be strong, but He is Strength. They may be perfect, but He is Perfection.
7. This amazing Being is God. He created everything, but He is greater than all that He has made. He is the Creator; they are the creations. They might be beautiful, but He is Beauty. They might be strong, but He is Strength. They might be perfect, but He is Perfection.
8. There is a book, who runs may read,
Which heavenly truth imparts,
And all the lore its scholars need—
Pure eyes and loving hearts.
8. There's a book that anyone can read,
That shares divine truths,
And gives scholars everything they need—
Clear eyes and loving hearts.
9. The works of God, above, below,
Within us, and around,
Are pages in that book, to show
How God himself is found.
9. The works of God, up above, down below,
Inside us, and all around,
Are pages in that book, showing
How to find God himself.
10. The glorious sky, embracing all,
Is like the Father's love;
Wherewith encompassed, great and small
In peace and order move.
10. The beautiful sky, embracing everyone,
Is like the Father's love;
With this embrace, both great and small
In peace and order thrive.
11. Thou who hast given me eyes to see
And love this sight so fair,
Give me a heart to find out Thee
And read Thee everywhere.
11. You who have given me eyes to see
And love this beautiful sight,
Give me a heart to seek You out
And recognize You everywhere.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Blown, blossomed, bloomed. O'dor, smell, scent. 3. Lair, bed of a wild beast. Des'ert, a wilderness, a place where no one lives. 5. Ex'cel-lent, surpassing others in worth, su-perior. 6. Daz'zling, overpowering with light. 7. Per-fec'tion, the state of being perfect, so that nothing is wanting. 8. Im-parts', makes known. Lore, learning. 10. En-com'passed, surrounded.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Blown, blossomed, bloomed. Odor, smell, scent. 3. Lair, den of a wild animal. Desert, a barren area, a place where no one lives. 5. Excellent, better than others in quality, superior. 6. Dazzling, overwhelming with light. 7. Perfection, the state of being perfect, so that nothing is missing. 8. Imparts, makes known. Lore, knowledge. 10. Encompassed, surrounded.
EXERCISES.—What is described as beautiful? As strong? As glorious? Who is more beautiful than the rose, stronger than the lion, and more glorious than the sun? What is the book which we may all read? What should it teach us?
EXERCISES.—What do we call beautiful? Strong? Glorious? Who is more beautiful than a rose, stronger than a lion, and more glorious than the sun? What is the book that we can all read? What lessons should it teach us?
XLVII. THE HORSE. (128)
1. Uncle Thomas. Well, boys, I am glad to see you again. Since I last saw you I have made quite a tour, and at some future time will describe to you what I have seen. I promised at this meeting, however, to tell you something about animals, and I propose to begin with the horse. But I know that you like stories better than lecturing, so I will proceed at once to tell you some which I have gathered for you.
1. Uncle Thomas. Well, boys, it’s great to see you again. Since the last time we met, I’ve been on quite a journey, and at some point, I’ll share all the things I’ve seen with you. However, I promised to talk about animals today, so I’ll start with the horse. But I know you prefer stories over lectures, so let me jump right into some that I’ve collected for you.
2. Frank. We never feel tired of listening to you, Uncle Thomas. We know you always have something curious to tell us.
2. Frank. We never get tired of listening to you, Uncle Thomas. We know you always have something interesting to share with us.
3. Uncle Thomas. Well then, Frank, to begin at once with the horse.
3. Uncle Thomas. So, Frank, let's get right to the horse.
4. In several parts of the world there are to be found large herds of wild horses. In South America the immense plains are inhabited by them, and it is said that ten thousand are sometimes found in a single herd. These herds are always preceded by a leader, who directs their motions; and such is the regularity with which they perform their movements, that it seems as if they could hardly be surpassed by the best trained cavalry.
4. In many parts of the world, there are large groups of wild horses. In South America, they roam the vast plains, and it’s said that up to ten thousand can sometimes be found in a single herd. These herds always have a leader who guides their movements, and the way they move is so orderly that they appear to be nearly as skilled as the best-trained cavalry.
5. It is extremely dangerous for travelers to meet a herd of this description. When they are unaccustomed to the sight of such a mass of creatures, they can not help feeling greatly alarmed at their rapid and apparently irresistible approach. The trampling of the animals sounds like distant thunder; and such is the rapidity and impetuosity of their advance, that it seems to threaten instant destruction.
5. It's really dangerous for travelers to encounter a herd like this. When they're not used to seeing so many animals at once, they can't help but feel very frightened by their fast and seemingly unstoppable approach. The sound of the animals' hooves is like distant thunder, and their speed and force make it seem like they pose an immediate threat of destruction.
6. Sometimes, however, they suddenly stop short, utter a loud and piercing neigh, and, with a rapid wheel, take an opposite course, and altogether disappear. On such occasions it requires great care in the traveler to prevent his horses from breaking loose and escaping with the wild herd.
6. Sometimes, though, they suddenly halt, let out a loud and sharp neigh, and quickly turn around, completely disappearing. In these moments, the traveler must be very careful to keep his horses from breaking free and running off with the wild herd.
7. In those countries where wild horses are so plentiful, the inhabitants do not take the trouble to raise others, but whenever they want one they mount upon an animal accustomed to the sport, and gallop over the plain toward a herd, which is readily found at no great distance.
7. In countries where wild horses are abundant, people don’t bother to raise their own. Instead, whenever they need a horse, they just get on one that's used to the sport and ride out over the plains to find a herd, which is usually nearby.
8. The rider gradually approaches some stragglers from the main body, and, having selected the one he wishes, he dexterously throws the lasso (which is a long rope with a running noose, and is firmly fixed to his saddle) either over the wild horse's head or in such a manner as to entangle his hind legs; and by the sudden checking of his own horse, he throws the captured animal over on its side.
8. The rider slowly makes his way to some lagging members of the main group and, after choosing the one he wants, skillfully throws the lasso (a long rope with a sliding noose attached to his saddle) either over the wild horse's head or in a way that catches its hind legs. By quickly stopping his own horse, he brings the captured animal down onto its side.
9. In an instant he jumps off his horse, wraps his cloak round the head of the captive, forces a bit into his mouth, and straps a saddle on his back. He then removes the cloak, and the animal starts to his feet. With equal quickness the hunter leaps into his saddle; and, in spite of the kicking of the captive, keeps his seat, till, being wearied out with his efforts, the horse submits to the guidance of his new master, and is reduced to complete obedience.
9. In an instant, he jumps off his horse, wraps his cloak around the head of the captive, forces a bit into his mouth, and straps a saddle onto his back. He then takes off the cloak, and the animal gets to its feet. Just as quickly, the hunter hops into his saddle; and despite the struggling of the captive, he stays in place until the horse, exhausted from its efforts, submits to the control of its new master and becomes completely obedient.
10. Frank. But, Uncle Thomas, are all horses originally wild? I have heard that Arabia is famous for raising horses.
10. Frank. But, Uncle Thomas, were all horses originally wild? I've heard that Arabia is well-known for breeding horses.
11. Uncle Thomas. Arabia has, for a long time, been noted for the beauty and speed of its horses. It is not strange, however, that the Arabian horse should be the most excellent, when we consider the care and kindness with which it is treated. One of the best stories which I have ever heard of the love of an Arabian for his steed, is that related of an Arab, from whom an English officer wished to purchase his horse.
11. Uncle Thomas. Arabia has been known for a long time for the beauty and speed of its horses. It’s not surprising that the Arabian horse is the finest, considering the care and kindness with which it is treated. One of the best stories I’ve ever heard about an Arab’s love for his horse is about an Arab from whom an English officer wanted to buy his horse.
12. The animal was a bright bay mare, of fine form and great beauty; and the owner, proud of her appearance and qualities, paraded her before the Englishman's tent until she attracted his attention. On being asked if he would sell her, "What will you give me?" was the reply. "That depends upon her age. I suppose she is past five?" "Guess again," said he. "Four?" "Look at her mouth," said the Arab, with a smile. On examination she was found to be about three. This, from her size and symmetry, greatly increased her value.
12. The animal was a beautiful bay mare with a lovely shape and outstanding beauty; the owner, proud of her looks and qualities, showed her off in front of the Englishman's tent until she caught his eye. When asked if he would sell her, the reply was, "What will you give me?" "That depends on her age. I assume she’s over five?" "Guess again," he said. "Four?" "Check her mouth," the Arab replied with a smile. After a closer look, it was determined she was about three. This, given her size and symmetry, significantly increased her value.
13. The gentleman said, "I will give you eighty tomans," (nearly two hundred and fifty dollars). "A little more, if you please," said the fellow, somewhat entertained. "Ninety—a hundred." He shook his head and smiled. The officer at last came to three hundred tomans, (nearly one thousand dollars). "Well," said the Arab, "you need not tempt me further. You are a rich nobleman, and, I am told, have loads of silver and gold. Now," added he, "you want my mare, but you shall not have her for all you have got." He put spurs to his horse, and was soon out of the reach of temptation.
13. The man said, "I'll give you eighty tomans," (almost two hundred and fifty dollars). "A bit more, please," replied the guy, a bit amused. "Ninety—one hundred." He shook his head and smiled. The officer eventually reached three hundred tomans, (close to one thousand dollars). "Well," said the Arab, "you don’t need to try and convince me anymore. You're a wealthy nobleman, and I've heard you have piles of silver and gold. Now," he added, "you want my mare, but you won't get her for all your wealth." He kicked his horse into gear and quickly got out of reach of temptation.
14. The horse can swim, when necessary, as well as most other animals, although he is not very fond of the water. Some years ago a vessel was driven upon the rocks, on the coast of the Cape of Good Hope, and most of the crew fell an immediate sacrifice to the waves. Those who were left were seen from the shore, clinging to the different pieces of the wreck. The sea ran so high that no boat could venture off to their assistance.
14. The horse can swim when needed, just like most other animals, although he doesn’t really like water. A few years ago, a ship was wrecked on the rocks off the coast of the Cape of Good Hope, and most of the crew quickly succumbed to the waves. Those who survived were seen from the shore, clinging to various parts of the wreck. The waves were so high that no boat could risk going out to help them.
15. Meanwhile, a planter had come from his farm to be a spectator of the shipwreck. His heart was melted at the sight of the unhappy seamen, and, knowing the bold spirit of his horse and his excellence as a swimmer, he determined to make a desperate effort for their deliverance. Having blown a little Brandy into his horse's nostrils, he pushed into the midst of the breakers. At first both horse and rider disappeared, but it was not long before they floated to the surface, and swam up to the wreck; when, taking two men with him, each of whom held on by one of his boots, the planter brought them safe to shore.
15. In the meantime, a farmer had come from his land to watch the shipwreck. He was moved by the sight of the distressed sailors, and knowing his horse was both brave and a strong swimmer, he decided to make a daring effort to rescue them. After giving his horse a bit of brandy, he charged into the waves. At first, both horse and rider disappeared, but soon they resurfaced and swam towards the wreck. He took two men with him, each clinging to one of his boots, and safely brought them back to shore.
16. This was repeated no less than seven times, and he saved fourteen lives; but on his return the eighth time, being much fatigued, and meeting a tremendous wave, he lost his balance and sank in a moment. His horse swam safely to land, but its gallant rider sank, to rise no more.
16. This happened at least seven times, and he saved fourteen lives; but when he returned for the eighth time, he was quite exhausted and encountered a huge wave, causing him to lose his balance and sink instantly. His horse made it safely to shore, but its brave rider went under, never to resurface.
DEFINITIONS.—4. Im-mense', very large. In-hab'it-ed, occupied as a home. Cav'al-ry, a body of military troops on horses. 5. Im—pet-u-os'i-ty, fury, violence. 8. Dex'ter-ous-ly, skillfully. 9. Re—duced', brought into. 10. O-rig'i-nal-ly, at first. 12. Pa-rad'ed, showed off. 8. Sym'me-try, a proper proportion of the several parts. 13. To-man', a Persian coin valued at about three dollars. 15. Des'per-ate, without care of safety. De-liv'er-ance, release from danger. 16. Gal'lant, brave, heroic.
DEFINITIONS.—4. Immense, very large. Inhabited, occupied as a home. Cavalry, a group of military troops on horses. 5. Impetuosity, fury, violence. 8. Dexterously, skillfully. 9. Reduced, brought into. 10. Originally, at first. 12. Paraded, showed off. 8. Symmetry, a proper proportion of the various parts. 13. Toman, a Persian coin worth about three dollars. 15. Desperate, reckless of safety. Deliverance, release from danger. 16. Gallant, brave, heroic.
EXERCISES.—Where are wild horses found? How are they taken? For what purpose are they taken? In what country are the finest horses raised? Why are the horses so excellent there? Are not animals always made better by kind treatment? Why would not the Arab sell his horse? Relate the anecdote of the planter and the shipwrecked seamen.
EXERCISES.—Where can wild horses be found? How are they captured? For what reason are they captured? In which country are the best horses bred? What makes the horses so exceptional there? Aren't animals always improved by kind treatment? Why wouldn't the Arab sell his horse? Tell the story of the planter and the shipwrecked sailors.
XLVIII. EMULATION. (132)
1. Frank's father was speaking to a friend, one day, on the subject of competition at school. He said that he could answer for it that envy is not always connected with it.
1. One day, Frank's dad was chatting with a friend about competition at school. He mentioned that he could assure him that envy isn't always a part of it.
2. He had been excelled by many, but did not recollect ever having felt envious of his successful rivals; "nor did my winning many a prize from my friend Birch," said he, "ever lessen his friendship for me."
2. He had been outdone by many, but he couldn't remember ever feeling jealous of his successful rivals; "nor did my winning many prizes from my friend Birch," he said, "ever diminish his friendship for me."
3. In support of the truth of this, a friend who was present related an anecdote which had fallen under his own notice in a school in his neighborhood.
3. To back this up, a friend who was there shared a story he experienced at a school in his area.
4. At this school the sons of several wealthy farmers, and others, who were poorer, received instruction. Frank listened with great attention while the gentleman gave the following account of the two rivals:
4. At this school, the sons of several wealthy farmers, as well as some who were less fortunate, received education. Frank listened intently as the gentleman recounted the story of the two rivals:
5. It happened that the son of a rich farmer and the son of a poor widow came in competition for the head of their class. They were so nearly equal that the teacher could scarcely decide between them; some days one, and some days the other, gained the head of the class. It was determined by seeing who should be at the head of the class for the greater number of days in the week.
5. It turned out that the son of a wealthy farmer and the son of a struggling widow were competing for the top spot in their class. They were so closely matched that the teacher could barely choose between them; some days one would be at the top, and other days the other would. It was decided by counting who spent more days at the head of the class throughout the week.
6. The widow's son, by the last day's trial, gained the victory, and kept his place the following week, till the school was dismissed for the holidays.
6. The widow's son, by the end of the last day's test, won the victory and held his spot the next week until school let out for the holidays.
7. When they met again the widow's son did not appear, and the farmer's son, being next to him, might now have been at the head of his class. Instead of seizing the vacant place, however, he went to the widow's house to inquire what could be the cause of her son's absence.
7. When they met again, the widow's son was missing, and the farmer's son, sitting next to him, could have taken the top spot in his class. Instead of claiming the open position, he went to the widow's house to find out why her son wasn't there.
8. Poverty was the cause; the poor woman found that she was not able, with her utmost efforts, to continue to pay for the tuition and books of her son, and so he, poor fellow! had been compelled to give up his schooling, and to return to labor for her support.
8. Poverty was the reason; the struggling woman realized that despite her best efforts, she couldn't afford her son's tuition and books anymore, so he, poor guy! had to quit school and go back to working to help support her.
9. The farmer's son, out of the allowance of pocket money which his father gave him, bought all the necessary books and paid for the tuition of his rival. He also permitted him to be brought back again to the head of his class, where he continued for some time, at the expense of his generous rival.
9. The farmer's son, using the pocket money his father gave him, bought all the necessary books and covered his rival's tuition. He also allowed his rival to return to the top of the class, where he stayed for a while, thanks to the generosity of the farmer's son.
DEFINITIONS.—Em-u-la'tion, rivalry, contest. 1. Com-pe-ti'tion, rivalry. 2. Ex-celled', surpassed, exceeded in good qualities. Ri'vals, those who pursue the same thing. 3. An'ec-dote, a short story. 8. Tu-i'tion, payment for teaching.
DEFINITIONS.—Emulation, rivalry, contest. 1. Competition, rivalry. 2. Excelled, surpassed, exceeded in good qualities. Rivals, those who pursue the same thing. 3. Anecdote, a short story. 8. Tuition, payment for teaching.
EXERCISES.—What is the subject of this lesson? What do you mean by emulation? What is envy? What story is told about the two rivals? Is it right to envy any person?
EXERCISES.—What is the topic of this lesson? What do you mean by emulation? What is envy? What story is told about the two competitors? Is it okay to envy anyone?
XLIX. THE SANDPIPER. (134)
By CELIA THAXTER.
XLIX. THE SANDPIPER. (134)
By CELIA THAXTER.
1. Across the lonely beach we flit,
One little sandpiper and I,
And fast I gather, bit by bit,
The scattered driftwood, bleached and dry.
The wild waves reach their hands for it,
The wild wind raves, the tide runs high,
As up and down the beach we flit,
One little sandpiper and I.
1. Across the empty beach we dart,
One little sandpiper and I,
And quickly I gather, piece by piece,
The scattered driftwood, bleached and dry.
The wild waves reach out for it,
The wild wind howls, the tide runs high,
As up and down the beach we dart,
One little sandpiper and I.
2. Above our heads the sullen clouds
Scud, black and swift, across the sky;
Like silent ghosts in misty shrouds
Stand out the white lighthouses high.
Almost as far as eye can reach
I see the close-reefed vessels fly,
As fast we flit across the beach,
One little sandpiper and I.
2. Above us, the dark clouds
Rush by quickly across the sky;
Like quiet ghosts in their misty wraps
Stand the tall, white lighthouses high.
As far as I can see
I spot the ships near the reefs fly,
As swiftly as we dash along the beach,
A little sandpiper and I.
3. I watch him as he skims along,
Uttering his sweet and mournful cry;
He starts not at my fitful song,
Nor flash of fluttering drapery.
He has no thought of any wrong,
He scans me with a fearless eye;
Stanch friends are we, well-tried and strong,
The little sandpiper and I.
3. I watch him as he glides by,
Making his soft and sad sound;
He isn’t startled by my shaky song,
Or the flash of fluttering fabric.
He doesn’t think anything is wrong,
He looks at me with a brave gaze;
We’re loyal friends, tested and true,
The little sandpiper and I.
4. Comrade, where wilt thou be to-night,
When the loosed storm breaks furiously?
My driftwood fire will burn so bright!
To what warm shelter canst thou fly?
I do not fear for thee, though wroth
The tempest rushes through the sky;
For are we not God's children both,
Thou, little sandpiper, and I?
4. Friend, where will you be tonight,
When the unleashed storm hits hard?
My driftwood fire will shine so bright!
Where can you find a warm shelter?
I’m not worried about you, even though
The tempest roars through the sky;
For aren’t we both children of God,
You, little sandpiper, and me?
DEFINITIONS.—l. Sand'pi-per, a bird of the snipe family, found along the seacoast. Drift'wood. wood tossed on shore by the waves. Bleached, whitened. Tide, the regular rise and fall of the ocean which occurs twice in a little over twenty-four hours. 2. Scud, fly hastily. Shrouds, Winding sheets, dresses of the dead. Close'reefed, with sails contracted as much as possible. 3. Fit'ful, irregularly variable. Draper-y, garments. Scans, looks at care-fully. Stanch, firm. 4. Wroth, angry.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Sandpiper, a bird from the snipe family, typically found along the coast. Driftwood, wood that has been washed ashore by the waves. Bleached, made white. Tide, the regular rise and fall of the ocean that happens twice in just over twenty-four hours. 2. Scud, to move quickly. Shrouds, burial clothes for the deceased. Close-reefed, with sails adjusted to their smallest size. 3. Fitful, irregular or inconsistent. Drapery, clothing. Scans, looks at carefully. Stanch, steady or strong. 4. Wroth, angry.
L. THE RIGHT WAY. (136)
Adapted from a story by Frank H. Stockton. He was born at Philadelphia, April 5, 1834, and when quite a young boy used to write stories for his own pleasure. He was once a designer and engraver on wood, and afterwards an editor; but he now devotes himself entirely to writing, not only for young but also for grown people.
Adapted from a story by Frank H. Stockton. He was born in Philadelphia on April 5, 1834, and as a young boy, he enjoyed writing stories for his own enjoyment. He worked as a designer and wood engraver and later became an editor, but now he focuses completely on writing, not just for kids but for adults as well.
1. "O Andy!" said little Jenny Murdock, "I'm so glad you came along this way. I can't get over."
1. "Oh Andy!" said little Jenny Murdock, "I'm so happy you came this way. I can't get across."
2. "Can't get over?" said Andrew. "Why what's the matter?"
"Can't get over it?" Andrew said. "What's wrong?"
3. "The bridge is gone," said Jenny. "When I came across after breakfast it was there, and now it's over on the other side, and how can I get back home?"
3. "The bridge is gone," Jenny said. "When I crossed it after breakfast, it was there, and now it's on the other side, and how am I supposed to get back home?"
4. "Why, so it is," said Andrew. "It was all right when I came over a little while ago, but old Donald pulls it on the other side every morning after he has driven his cows across, and I don't think he has any right to do it. I suppose he thinks the bridge was made for him and his cows."
4. "Yeah, that's true," said Andrew. "It was fine when I came by a little while ago, but old Donald messes with it on the other side every morning after he drives his cows across, and I don't think he has the right to do that. I guess he thinks the bridge was built just for him and his cows."
5. "Now I must go down to the big bridge, Andy, and I want you to go with me. I'm afraid to go through all those dark woods by myself," said Jenny.
5. "Now I have to go down to the big bridge, Andy, and I want you to come with me. I'm scared to walk through all those dark woods alone," said Jenny.
6. "But I can't go, Jenny," said Andrew, "it's nearly school time now."
6. "But I can't go, Jenny," said Andrew, "it's almost time for school now."
7. Andrew was a Scotch boy, and a fine fellow. He was next to the head of his school, and he was as good at play as he was at his book.
7. Andrew was a Scottish boy, and a good guy. He was second in charge at his school, and he was just as good at sports as he was in his studies.
8. Jenny Murdock, his most particular friend, was a little girl who lived very near Andrew's home. She had no brothers or sisters, but Andrew had always been as good as a brother to her; and, therefore, when she stood by the water's edge that morning, just ready to burst into tears, she thought all her troubles over when she saw Andrew coming along the road.
8. Jenny Murdock, his closest friend, was a little girl who lived very close to Andrew's house. She had no siblings, but Andrew had always treated her like a brother; so when she stood by the water’s edge that morning, on the verge of tears, she felt all her worries lift when she saw Andrew walking down the road.
9. He had always helped her out of her troubles before, and she saw no reason why he should not do it now. She had crossed the creek in search of wild flowers, and when she wished to return had found the bridge removed, as Andrew supposed, by old Donald McKensie, who pastured his cows on this side of the creek.
9. He had always been there to help her with her problems before, so she didn’t see why he wouldn’t do it now. She had crossed the creek to look for wildflowers, and when she wanted to go back, she discovered that the bridge was gone, presumably taken out by old Donald McKensie, who grazed his cows on this side of the creek.
10. This stream was not very wide, nor very deep at its edges, but the center it was four or five feet deep; and in the spring the water ran very swiftly, so that wading across it, either by cattle or men, was quite a difficult undertaking. As for Jenny, she could not get across at all without a bridge, and there was none nearer than the wagon bridge, a mile and a half below.
10. This stream wasn’t very wide, and it wasn’t very deep at its edges, but in the center, it was four or five feet deep. In the spring, the water flowed really fast, making it pretty tough for cattle or people to wade across. As for Jenny, she couldn’t get across at all without a bridge, and the nearest one was the wagon bridge, a mile and a half down the road.
11. "You will go with me, Andy, won't you?" said the little girl.
11. "You'll come with me, Andy, right?" said the little girl.
12. "And be late to school?" said he. "I have not been late yet, you know, Jenny."
12. "And be late to school?" he said. "I haven't been late yet, you know, Jenny."
13. "Perhaps Dominie Black will think you have been sick or had to mind the cows," said Jenny.
"Maybe Dominie Black will believe you were sick or had to take care of the cows," Jenny said.
14. "He won't think so unless I tell him," said Andrew, "and you know I won't do that."
14. "He won't think that unless I tell him," Andrew said, "and you know I won't do that."
15. "If we were to run all the way, would you be too late?" said Jenny.
15. "If we ran the whole way, would you end up being late?" Jenny asked.
16. "If we were to run all the way to the bridge, and I were to run all the way back, I should not get to school till after copy time. I expect every minute to hear the school bell ring," said Andrew.
16. "If we ran all the way to the bridge, and I ran all the way back, I wouldn't get to school until after copy time. I expect to hear the school bell ring any minute now," said Andrew.
17. "But what can I do, then?" said poor little Jenny. "I can't wait here till school's out, and I don't want to go up to the schoolhouse, for all the boys to laugh at me."
17. "But what am I supposed to do, then?" said poor little Jenny. "I can't just wait here until school is over, and I really don't want to go to the schoolhouse for all the boys to laugh at me."
18. "No," said Andrew, reflecting very seriously, "I must take you home some way or other. It won't do to leave you here, and, no matter where you might stay, your mother would be very much troubled about you."
18. "No," Andrew said, thinking hard, "I have to get you home somehow. I can't just leave you here, and no matter where you went, your mom would be really worried about you."
19. "Yes," said Jenny, "she would think I was drowned."
19. "Yeah," Jenny said, "she would believe I drowned."
20. Time pressed, and Jenny's countenance became more and more overcast, but Andrew could think of no way in which he could take the little girl home without being late and losing his standing in the school.
20. Time was running out, and Jenny's expression grew increasingly gloomy, but Andrew couldn't figure out a way to get the little girl home without being late and jeopardizing his reputation at school.
21. It was impossible to get her across the stream at any place nearer than the "big bridge;" he would not take her that way, and make up a false story to account for his lateness at school, and he could not leave her alone or take her with him.
21. It was impossible to get her across the stream anywhere closer than the "big bridge;" he didn't want to take her that way and create a made-up story to explain his tardiness at school, and he couldn't leave her alone or take her with him.
22. What was to be done? While several absurd and impracticable plans were passing through his brain, the school bell began to ring, and he must start immediately to reach the schoolhouse in time.
22. What was he supposed to do? As several ridiculous and unworkable ideas ran through his mind, the school bell started ringing, and he had to leave right away to make it to the schoolhouse on time.
23. And now his anxiety and perplexity became more intense than ever; and Jenny, looking up into his troubled countenance, began to cry.
23. And now his anxiety and confusion grew stronger than ever; and Jenny, looking up at his worried face, started to cry.
24. Andrew, who had never before failed to be at the school door before the first tap of the bell, began to despair. Was there nothing to be done?
24. Andrew, who had always been at the school door before the first bell rang, started to lose hope. Was there nothing he could do?
25. Yes! a happy thought passed through his mind. How strange that he should not have thought of it before! He would ask Dominie Black to let him take Jenny home. What could be more sensible and straightforward than such a plan?
25. Yes! a happy thought crossed his mind. How odd that he hadn't thought of it earlier! He would ask Dominie Black if he could take Jenny home. What could be more sensible and straightforward than that?
26. Of course, the good old schoolmaster gave Andrew the desired permission, and everything ended happily. But the best thing about the whole affair was the lesson that the young Scotch boy learned that day.
26. Of course, the good old schoolmaster gave Andrew the permission he wanted, and everything turned out well. But the most valuable part of the whole situation was the lesson that the young Scottish boy learned that day.
27. The lesson was this: when we are puzzling our brains with plans to help ourselves out of trouble, let us always stop a moment in our planning, and try to think if there is not some simple way out of the difficulty, which shall be in every respect perfectly right. If we do this, we shall probably find a way more easy and satisfactory than any which we can devise.
27. The lesson is this: when we're racking our brains trying to figure out how to get ourselves out of trouble, we should always pause for a moment in our planning and consider if there's a straightforward solution to the problem that is completely right in every way. If we do this, we'll likely discover a simpler and more satisfying way than anything we could come up with on our own.
DEFINITIONS.—8. Par-tic'u-lar, not ordinary, worthy of partic-ular
attention, chief. 13. Dom'i-nie, the Scotch name for school-master. 18.
Re-flect'ing, thinking earnestly. 20 Over-cast', cov-ered with gloom. 21.
Ac-count', to state the reasons. 22. Im—prac'ti-ca-ble, not possible. 23.
Anx-i'e-ty, care, trouble of mind. 27. De-vise', plan, contrive.
DEFINITIONS.—8. Particular, not ordinary, deserving of special
attention, chief. 13. Dominie, the Scottish term for schoolmaster. 18.
Reflecting, thinking seriously. 20 Overcast, covered with gloom. 21.
Account, to explain the reasons. 22. Impracticable, not possible. 23.
Anxiety, worry, mental distress. 27. Devise, plan, create.
EXERCISES.—Why could not Jenny cross the stream? Whom did she ask to help her? What can you tell about Andrew? Who was Jenny Murdock? What did Jenny wish Andrew to do? Why could he not go with her? Would it have been right for Andrew to have told an untruth even to help Jenny out of trouble? What did he finally do? What does this lesson teach us to do in case of trouble?
EXERCISES.—Why couldn’t Jenny cross the stream? Who did she ask for help? What can you tell us about Andrew? Who was Jenny Murdock? What did Jenny want Andrew to do? Why couldn’t he go with her? Would it have been right for Andrew to lie just to help Jenny out of a tough spot? What did he ultimately do? What lesson does this teach us about dealing with trouble?
LI. THE GOLDEN RULE. (139)
1. To act with integrity and good faith was such a habit with Susan that she had never before thought of examining the Golden Rule: "All things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them." But the longer she reflected upon it, the stronger was her conviction that she did not always obey the precept; at length, she appealed to her mother for its meaning.
1. Acting with integrity and good faith was such a habit for Susan that she had never really considered the Golden Rule: "Do unto others as you would have them do unto you." But the more she thought about it, the more she realized that she didn’t always follow this principle; eventually, she turned to her mother for its meaning.
2. "It implies," said her mother, "in the first place, a total destruction of all selfishness: for a man who loves himself better than his neighbors, can never do to others as he would have others do to him. We are bound not only to do, but to feel, toward others as we would have others feel toward us. Remember, it is much easier to reprove the sin of others than to overcome temptation when it assails ourselves.
2. "It means," her mother said, "first of all, completely getting rid of all selfishness: because a man who cares more about himself than his neighbors can never treat others the way he wants to be treated. We have a responsibility not just to act, but to feel towards others as we wish they would feel towards us. Keep in mind, it's way easier to criticize the sins of others than to resist temptation when it comes our way."
3. "A man may be perfectly honest and yet very selfish; but the command implies something more than mere honesty; it requires charity as well as integrity. The meaning of the command is fully explained in the parable of the Good Samaritan. The Levite, who passed by the wounded man without offering him assistance, may have been a man of great honesty; but he did not do unto the poor stranger as he would have wished others to do unto him."
3. "A person can be completely honest and still be very selfish; however, the command involves more than just honesty; it demands compassion along with integrity. The meaning of the command is clearly illustrated in the parable of the Good Samaritan. The Levite, who walked past the injured man without helping him, might have been a very honest person; but he did not treat the poor stranger the way he would have wanted others to treat him."
4. Susan pondered carefully and seriously on what her mother had said. When she thought over her past conduct, a blush of shame crept to her cheeks, and a look of sorrow into her eyes, as many little acts of selfishness and unkindness came back to her memory. She resolved that for the future, both in great things and small, she would remember and follow the Golden Rule.
4. Susan thought deeply and seriously about what her mom had said. As she reflected on her past behavior, she felt a flush of shame rise to her cheeks and sorrow fill her eyes, recalling many small acts of selfishness and unkindness. She decided that from now on, in both big and small matters, she would remember and follow the Golden Rule.
5. It was not long after this that an opportunity occurred of trying Susan's principles. One Saturday evening when she went, as usual, to farmer Thompson's inn, to receive the price of her mother's washing for the boarders, which amounted to five dollars, she found the farmer in the stable yard.
5. It wasn't long after this that an opportunity came up to test Susan's principles. One Saturday evening, when she went, as usual, to farmer Thompson's inn to collect the payment for her mother's laundry for the boarders, which totaled five dollars, she found the farmer in the stable yard.
6. He was apparently in a terrible rage with some horse dealers with whom he had been bargaining. He held in his hand an open pocketbook, full of bills; and scarcely noticing the child as she made her request, except to swear at her, as usual, for troubling him when he was busy, he handed her a bank note.
6. He seemed to be in a really bad mood with some horse dealers he had been negotiating with. He was holding an open wallet filled with cash and barely noticed the child as she made her request, other than to curse at her, as usual, for bothering him while he was occupied. He handed her a banknote.
7. Glad to escape so easily, Susan hurried out of the gate, and then, pausing to pin the money safely in the folds of her shawl, she discovered that he had given her two bills instead of one. She looked around; nobody was near to share her discovery; and her first impulse was joy at the unexpected prize.
7. Happy to have gotten away so easily, Susan rushed out of the gate and then, stopping to tuck the money securely into her shawl, she realized he had given her two bills instead of one. She glanced around; no one was close to share her finding; and her first reaction was excitement at the unexpected windfall.
8. "It is mine, all mine," said she to herself; "I will buy mother a new cloak with it, and she can give her old one to sister Mary, and then Mary can go to the Sunday school with me next winter. I wonder if it will not buy a pair of shoes for brother Tom, too."
8. "It's all mine," she thought to herself; "I'll buy Mom a new coat with it, and she can give her old one to Mary, and then Mary can come to Sunday school with me next winter. I wonder if it will also be enough to get a pair of shoes for Tom."
9. At that moment she remembered that he must have given it to her by mistake; and therefore she had no right to it. But again the voice of the tempter whispered, "He gave it, and how do you know that he did not intend to make you a present of it? Keep it; he will never know it, even if it should be a mistake; for he had too many such bills in that great pocketbook to miss one."
9. At that moment, she realized he must have given it to her by mistake, and so she had no right to it. But again, the voice of temptation whispered, "He gave it to you, and how do you know he didn't mean to give it as a gift? Just keep it; he’ll never notice, even if it was a mistake, because he has so many of those bills in that big wallet that he won’t miss one."
10. While this conflict was going on in her mind between good and evil, she was hurrying homeward as fast as possible. Yet, before she came in sight of her home, she had repeatedly balanced the comforts which the money would buy against the sin of wronging her neighbor.
10. While she was dealing with this inner conflict between right and wrong, she was rushing home as fast as she could. However, before she could see her home, she had weighed the comforts that money could provide against the wrong of hurting her neighbor.
11. As she crossed the little bridge over the narrow creek before her mother's door, her eye fell upon a rustic seat which they had occupied during the conversation I have before narrated. Instantly the words of Scripture, "Whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them," sounded in her ears like a trumpet.
11. As she walked over the small bridge above the narrow creek leading to her mother's door, she spotted a rustic seat where they had sat during the conversation I mentioned earlier. Instantly, the words of Scripture, "Treat others the way you want to be treated," echoed in her ears like a trumpet.
12. Turning suddenly round, as if flying from some unseen peril, the child hastened along the road with breathless speed until she found herself once more at farmer Thompson's gate. "What do you want now?" asked the gruff old fellow, as he saw her again at his side.
12. Suddenly turning around, as if escaping from some hidden danger, the child rushed down the road with rapid speed until she found herself back at farmer Thompson's gate. "What do you want now?" asked the grumpy old man when he saw her at his side again.
13. "Sir, you paid me two bills, instead of one," said she, trembling in every limb. "Two bills? did I? let me see; well, so I did; but did you just find it out? Why did you not bring it back sooner?" Susan blushed and hung her head.
13. "Sir, you paid me two bills instead of one," she said, shaking all over. "Two bills? Did I? Let me see; well, I guess I did; but did you just realize that? Why didn't you bring it back sooner?" Susan turned red and looked down.
14. "You wanted to keep it, I suppose," said he. "Well, I am glad your mother was more honest than you, or I should have been five dollars poorer and none the wiser." "My mother knows nothing about it, sir," said Susan; "I brought it back before I went home."
14. "I guess you wanted to keep it," he said. "Well, I'm glad your mom was more honest than you, or I would have been five dollars poorer and none the wiser." "My mom doesn't know anything about it, sir," Susan replied; "I brought it back before I went home."
15. The old man looked at the child, and, as he saw the tears rolling down her checks, he seemed touched by her distress. Putting his band in his pocket, he drew out a shilling and offered it to her.
15. The old man looked at the child, and as he saw the tears rolling down her cheeks, he seemed moved by her distress. Reaching into his pocket, he pulled out a shilling and offered it to her.
16. "No, sir, I thank you," sobbed she; "I do not want to be paid for doing right; I only wish you would not think me dishonest, for, indeed, it was a sore temptation. Oh! sir, if you had ever seen those you love best wanting the common comforts of life, you would know how hard it is for us always to do unto others as we would have others do unto us,"
16. "No, sir, thank you," she sobbed. "I don't want to be rewarded for doing the right thing; I just wish you wouldn’t think I’m dishonest, because it was truly a tough temptation. Oh! sir, if you had ever seen your loved ones struggling without basic comforts, you would understand how difficult it is for us to always treat others the way we want to be treated,"
17. The heart of the selfish man was touched. "There be things which are little upon the earth, but they are exceeding wise," murmured he, as he bade the little girl good night, and entered his house a sadder, and, it is to be hoped, a better man. Susan returned to her humble home with a lightened heart, and through the course of a long and useful life she never forgot her first temptation.
17. The heart of the selfish man was moved. "There are small things in the world, but they are incredibly wise," he murmured as he said good night to the little girl and went into his house a sadder, and hopefully, a better man. Susan went back to her modest home with a lighter heart, and throughout her long and meaningful life, she never forgot her first temptation.
DEFINITIONS.—1. In-teg'ri-ty, honesty, uprightness. Con-vic'tion, strong belief. Ap-pealed', referred to. 2. Temp-ta'tion, that which has a tendency to induce one to do wrong. As-sails', attacks. 10. Con'flict, struggle. Bal'anced, weighed, compared. 12. Gruff, rough. 17. Mur'mured, spoke in a low voice. Light'ened, made cheerful or lighter.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Integrity, honesty, uprightness. Conviction, strong belief. Appealed, referred to. 2. Temptation, something that tends to lead one to do wrong. Assails, attacks. 10. Conflict, struggle. Balanced, weighed, compared. 12. Gruff, rough. 17. Murmured, spoke in a low voice. Lightened, made cheerful or lighter.
EXERCISES.—What is the Golden Rule? What does it imply? Can a man be perfectly honest and still not follow the Golden Rule? What parable is a perfect illustration of its meaning? How was Susan tempted? What did she first think of doing? What changed her intention? Relate what happened when she returned the money. What effect did her action have?
EXERCISES.—What is the Golden Rule? What does it mean? Can a person be completely honest and still not follow the Golden Rule? What parable perfectly illustrates its meaning? How was Susan tempted? What did she initially consider doing? What changed her mind? Describe what happened when she returned the money. What impact did her action have?
LII. THE SNOW MAN. (143)
By Marian Douglas.
LII. THE SNOW MAN. (143)
By Marian Douglas.
1. Look! how the clouds are flying south!
The winds pipe loud and shrill!
And high above the white drifts stands
The snow man on the hill.
1. Look! How the clouds are flying south!
The winds are howling loud and shrill!
And high above the white drifts stands
The snowman on the hill.
2. Blow, wild wind from the icy north!
Here's one who will not fear
To feel thy coldest touch, or shrink
Thy loudest blast to hear.
2. Blow, fierce wind from the freezing north!
Here's someone who won't be afraid
To feel your coldest touch or flinch
At your loudest roar.
3. Proud triumph of the schoolboy's skill!
Far rather would I be
A winter giant, ruling o'er
A frosty realm, like thee,
3. Proud triumph of the schoolboy's skill!
I would much rather be
A winter giant, reigning over
A frosty kingdom, like you,
4. And stand amid the drifted snow,
Like thee, a thing apart,
Than be a man who walks with men,
But has a frozen heart!
4. And stand in the piled-up snow,
Like you, something separate,
Rather than be a person who walks with others,
But has a frozen heart!
DEFINITIONS.—l. Pipe, whistle. 2. Shrink, to draw back on account of fear. 3. Triumph, success causing exultation. Realm, the territory over which authority is used, dominion.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Pipe, whistle. 2. Shrink, to pull back because of fear. 3. Triumph, success that brings joy. Realm, the area where authority is exercised, dominion.
EXERCISES.—With what is the snow man compared in this poem? What is meant by a man with "a frozen heart"? Do you think such a man would follow the Golden Rule?
EXERCISES.—What is the snowman compared to in this poem? What does "a man with a frozen heart" mean? Do you think such a man would follow the Golden Rule?
LIII. ROBINSON CRUSOE'S HOUSE. (144)
Daniel DeFoe, the author of "Robinson Crusoe" (from which these selections are adapted), was born in London, England, in 1661, and died in 1731. He wrote a number of books; but his "Robinson Crusoe" is the only one that attained great notoriety.
Daniel Defoe, the author of "Robinson Crusoe" (from which these selections are adapted), was born in London, England, in 1661, and died in 1731. He wrote several books, but "Robinson Crusoe" is the only one that became widely famous.
1. I have already described my habitation, which was a tent under the side of a rock, surrounded with a strong pale of posts and cables, but I might now rather call it a wall, for I raised a kind of wall up against it of turf, about two feet thick on the outside; and, after some time (I think it was a year and a half) I raised rafters from it, leaning to the rock, and thatched or covered it with boughs of trees and such things as I could get to keep out the rain, which I found at some times of the year very violent.
1. I've already described my home, which was a tent next to a rock, surrounded by a strong fence made of posts and cables, but I could now better call it a wall, since I built a kind of wall against it with turf, about two feet thick on the outside. After a while (I think it was a year and a half), I added rafters from it, leaning against the rock, and covered it with branches and other materials I could find to keep out the rain, which I found to be very heavy at certain times of the year.
2. I have already observed how I brought all my goods into this pale, and into the cave which I had made behind me; but I must observe, too, that at first this was a confused heap of goods, which, as they lay in no order, took up all my place, so that I had no room to turn myself. So I set to work to enlarge my cave and work farther into the earth; for it was a loose, sandy rock, which yielded easily to the labor I bestowed upon it.
2. I've already mentioned how I moved all my things into this enclosure and into the cave I had dug behind me; but I should also point out that at first it was just a jumbled mess of items, which, since they were all piled up without any organization, took up all the space, leaving me no room to move. So, I got to work to make my cave bigger and to dig deeper into the ground; it was made of loose, sandy rock that was easy to work with.
3. And so when I found that I was pretty safe as to beasts of prey, I worked sideways into the rock; and then, turning to the right again, worked quite out, and made me a door to come out on the outside of my pale or fortification. This gave me not only egress and regress, as it was a back way to my tent and to my storehouse, but gave me room to stow my goods.
3. So, when I realized I was mostly safe from wild animals, I dug sideways into the rock; then, turning to the right again, I worked my way out and created a door to exit outside my fence or fort. This not only provided me with an entrance and exit since it was a back way to my tent and storage, but it also gave me space to store my supplies.
4. And now I began to apply myself to make such necessary things as I found I most wanted, particularly a chair and a table; for without these I was not able to enjoy the few comforts I had in the world. I could not write or eat, or do several things with so much pleasure without a table.
4. And now I started to focus on making the things I really needed, especially a chair and a table; without these, I couldn't enjoy the few comforts I had in life. I couldn't write or eat, or do many things as comfortably without a table.
5. So I went to work. I had never handled a tool in my life; and yet in time by labor, application, and contrivance, I found that I wanted nothing but I could have made it, especially if I had had tools; however, I made abundance of things, even without tools, and some with no more tools than an adz and a hatchet, which perhaps were never made that way before, and that with infinite labor.
5. So I went to work. I had never used a tool in my life; yet over time, through hard work, focus, and creativity, I realized that there was nothing I wanted that I couldn't create, especially if I had more tools. However, I still made plenty of things even without tools, and some with just an adz and a hatchet, which probably had never been made that way before, and it took an immense amount of effort.
6. For example, if I wanted a board, I had no other way but to cut down a tree, set it before me, and hew it flat on either side with my ax till I had brought it to be as thin as a plank, and then dub it smooth with my adz.
6. For example, if I needed a board, my only option was to cut down a tree, place it in front of me, and chop it flat on both sides with my axe until it was as thin as a plank, and then smooth it out with my adze.
7. It is true, by this method I could make but one board out of a whole tree; but this I had no remedy for but patience, any more than I had for the prodigious deal of time and labor which it took me to make a plank or board; but my time or labor was little worth, and so it was as well employed one way as another.
7. It's true that using this method, I could only make one board out of a whole tree; but the only solution I had for that was patience, just like I had no solution for the enormous amount of time and effort it took to make a plank or board. However, my time and effort weren’t very valuable, so it was just as well spent one way as another.
8. However, I made me a table and a chair, as I observed above; and this I did out of the short pieces of boards which I brought on my raft from the ship; but when I had wrought out some boards, as above, I made large shelves, of the breadth of a foot and a half, one over another, all along one side of my cave, to lay all my tools, nails, and ironwork on, and, in a word, to separate everything at large in their places, that I might come easily at them.
8. However, I made myself a table and a chair, as I mentioned before; I used the leftover pieces of wood that I brought on my raft from the ship. After I crafted some boards, as described, I built large shelves, each a foot and a half wide, stacked on top of each other along one side of my cave. This way, I could organize all my tools, nails, and metalwork, keeping everything in its place so I could easily access them.
9. I knocked pieces into the wall of the rock to hang my guns and all things that would hang up. So that, had my cave been seen, it would have looked like a general magazine of all necessary things; and I had everything so ready at my hand that it was a great pleasure to me to see all my goods in such order, and especially to find my stock of all necessaries so great.
9. I knocked bits into the rock wall to hang my guns and anything else that could be hung up. So if anyone had seen my cave, it would have looked like a general store of everything I needed; I had everything so organized that it was a great pleasure to see all my stuff in such order, and especially to find my stock of supplies so plentiful.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Hab-i-ta'tion, a dwelling place. Pale, a fence. Ca'bles, large ropes. Turf, sod. 3. For-ti-fi-ca'tion, a place built for defense against attack. E'gress, going out. Re'gress, coming back, return. Stow, to arrange compactly. 4. Ap-ply', to employ diligently. 6. Dub, to cut down or bring to an even surface. 7. Pro-di'gious, very great. Deal, part, amount. 9. Mag-a-zine', a storehouse,
DEFINITIONS.—1. Habitation, a place where someone lives. Pale, a fence. Cables, large ropes. Turf, grass covering the ground. 3. Fortification, a structure built for defense against attacks. Egress, the act of going out. Regress, the act of coming back or returning. Stow, to pack or arrange compactly. 4. Apply, to use something diligently. 6. Dub, to cut down or make level. 7. Prodigious, very large or impressive. Deal, a part or amount. 9. Magazine, a storage place.
EXERCISES.—How did Robinson Crusoe make a house? Of what did he make a chair and table? How did he obtain boards? What does this lesson teach us in regard to perseverance?
EXERCISES.—How did Robinson Crusoe build a house? What materials did he use to make a chair and table? How did he get the boards? What does this lesson teach us about perseverance?
LIV. ROBINSON CRUSOE'S DRESS. (147)
1. But had any man in England met such a man as I was, it must either have frightened him or raised a great deal of laughter; and, as I frequently stood still to look at myself, I could not but smile at the notion of my traveling through Yorkshire in such a dress.
1. But if any man in England had met someone like I was, it would have either scared him or made him laugh a lot; and since I often paused to look at myself, I couldn't help but smile at the idea of traveling through Yorkshire in such an outfit.
2. I had a great, high, shapeless cap, made of a goat's skin, with a flap hanging down behind, as well to keep the sun from me as to shoot the rain off from running into my neck; nothing being so hurtful in these climates as the rain upon the flesh under the clothes.
2. I had a big, high, shapeless hat made of goat skin, with a flap hanging down in the back, both to shield me from the sun and to keep the rain from dripping down my neck; nothing is as harmful in these climates as rain hitting the skin under the clothes.
3. I had a short jacket of goatskin, the skirts coming down to about the middle of the thighs, and a pair of open-kneed breeches of the same; the breeches were made of the skin of an old goat, and the hair hung down such a length on either side that it reached to the middle of my legs like pantaloons.
3. I had a short goatskin jacket that reached down to about the middle of my thighs, and a pair of open-kneed breeches made from the same material. The breeches were crafted from the skin of an old goat, and the hair hung down on both sides long enough that it reached the middle of my legs like pantaloons.
4. Stockings and shoes I had none; but I made a pair of something, I scarce know what to call them, like buskins, to flap over my legs, and lace on either side like spatterdashes; but they were of a most barbarous shape, as indeed were all the rest of my clothes.
4. I didn't have any stockings or shoes, but I managed to make a pair of something—I'm not really sure what to call them—that flapped over my legs and laced up on either side like spatterdashes. However, they were really awkwardly shaped, just like the rest of my clothes.
5. I had on a broad belt of goatskin dried, which I drew together with two thongs of the same, instead of buckles; and, in a kind of frog on each side of this, instead of a sword and dagger, hung a little saw and hatchet; one on one side, and one on the other. I had another belt not so broad, and fastened in the same manner, which hung over my shoulder; and at the end of it, under my left arm, hung two pouches, both made of goatskin, too; in one of which hung my powder, in the other my shot.
5. I wore a wide belt made of dried goatskin, which I tightened with two strips of the same material instead of buckles. On each side of this, instead of a sword and dagger, I had a small saw and hatchet hanging—one on one side and the other on the opposite side. I also had a narrower belt, secured in the same way, that hung over my shoulder. At the end of this belt, under my left arm, were two pouches, both made of goatskin as well; one held my gunpowder, and the other contained my shot.
6. At my back I carried my basket, on my shoulder my gun, and over my head a great, clumsy, ugly, goatskin umbrella, but which, after all, was the most necessary thing I had about me, next to my gun.
6. I had my basket on my back, my gun over my shoulder, and a big, awkward, ugly goatskin umbrella above my head, but it was, after all, the most essential item I had with me, next to my gun.
7. As for my face, the color of it was really not so dark as one might expect from a man not at all careful of it, and living within nine or ten degrees of the equator. My beard I had once suffered to grow till it was about a quarter of a yard long; but, as I had both scissors and razors sufficient, I had cut it pretty short, except what grew on my upper lip, which I had trimmed into a large pair of Mahometan whiskers, such as I had seen worn by some Turks.
7. Regarding my face, the color wasn’t as dark as you might think for someone who didn’t really care for it and lived just nine or ten degrees from the equator. I had let my beard grow to about a quarter of a yard long at one point, but since I had plenty of scissors and razors, I had it cut pretty short—except for the part on my upper lip, which I shaped into a big pair of Muslim-style whiskers, like I had seen on some Turks.
8. Of these mustaches or whiskers, I will not say that they were long enough to hang my hat upon them, but they were of a length and shape monstrous enough, and such as in England would have passed for frightful. But all this is by the bye; for, as to my figure, I had so few to observe me that it was of no manner of consequence; so I say no more on that part.
8. I won’t claim that these mustaches or whiskers were long enough to hang my hat on, but they were definitely long and shaped in a way that would have been considered ridiculous in England. But that’s beside the point; since I had so few people watching me, my appearance didn’t matter at all, so I won’t say anything more about it.
DEFINITIONS.—4. Bus'kins, coverings for the feet coming some distance up the leg, and fit for a defense against thorns, etc. Spat'-ter-dash-es, coverings for the legs to keep them clean from water and mud. Bar'ba-rous, uncouth, clumsy. 5. Thongs, strips of leather. Frog, a loop similar to that sometimes used in fastening a cloak or coat. Pouch'es bags. 8. Mon'strous, very large, enormous.
DEFINITIONS.—4. Buskins, footwear that extends up the leg, designed to protect against thorns and similar hazards. Spatterdashes, protective coverings for the legs to keep them clean from water and mud. Barbarous, rough, awkward. 5. Thongs, strips of leather. Frog, a loop like the ones used for fastening a cloak or coat. Pouches, bags. 8. Monstrous, very large, enormous.
NOTES.—The novel, "Robinson Crusoe," was first published in 1719. It was founded on the adventures of Alexander Selkirk, a Scotch buccaneer, who was cast on the island of Juan Fernandez, west of South America, in 1704, and remained there for more than four years, before he was rescued.
NOTES.—The novel, "Robinson Crusoe," was first published in 1719. It was based on the adventures of Alexander Selkirk, a Scottish pirate, who was stranded on the island of Juan Fernandez, west of South America, in 1704, and stayed there for more than four years before he was rescued.
1. Yorkshire. This was the district of England where, according to the story, Robinson Crusoe was born and passed his early life.
1. Yorkshire. This was the area in England where, according to the story, Robinson Crusoe was born and spent his early years.
3. Open-kneed breeches. At this period knee breeches were worn almost altogether in England. Those referred to here appear to have been loose about the knee, and not close, as usual.
3. Open-kneed breeches. During this time, knee breeches were commonly worn in England. The ones mentioned here seem to have been loose around the knee, rather than the typical tight fit.
5. Instead of sword and dagger. It was then the fashion in England for gentlemen to wear such weapons.
5. Instead of a sword and dagger. Back then, it was trendy in England for gentlemen to carry those kinds of weapons.
8. Such as in England would have passed for frightful. It was not the custom in England, in DeFoe's time, to wear a full beard.
8. In England, it would have been considered terrifying. Back in Defoe's day, it wasn't common to wear a full beard in England.
LV. SOMEBODY'S DARLING. (150)
1. Into a ward of the whitewashed halls,
Where the dead and dying lay,
Wounded by bayonets, shells, and balls,
Somebody's darling was borne one day;
1. In a room with whitewashed walls,
Where the dead and dying rested,
Injured by bayonets, shells, and bullets,
Somebody's darling was brought in one day;
2. Somebody's darling, so young and brave,
Wearing yet on his pale, sweet face,
Soon to be hid by the dust of the grave,
The lingering light of his boyhood's grace.
2. Somebody's darling, so young and brave,
Still wearing that pale, sweet face,
Soon to be covered by the dust of the grave,
The fading glow of his childhood's charm.
3. Matted and damp are the curls of gold,
Kissing the snow of that fair young brow;
Pale are the lips of delicate mold
Somebody's darling is dying now.
3. Matted and damp are the golden curls,
Kissing the snow on that lovely young brow;
Pale are the lips of delicate shape
Somebody's darling is dying now.
4. Back from his beautiful, blue-veined brow,
Brush all the wandering waves of gold;
Cross his hands on his bosom now;
Somebody's darling is still and cold.
4. Back from his beautiful, blue-veined forehead,
Brush all the stray strands of gold;
Cross his hands over his chest now;
Somebody's darling is quiet and cold.
5. Kiss him once for somebody's sake,
Murmur a prayer soft and low;
One bright curl from its fair mates take;
They were somebody's pride, you know;
5. Kiss him once for someone’s sake,
Whisper a prayer softly;
Take one bright curl from its beautiful friends;
They were someone’s pride, you know;
6. Somebody's hand has rested there;
Was it a mother's, soft and white?
And have the lips of a sister fair
Been baptized in the waves of light?
6. Someone's hand has rested there;
Was it a mother's, gentle and pale?
And have the lips of a lovely sister
Been kissed by the waves of light?
7. God knows best! he was somebody's love:
Somebody's heart enshrined him there;
Somebody wafted his name above,
Night and morn, on the wings of prayer.
7. God knows best! He was someone’s love:
Someone’s heart treasured him there;
Someone lifted his name high,
Night and morning, on the wings of prayer.
8. Somebody wept when he marched away,
Looking so handsome, brave, and grand;
Somebody's kiss on his forehead lay;
Somebody clung to his parting hand.
8. Someone cried when he left,
Looking so handsome, brave, and impressive;
Someone's kiss rested on his forehead;
Someone held tightly to his departing hand.
9. Somebody's watching and waiting for him,
Yearning to hold him again to her heart;
And there he lies, with his blue eyes dim,
And the smiling, childlike lips apart.
9. Someone's watching and waiting for him,
Longing to hold him close to her heart again;
And there he lies, his blue eyes dull,
And his smiling, childlike lips slightly parted.
10. Tenderly bury the fair young dead,
Pausing too drop on his grave a tear;
Carve on the wooden slab at his head,
"Somebody's darling slumbers here."
10. Gently bury the beautiful young person,
Stopping to drop a tear on his grave;
Carve on the wooden slab at his head,
"Somebody's darling rests here."
DEFINITIONS.—1. Bay'o-net, a short, pointed iron weapon, fitted to the muzzle of a gun. Dar'ling, one dearly loved. 2. Lin'ger-ing, protracted. 3. Mat'ted, twisted together. Del'i-cate, soft and fair. Mold, shape. 4. Wan'der-ing, straying. 7. En-shrined', cherished. Waft'ed, caused to float. 9. Yearn'ing, being eager, longing. 10. Ten'der-ly, gently, kindly.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Bayonet, a short, pointed iron weapon attached to the end of a gun. Darling, someone who is dearly loved. 2. Lingering, prolonged. 3. Matted, twisted together. Delicate, soft and beautiful. Mold, shape. 4. Wandering, straying. 7. Enshrined, cherished. Wafted, caused to float. 9. Yearning, feeling eager, longing. 10. Tenderly, gently, kindly.
LVI. KNOWLEDGE IS POWER. (151)
1. "What an excellent thing is knowledge," said a sharp-looking, hustling little man, to one who was much older than himself. "Knowledge is an excellent thing," repeated he. "My boys know more at six and seven years old than I did at twelve. They can read all sorts of books, and talk on all sorts of subjects. The world is a great deal wiser than it used to he. Everybody knows something of everything now. Do you not think, sir, that knowledge is all excellent thing?"
1. "Knowledge is such an amazing thing," said a sharp-looking, busy little man to someone much older than him. "Knowledge really is incredible," he said again. "My kids know more at six and seven than I did at twelve. They can read all kinds of books and talk about all sorts of topics. The world is so much wiser than it used to be. Everyone knows a little about everything now. Don’t you think, sir, that knowledge is an excellent thing?"
2. "Why, sir," replied the old man, looking grave, "that depends entirely upon the use to which it is applied. It may be a blessing or a curse. Knowledge is only an increase of power, and power may be a bad, as well as a good thing." "That is what I can not understand," said the bustling little man. "How can power he a bad thing?"
2. "Why, sir," replied the old man, looking serious, "that entirely depends on how it's used. It can be a blessing or a curse. Knowledge just increases power, and power can be both good and bad." "That's what I can't wrap my head around," said the busy little man. "How can power be a bad thing?"
3. "I will tell you," meekly replied the old man; and thus he went on: "When the power of a horse is under restraint, the animal is useful in bearing burdens, drawing loads, and carrying his master; but when that power is unrestrained, the horse breaks his bridle, dashes to pieces the carriage that he draws, or throws his rider." "I see!" said the little man.
3. "I'll tell you," the old man replied quietly; and he continued: "When a horse's power is kept in check, it's useful for carrying loads, pulling carts, and giving rides to its owner; but when that power isn't controlled, the horse breaks free of its bridle, wrecks the carriage it's pulling, or throws off its rider." "Got it!" said the little man.
4. "When the water of a large pond is properly conducted by trenches, it renders the fields around fertile; but when it bursts through its banks, it sweeps everything before it and destroys the produce of the fields." "I see!" said the little man, "I see!"
4. "When the water from a large pond is channeled properly through trenches, it makes the surrounding fields fertile; but when it overflows its banks, it washes everything away and destroys the crops in the fields." "I get it!" said the little man, "I get it!"
5. "When the ship is steered aright, the sail that she hoists enables her sooner to get into port; but if steered wrong, the more sail she carries the further will she go out of her course." "I see!" said the little man, "I see clearly!"
5. "When the ship is steered in the right direction, the sails she raises help her reach the harbor faster; but if she's steered wrong, the more sails she carries, the further off course she'll end up." "I get it!" said the little man, "I understand completely!"
6. "Well, then," continued the old man, "if you see these things so clearly, I hope you can see, too, that knowledge, to be a good thing, must be rightly applied. God's grace in the heart will render the knowledge of the head a blessing; but without this, it may prove to us no better than a curse." "I see! I see!" said the little man, "I see!"
6. "Well, then," the old man continued, "if you understand these things so clearly, I hope you can also see that knowledge, to be truly valuable, needs to be applied wisely. God's grace in the heart will make the knowledge in the head a blessing; but without it, it could be nothing more than a curse for us." "I get it! I get it!" said the little man, "I get it!"
DEFINITIONS.—l. Bus'tling, very active, stirring. Sub'ject, the thing treated of. 3. Meek'ly, mildly, quietly, gently. Re-straint', anything which hinders. Bur'dens, loads. 4. Con-duct'ed, led, guided. Trench'es, ditches. Fer'tile, producing much fruit, rich. Prod'uce, that which is yielded or produced. 5. Steered', guided, directed. Hoists, raises. 6. Ap-plied', directed, made use of.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Bustling, very active, lively. Subject, the topic being discussed. 3. Meekly, softly, quietly, gently. Restraint, anything that holds back. Burdens, loads. 4. Conducted, led, guided. Trenches, ditches. Fertile, producing a lot of fruit, rich. Produce, what is yielded or produced. 5. Steered, guided, directed. Hoists, raises. 6. Applied, directed, put to use.
EXERCISES—What is the subject of this lesson? Is knowledge always a power? Is it always blessing? Relate the several examples of power wrongly used. If we use the powers that God has given us for bad purposes, what will our knowledge prove to be?
EXERCISES—What’s the main topic of this lesson? Is knowledge always a power? Is it always a blessing? Discuss the different examples of power being misused. If we use the abilities that God has given us for negative purposes, what will our knowledge turn out to be?
LVII. GOOD WILL. (153)
By J. T. Trowbridge.—(Adapted)
LVII. GOOD WILL. (153)
By J. T. Trowbridge.—(Adapted)
1. I suppose you all, my boys, are looking for some sort of success in life; it is right that you should; but what are your notions of success? To get rich as soon as possible, without regard to the means by which your wealth is acquired?
1. I guess you all, my guys, are searching for some kind of success in life; that makes sense. But what do you think success really is? Is it about getting rich as quickly as possible, no matter how you achieve that wealth?
2. There is no true success in that: when you have gained millions, you may yet be poorer than when you had nothing; and it is that same reckless ambition which has brought many a bright and capable boy, not to great estate at last, but to miserable failure and disgrace; not to a palace, but to a prison.
2. There’s no real success in that: when you’ve made millions, you might still be poorer than when you had nothing; and it’s that same reckless ambition that has led many bright and capable young men, not to great wealth in the end, but to miserable failure and disgrace; not to a mansion, but to a prison.
3. Wealth rightly got and rightly used, rational enjoyment, power, fame,—these are all worthy objects of ambition; but they are not the highest objects, and you may acquire them all without achieving true success. But if, whatever you seek, you put good will into all your actions, you are sure of the best success at last; for whatever else you gain or miss, you are building up a noble and beautiful character, which is not only the best of possessions in this world, but also is about all you can expect to take with you into the next.
3. Wealth that is earned fairly and used wisely, enjoying life to the fullest, having power, and gaining fame—these are all worthwhile goals to strive for; however, they aren't the ultimate goals, and you can achieve all of them without experiencing true success. But if you approach everything you pursue with good intentions, you're guaranteed to find the best kind of success in the end; because no matter what else you gain or lose, you are cultivating a noble and admirable character, which is not only the greatest asset in this life but is also what you can hope to carry with you into the next.
4. I say, good will in all your actions. You are not simply to be kind and helpful to others; but, whatever you do, give honest, earnest purpose to it. Thomas is put by his parents to learn a business. But Thomas does not like to apply himself very closely. "What's the use?" he says. "I'm not paid much, and I'm not going to work much. I'll get along just as easily as I can, and have as good times as I can."
4. I say, have good intentions in everything you do. You shouldn't just be kind and helpful to others; whatever you do, put in honest, serious effort. Thomas's parents have him learn a trade. But Thomas isn't keen on working hard. "What's the point?" he says. "I don't get paid much, so I'm not going to put in much effort. I’ll manage as easily as I can and enjoy myself as much as I can."
5. So he shirks his tasks; and instead of thinking about his employer's interests, or his own self improvement, gives his mind to trifles,—often to evil things, which in their ruinous effects upon his life are not trifles. As soon as he is free from his daily duties, he is off with his companions, having what they call a good time; his heart is with them even while his hands are employed in the shop or store.
5. So he avoids his responsibilities; instead of focusing on his boss's interests or his own personal growth, he lets his mind wander to insignificant things—often to harmful things that have serious negative effects on his life. As soon as he finishes his daily tasks, he’s off with his friends, enjoying what they call a good time; his heart is with them even while he’s working in the shop or store.
6. He does nothing thoroughly well,—not at all for want of talent, but solely for lack of good will. He is not preparing himself to be one of those efficient clerks or workmen who are always in demand, and who receive the highest wages.
6. He doesn’t do anything well—not because he lacks talent, but simply because he doesn’t put in the effort. He isn’t getting ready to be one of those skilled workers or employees who are always in demand and earn the highest pay.
7. There is a class of people who are the pest of every community, workmen who do not know their trade, men of business ignorant of the first principles of business. They can never be relied upon to do well anything they undertake. They are always making blunders which other people have to suffer for, and which react upon themselves. They are always getting out of employment, and failing in business.
7. There’s a group of people who are a nuisance in every community: workers who don't know their trade and businesspeople who lack a grasp of basic business principles. They can never be trusted to successfully complete any task they take on. They constantly make mistakes that others have to deal with, and that ultimately affect them too. They are always losing jobs and failing in their businesses.
8. To make up for what they lack in knowledge and thoroughness, they often resort to trick and fraud, and become not merely contemptible but criminal. Thomas is preparing himself to be one of this class. You can not, boys, expect to raise a good crop from evil seed.
8. To compensate for their lack of knowledge and depth, they often turn to tricks and deceit, becoming not just pathetic but criminal. Thomas is getting ready to join this group. You can’t, boys, expect to grow a good harvest from bad seeds.
9. By Thomas's side works another boy, whom we will call James,—a lad of only ordinary capacity, very likely. If Thomas and all the other boys did their best, there would be but small chance for James ever to become eminent. But he has something better than talent: he brings good will to his work. Whatever he learns, he learns so well that it becomes a part of himself.
9. By Thomas's side is another boy, whom we’ll call James—a kid who is probably just average in ability. If Thomas and all the other boys really tried their hardest, there wouldn’t be much chance for James to stand out. But he has something more valuable than talent: he approaches his work with a positive attitude. Whatever he learns, he masters it so well that it truly becomes a part of him.
10. His employers find that they can depend upon Jim. Customers soon learn to like and trust him. By diligence, self-culture, good habits, cheerful and kindly conduct, he is laying the foundation of a generous manhood and a genuine success.
10. His employers realize they can count on Jim. Customers quickly begin to like and trust him. Through hard work, self-improvement, good habits, and a friendly and caring attitude, he is building the foundation for a generous character and real success.
11. In short, boys, by slighting your tasks you hurt yourself more than you wrong your employer. By honest service you benefit yourself more than you help him. If you were aiming at mere worldly advancement only, I should still say that good will was the very best investment you could make in business.
11. In short, guys, by neglecting your tasks, you hurt yourself more than you do your employer. By putting in honest work, you gain more for yourself than you do for him. Even if your goal was just to get ahead in the world, I would still say that having a good attitude is the best investment you could make in your career.
12. By cheating a customer, you gain only a temporary and unreal advantage. By serving him with right good will,—doing by him as you would be done by,—you not only secure his confidence but also his good will in return. But this is a sordid consideration compared with the inward satisfaction, the glow and expansion of soul which attend a good action done for itself alone. If I were to sum up all I have to say to you in one last word of love and counsel, that one word should be—Good will.
12. Cheating a customer only gives you a short-lived and false advantage. When you treat them with genuine kindness—doing for them what you'd want done for yourself—you not only earn their trust but also their goodwill in return. However, this feels trivial compared to the deep satisfaction and joy that come from doing a good deed for its own sake. If I could sum up everything I want to share with you in one last word of love and advice, that word would be—Goodwill.
DEFINITIONS.—3. Char'ac-ter, the sum of qualities which distin-guish one person from another. 4. Purpose, intention, aim. 7. Prin'ci-ples, fixed rules. 9. Ca-pac'i-ty, ability, the power of re-ceiving ideas. 12. Sor'did, base, meanly avaricious.
DEFINITIONS.—3. Character, the total of qualities that set one person apart from another. 4. Purpose, intention, goal. 7. Principles, established rules. 9. Capacity, ability, the power to receive ideas. 12. Sordid, base, selfishly greedy.
EXERCISES.—What is meant by the phrase "to apply himself," in the fourth paragraph? What is meant by "a generous manhood," tenth paragraph? By "expansion of soul," twelfth paragraph? Tell what is meant by "good will," as taught by this lesson. How did Tom and James differ in character?
EXERCISES.—What does the phrase "to apply himself" mean in the fourth paragraph? What does "a generous manhood" mean in the tenth paragraph? What does "expansion of soul" refer to in the twelfth paragraph? Explain what "good will" means according to this lesson. How were Tom and James different in character?
LVIII. A CHINESE STORY. (156)
By Christopher Pearse Cranch, who was born at Alexandria, Va. (then D. C.), in 1813. He has written some well-known children's stories, besides numerous poems; but his greatest literary work is "The AEneid of Vergil, translated into English blank verse." He died in Cambridge Mass., 1892.
By Christopher Pearse Cranch, who was born in Alexandria, VA (then D.C.) in 1813. He has written some famous children's stories, along with many poems; however, his most significant literary achievement is "The Aeneid of Vergil, translated into English blank verse." He passed away in Cambridge, MA, in 1892.
1. Two young, near-sighted fellows, Chang and Ching,
Over their chopsticks idly chattering,
Fell to disputing which could see the best;
At last, they agreed to put it to the test.
Said Chang, "A marble tablet, so I hear,
Is placed upon the Bo-hee temple near,
With an inscription on it. Let us go
And read it (since you boast your optics so),
Standing together at a certain place
In front, where we the letters just may trace;
Then he who quickest reads the inscription there,
The palm for keenest eyes henceforth shall bear."
"Agreed," said Ching, "but let us try it soon:
Suppose we say to-morrow afternoon."
1. Two young, near-sighted guys, Chang and Ching,
Over their chopsticks, casually chatting,
Started arguing about who could see better;
Finally, they decided to settle it.
Chang said, "I’ve heard there’s a marble tablet
At the Bo-hee temple,
With an inscription on it. Let’s go
And read it (since you brag about your vision),
Standing together at a specific spot
In front, where we can make out the letters;
Then whoever reads the inscription first,
Shall be crowned the one with the sharpest eyes."
"Sounds good," said Ching, "but let’s do it soon:
How about tomorrow afternoon?"
2. "Nay, not so soon," said Chang; "I'm bound to go
To-morrow a day's ride from Hoang-Ho,
And sha'n't be ready till the following day:
At ten A. M., on Thursday, let us say."
2. "No, not just yet," said Chang; "I've got to leave
Tomorrow for a day's ride from Hoang-Ho,
And I won’t be ready until the next day:
Let’s say at 10 A.M. on Thursday."
3. So 'twas arranged; but Ching was wide-awake:
Time by the forelock he resolved to take;
And to the temple went at once, and read,
Upon the tablet, "To the illustrious dead,
The chief of mandarins, the great Goh-Bang."
Scarce had he gone when stealthily came Chang,
Who read the same; but peering closer, he
Spied in a corner what Ching failed to see—
The words, "This tablet is erected here
By those to whom the great Goh-Bang was dear."
3. So it was set; but Ching was wide awake:
He decided to seize the moment;
And he immediately went to the temple and read,
On the tablet, "To the distinguished dead,
The chief of mandarins, the great Goh-Bang."
As soon as he left, Chang stealthily arrived,
Who read the same; but looking closer, he
Spotted in a corner what Ching didn’t see—
The words, "This tablet is dedicated here
By those who held the great Goh-Bang dear."
4. So on the appointed day—both innocent
As babes, of course—these honest fellows went,
And took their distant station; and Ching said,
"I can read plainly, 'To the illustrious dead,
The chief of mandarins, the great Goh-Bang.'"
"And is that all that you can spell?" said Chang;
"I see what you have read, but furthermore,
In smaller letters, toward the temple door,
Quite plain, 'This tablet is erected here
By those to whom the great Goh-Bang was dear.'"
4. So on the scheduled day—completely innocent
Like babes, of course—these honest guys went,
And took their distant spot; and Ching said,
"I can read clearly, 'To the honored dead,
The chief of mandarins, the great Goh-Bang.'"
"Is that all you can read?" asked Chang;
"I see what you've read, but also,
In smaller letters, near the temple door,
It clearly says, 'This tablet is set up here
By those who cherished the great Goh-Bang.'"
5. "My sharp-eyed friend, there are no such words!" said Ching.
"They're there," said Chang, "if I see anything,
As clear as daylight." "Patent eyes, indeed,
You have!" cried Ching; "do you think I can not read?"
"Not at this distance as I can," Chang said,
"If what you say you saw is all you read."
5. "My sharp-eyed friend, those words don't exist!" said Ching.
"They do exist," said Chang, "if I can see anything,
As clear as day." "You really have keen eyes,"
Ching exclaimed; "do you think I can't read?"
"Not from this far as well as I can," Chang said,
"If what you claim to have seen is all you've read."
6. In fine, they quarreled, and their wrath increased,
Till Chang said, "Let us leave it to the priest;
Lo! here he comes to meet us," "It is well,"
Said honest Ching; "no falsehood he will tell."
6. In the end, they fought, and their anger grew,
Until Chang said, "Let’s ask the priest;
Look! Here he comes to meet us," "That’s a good idea,"
Said honest Ching; "He won't lie to us."
7. The good man heard their artless story through,
And said, "I think, dear sirs, there must be few
Blest with such wondrous eyes as those you wear:
There's no such tablet or inscription there!
There was one, it is true; 't was moved away
And placed within the temple yesterday."
7. The good man listened to their simple story,
And said, "I believe, gentlemen, there can't be many
Blessed with such amazing eyes as yours:
There's no tablet or inscription like that!
There was one, it's true; it was moved
And put inside the temple yesterday."
DEFINITIONS.—1. Near-sight'ed, seeing at a short distance only. Chop'sticks, small sticks of wood, ivory, etc., used in pairs by Chinese to carry food to the mouth. Tab'let, a small, flat piece of anything on which to write or engrave. In-scrip'tion, something written or engraved on a solid substance. Op'tics, eyes. Palm, the reward of victory, prize. 2. A. M., an abbreviation for the Latin ante meridian, meaning before noon. 3. Man-da-rin', a Chinese public officer. 5. Pat'ent, secured from general use, peculiar to one person.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Near-sighted, able to see only at a short distance. Chopsticks, small sticks made of wood, ivory, etc., used in pairs by Chinese people to eat. Tablet, a small, flat piece of anything for writing or engraving. Inscription, something written or engraved on a solid surface. Optics, relating to the eyes. Palm, the reward for victory, a prize. 2. A.M., an abbreviation for the Latin ante meridian, meaning before noon. 3. Mandarin, a Chinese public official. 5. Patent, protected from general use, specific to one person.
LXX. THE WAY TO BE HAPPY. (159)
1. Every child must observe how much more happy and beloved some children are than others. There are some children you always love to be with. They are happy themselves, and they make you happy.
1. Every child needs to notice how much happier and more loved some kids are than others. There are some kids you just love being around. They're happy on their own, and they make you happy too.
2. There are others whom you always avoid. They seem to have no friends. No person can be happy without friends. The heart is formed for love, and can not be happy without it.
2. There are people you always steer clear of. They appear to have no friends. No one can truly be happy without friends. The heart is made for love and cannot be happy without it.
3. "'Tis not in titles nor in rank,
'Tis not in wealth like London bank,
To make us truly blest.
If happiness have not her seat
And center in the breast,
We may be wise, or rich, or great,
But never can be blest."
3. "It's not about titles or status,
It's not about wealth like a bank in London,
That makes us truly happy.
If happiness doesn't come from within,
And isn't centered in our hearts,
We might be wise, or rich, or important,
But we can never be truly happy."
4. But you can not receive affection unless you will also give it. You can not find others to love you unless you will also love them. Love is only to be obtained by giving love in return. Hence the importance of cultivating a good disposition. You can not be happy without it.
4. But you can't receive love unless you're willing to give it. You won't find people who love you unless you love them back. Love can only be earned by offering love in return. That's why it's important to develop a positive attitude. You can't be happy without it.
5. I have sometimes heard a girl say, "I know that I am very unpopular at school." Now, this plainly shows that she is not amiable.
5. I've sometimes heard a girl say, "I know I'm really unpopular at school." This clearly shows that she’s not very likable.
6. If your companions do not love you, it is your own fault. They can not help loving you if you will be kind and friendly. If you are not loved, it is a good proof that you do not deserve to be loved. It is true that a sense of duty may, at times, render it necessary for you to do that which will displease your companions.
6. If your friends don’t love you, it’s your own fault. They can’t help but love you if you’re kind and friendly. If you’re not loved, it’s a clear sign that you don’t deserve to be loved. It’s true that sometimes, a sense of duty might require you to do things that will upset your friends.
7. But if it is seen that you have a noble spirit, that you are above selfishness, that you are willing to make sacrifices to promote the happiness of others, you will never be in want of friends.
7. But if it's clear that you have a noble spirit, that you're above selfishness, and that you're willing to make sacrifices to promote the happiness of others, you'll never be short of friends.
8. You must not regard it as your misfortune that others do not love you, but your fault. It is not beauty, it is not wealth, that will give you friends. Your heart must glow with kindness, if you would attract to yourself the esteem and affection of those around you.
8. You shouldn’t see it as bad luck that others don’t love you, but rather as a reflection on yourself. It’s not beauty or money that will bring you friends. Your heart needs to be filled with kindness if you want to earn the respect and love of those around you.
9. You are little aware how much the happiness of your whole life depends upon the cultivation of a good disposition. If you will adopt the resolution that you will confer favors whenever you can, you will certainly be surrounded by ardent friends. Begin upon this principle in childhood, and act upon it through life, and you will make yourself happy, and promote the happiness of all within your influence.
9. You probably don't realize how much your entire happiness depends on having a positive attitude. If you decide to do kind things whenever possible, you'll definitely find yourself surrounded by loyal friends. Start following this principle as a child and keep it up throughout your life, and you'll not only make yourself happy but also spread happiness to everyone around you.
10. You go to school on a cold winter morning. A bright fire is blazing in the stove, surrounded with boys struggling to get near it to warm themselves. After you are slightly warmed, a schoolmate comes in suffering with cold. "Here, James," you pleasantly call out to him, "I am almost warm; you may have my place."
10. You head to school on a chilly winter morning. A bright fire is roaring in the stove, surrounded by boys trying to get close to it to warm up. After you’re a bit warmed up, a classmate walks in looking cold. "Hey, James," you call out to him happily, "I’m almost warm; you can take my spot."
11. As you slip aside to allow him to take your place at the fire, will he not feel that you are kind? The worst boy in the world can not help admiring such generosity; and, even though he be so ungrateful as not to return the favor, you may depend upon it that he will be your friend as far as he is capable of friendship. If you will always act upon this principle, you will never want for friends.
11. As you step aside to let him take your spot by the fire, won’t he recognize your kindness? Even the worst kid in the world can't help but admire such generosity; and, even if he's too ungrateful to return the favor, you can be sure he will be your friend as much as he's capable of being one. If you always stick to this principle, you'll never be short of friends.
12. Suppose, some day, you are out with your companions playing ball. After you have been playing for some time, another boy comes along. He can not be chosen upon either side, for there is no one to match him. "Henry," you say, "you may take my place a little while, and I will rest."
12. Imagine one day, you’re out with your friends playing ball. After you’ve been playing for a while, another kid shows up. He can’t be picked for either team because there’s no one to pair with him. “Henry,” you say, “you can take my spot for a bit while I take a break.”
13. You throw yourself down upon the grass, while Henry, fresh and vigorous, takes your bat and engages in the game. He knows that you give up to oblige him, and how can he help liking you for it? The fact is, that neither man nor child can cultivate such a spirit of generosity and kindness without attracting affection and esteem.
13. You flop down on the grass, while Henry, all energized and lively, takes your bat and joins the game. He knows that you’re letting him have his way, and how can he not appreciate you for it? The truth is, neither adults nor kids can nurture a spirit of generosity and kindness without earning affection and respect.
14. Look and see which of your companions have the most friends, and you will find that they are those who have this noble spirit; who are willing to deny themselves, that they may make others happy. There is but one way to make friends; and that is, by being friendly to others.
14. Check out which of your friends have the most connections, and you'll see that they are the ones with this generous spirit; willing to put others before themselves to bring happiness. There’s only one way to make friends, and that’s by being friendly to others.
15. Perhaps some child who reads this feels conscious of being disliked, and yet desires to have the affection of his companions. You ask me what you shall do. I will tell you. I will give you an infallible rule: Do all in your power to make others happy. Be willing to make sacrifices, that you may promote the happiness of others.
15. Maybe some kid reading this feels like they're not liked, but still wants their friends' affection. You're wondering what you should do. Let me tell you. Here's a foolproof rule: Do everything you can to make others happy. Be ready to make sacrifices to help bring happiness to others.
16. This is the way to make friends, and the only way. When you are playing with your brothers and sisters at home, be always ready to give them more than their share of privileges. Manifest an obliging disposition, and they can not but regard you with affection. In all your intercourse with others, at home or abroad, let these feelings influence you, and you will receive a rich reward.
16. This is how to make friends, and the only way to do it. When you're playing with your siblings at home, always be willing to give them more than their fair share of fun. Show a kind attitude, and they won't be able to help but feel fond of you. In all your interactions with others, whether at home or elsewhere, let these feelings guide you, and you'll reap great rewards.
DEFINITIONS.—4. Cul'ti-vat-ing, cherishing, encouraging. 5. Un-pop'u-lar, not pleasing others. 6. Com-pan'ions, those who keep company with anyone. 7. Sac'ri-fic-es, things given up to oblige others. Pro-mote', advance, forward. 10. Suf'fer-ing, undergoing pain. 11. Gen-er-os'i-ty, kindness, nobleness of soul. 15. In-fal'li-ble, certain, that can not fail. 16. Man'i-fest, to show plainly. In'ter-course, communication, mutual dealings.
DEFINITIONS.—4. Cultivating, nurturing, encouraging. 5. Unpopular, not pleasing to others. 6. Companions, those who spend time with someone. 7. Sacrifices, things given up to please others. Promote, advance, support. 10. Suffering, experiencing pain. 11. Generosity, kindness, nobility of spirit. 15. Infallible, certain, cannot fail. 16. Manifest, to show clearly. Intercourse, communication, mutual interactions.
EXERCISES.—What is this lesson about? Can we be happy without friends? How can we win the love of those about us? Whose fault is it if we are not loved? What rule will surely gain us love and friendship if we always follow it?
EXERCISES.—What is this lesson about? Can we be happy without friends? How can we earn the love of those around us? Whose responsibility is it if we aren’t loved? What rule will definitely help us gain love and friendship if we always follow it?
LX. THE GIRAFFE, OR CAMELOPARD. (162)
1. The giraffe is a native of Africa. It is of singular shape and size, and bears some resemblance both to the camel and the deer. The mouth is small; the eyes are full and brilliant; the tongue is rough, very long, and ending in a point. The neck is long and slender, and, from the shoulder to the top of the head, it measures between seven and eight feet; from the ground to the top of the shoulder, it is commonly ten or eleven feet; so that the height of a full-grown giraffe is seventeen or eighteen feet.
1. The giraffe is native to Africa. It has a unique shape and size, and resembles both a camel and a deer. Its mouth is small, its eyes are large and bright, and its tongue is rough, very long, and pointed. The neck is long and slim, measuring between seven and eight feet from the shoulder to the top of the head; from the ground to the top of the shoulder, it's usually ten or eleven feet. This means a full-grown giraffe typically stands around seventeen or eighteen feet tall.
2. The hair is of a deep brown color in the male, and of a light or yellowish brown in the female. The skin is beautifully diversified with white spots. They have short, blunt horns, and hoofs like those of the ox. In their wild state, they feed on the leaves of a gum-bearing tree peculiar to warm climates.
2. The male has deep brown fur, while the female has a lighter or yellowish-brown coat. Their skin has a lovely pattern of white spots. They have short, blunt horns and hooves similar to an ox. In the wild, they eat the leaves of a gum tree that is unique to warm climates.
3. The giraffe, like the horse and other hoofed animals, defends itself by kicking; and its hinder limbs are so light, and its blows so rapid, that the eye can not follow them. They are sufficient for its defense against the lion. It never employs its horns in resisting the attack of an enemy. Its disposition is gentle, and it flees to its native forest upon the least alarm.
3. The giraffe, similar to horses and other hoofed animals, defends itself by kicking; its back legs are so light and its kicks so quick that the eye can't keep up with them. They are enough to protect it from lions. It never uses its horns when facing an enemy. The giraffe's nature is gentle, and it runs to its home in the forest at the slightest sign of danger.
4. Le Vaillant (the celebrated French traveler and naturalist) was the first who gave us any exact account of the form and habits of the giraffe. While he was traveling in South Africa, he happened one day to discover a hut covered with the skin of one of those animals; and learned to his surprise that he was now in a part of the country where the creature was found. He could not rest contented until he had seen the animal alive, and had secured a specimen.
4. Le Vaillant (the famous French traveler and naturalist) was the first to provide an accurate description of the shape and behavior of the giraffe. While he was traveling in South Africa, he discovered a hut covered with the skin of one of these animals and was surprised to learn that he was in an area where the creature could be found. He couldn't be satisfied until he had seen the animal alive and had obtained a specimen.
5. Having on several days obtained sight of some of them, he, with his attendants, on horseback and accompanied with dogs, gave chase; but they baffled all pursuit. After a chase of a whole day, which effected nothing but the fatigue of the party, he began to despair of success.
5. After spotting some of them on several occasions, he, along with his companions on horseback and with their dogs, went after them; however, they eluded all attempts to catch them. After a full day of chasing, which only resulted in exhausting the group, he started to lose hope of success.
6. "The next day," says he, "by sunrise, I was in pursuit of game, in the hope of obtaining some provisions for my men. After several hours' fatigue, we saw, at the turn of a hill, seven giraffes, which my pack of dogs instantly pursued. Six of them went off together; but the seventh, cut off by my dogs, took another way.
6. "The next day," he says, "by sunrise, I went out looking for game, hoping to find some food for my men. After several hours of tiring work, we spotted seven giraffes at the bend of a hill, and my pack of dogs immediately chased after them. Six of the giraffes ran off together, but the seventh, separated by my dogs, took a different route."
7. "I followed the single one at full speed, but, in spite of the efforts of my horse, she got so much ahead of me, that, in turning a little hill, I lost sight of her altogether, and I gave up the pursuit. My dogs, however, were not so easily exhausted. They were soon so close upon her that she was obliged to stop and defend herself. From the noise they made, I conjectured that they had got the animal into a corner, and I again pushed forward.
7. "I chased the lone one at full speed, but despite my horse’s efforts, she got so far ahead of me that when I went over a small hill, I completely lost sight of her and gave up the chase. My dogs, however, weren’t as easily tired. They soon caught up to her so closely that she had to stop and defend herself. From the noise they were making, I figured they had trapped the animal in a corner, and I pushed forward again."
8. "I had scarcely got round the hill, when I perceived her surrounded by the dogs, and endeavoring to drive them away by heavy kicks. In a moment I was on my feet, and a shot from my carbine brought her to the earth. I was delighted with my victory, which enabled me to add to the riches of natural history. I was now able, also, to destroy the romance which attached to this animal, and to establish the truth of its existence."
8. "I had barely gotten around the hill when I saw her surrounded by the dogs, trying to fend them off with strong kicks. In an instant, I was on my feet, and a shot from my rifle brought her down. I was thrilled with my victory, which allowed me to contribute to the wealth of natural history. I was also able to dismantle the myth surrounding this animal and prove that it really existed."
DEFINITIONS.—l. Bril'liant, sparkling, shining. 2. Di-ver'si-fied, made various. Pe-cul'iar, especially belonging to. 4. Le Vaillant (pro. leh va yon'). Nat'u-ral-ist, one who is acquainted with objects of nature. Spec'i-men, a sample. 5. Baf 'fled, defeated, escaped from. Fa-tigue', weariness. 7. Con-jec'tured, guessed. 8. Car'bine, a short gun. Ro-mance', a story without truth.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Brilliant, sparkling, shining. 2. Diversified, made various. Peculiar, especially belonging to. 4. Le Vaillant (pronounced leh va-yon). Naturalist, someone knowledgeable about nature. Specimen, a sample. 5. Baffled, defeated, escaped from. Fatigue, weariness. 7. Conjectured, guessed. 8. Carbine, a short gun. Romance, a story without truth.
EXERCISES.—Of what country is the giraffe a native? To what height does it attain when full grown? On what does it live? How does it defend itself? Relate the story of Le Vaillant's giraffe hunt.
EXERCISES.—What country is the giraffe originally from? How tall does it get when fully grown? What does it eat? How does it protect itself? Tell the story of Le Vaillant's giraffe hunt.
LXI. THE LOST CHILD. (165)
1. A few years since, a child was lost in the woods. He was out with his brothers and sisters gathering berries, and was accidentally separated from them, and lost. The children, after looking in vain for some time in search of the little wanderer, returned, just in the dusk of the evening, to inform their parents that their brother was lost and could not be found.
1. A few years ago, a child got lost in the woods. He was out with his brothers and sisters picking berries when he accidentally got separated from them and ended up lost. After searching for a while without success, the children returned home just as evening was falling to tell their parents that their brother was missing and couldn’t be found.
2. The woods, at that time, were full of bears. The darkness of a cloudy night was rapidly coming on, and the alarmed father, gathering a few of his neighbors, hastened in search of the lost child. The mother remained at home, almost distracted with suspense.
2. The woods were full of bears back then. The darkness of a cloudy night was quickly setting in, and the worried father, rounding up a few of his neighbors, rushed off to find the lost child. The mother stayed at home, nearly frantic with worry.
3. As the clouds gathered, and the darkness increased, the father and the neighbors, with highly excited fears, traversed the woods in all directions, and raised loud shouts to attract the attention of the child. But their search was in vain. They could find no trace of the wanderer; and, as they stood under the boughs of the lofty trees, and listened, that if possible they might hear his feeble voice, no sound was borne to their ears but the melancholy moaning of the wind as it swept through the thick branches of the forest.
3. As the clouds rolled in and darkness deepened, the father and the neighbors, filled with intense fear, searched the woods in every direction, shouting loudly to get the child's attention. But their search was unsuccessful. They couldn't find any sign of the lost child; and as they stood under the tall trees, straining to hear his weak voice, all they could hear was the sad moaning of the wind as it blew through the dense branches of the forest.
4. The gathering clouds threatened an approaching storm, and the deep darkness of the night had already enveloped them. It is difficult to conceive what were the feelings of that father. And who could imagine how deep the distress which filled the bosom of that mother, as she heard the wind, and beheld the darkness in which her child was wandering!
4. The gathering clouds hinted at an upcoming storm, and the deep darkness of night had already surrounded them. It's hard to understand what that father was feeling. And who could fathom the overwhelming worry that filled that mother as she heard the wind and saw the darkness in which her child was lost?
5. The search was continued in vain till nine o'clock in the evening. Then, one of the party was sent back to the village, to collect the inhabitants for a more extensive search. The bell rung the alarm, and the cry of fire resounded through the streets. It was ascertained, however, that it was not fire which caused the alarm, but that the bell tolled the more solemn tidings of a lost child.
5. The search went on without success until nine o'clock in the evening. Then, one person from the group was sent back to the village to gather the locals for a larger search effort. The bell rang to sound the alarm, and the cry of fire echoed through the streets. However, it was confirmed that it was not a fire that triggered the alarm, but that the bell tolled the more serious news of a lost child.
6. Every heart sympathized in the sorrows of the distracted parents. Soon, multitudes of the people were seen ascending the hill, upon the declivity of which the village stood, to aid in the search. Ere long, the rain began to fall, but no tidings came back to the village of the lost child. Hardly an eye was that night closed in sleep, and there was not a mother who did not feel for the parents.
6. Every heart felt for the troubled parents. Soon, crowds of people were spotted heading up the hill where the village was located, to help in the search. Before long, the rain started to fall, but no news came back to the village about the missing child. Hardly anyone got any sleep that night, and every mother could empathize with the parents.
7. The night passed away, and the morning dawned, and yet no tidings came. At last, those engaged in the search met together and held a consultation. They made arrangements for a more minute search, and agreed that, in case the child was found, a gun should be fired, to give a signal to the rest of the party.
7. The night went by, and morning arrived, but there was still no news. Finally, those involved in the search gathered and discussed their next steps. They planned for a more thorough search and decided that if the child was found, a gun would be fired to signal the rest of the group.
8. As the sun arose, the clouds were scattered, and the whole landscape glittered in the rays of the bright morning. But that village was deserted and still. The stores were closed, and business was hushed. Mothers were walking the streets, with sympathizing countenances and anxious hearts. There was but one thought in every mind: "What has become of the lost child?"
8. As the sun came up, the clouds broke apart, and the entire landscape sparkled in the bright morning light. But that village was empty and quiet. The shops were closed, and everything was subdued. Mothers walked the streets, with caring expressions and worried hearts. There was only one thought on everyone's mind: "What happened to the missing child?"
9. All the affections and interest of the neighborhood were flowing in one deep and broad channel toward the little wanderer. About nine in the morning, the signal gun was fired, which announced that the child was found; and, for a moment, how dreadful was the suspense! Was it found a mangled corpse? or was it alive and well?
9. All the emotions and concerns of the neighborhood were focused on the little wanderer. Around nine in the morning, the signal gun was fired, announcing that the child had been found; and for a moment, the suspense was terrifying! Was it found as a mangled body? Or was it alive and well?
10. Soon, a joyful shout proclaimed the safety of the child. The shout was borne from tongue to tongue, till the whole forest rang again with the joyful sound. A messenger rapidly bore the tidings to the distracted mother. A procession was immediately formed by those engaged in the search. The child was placed upon a platform, hastily formed from the boughs of trees, and borne in triumph at the head of the procession. When they arrived at the brow of the hill, they rested for a moment, and proclaimed their success with three loud and animated cheers.
10. Soon, a cheerful shout announced the child’s safety. The shout spread quickly, echoing through the entire forest with happiness. A messenger rushed to tell the anxious mother the good news. Those involved in the search quickly formed a procession. The child was placed on a makeshift platform made from tree branches and celebrated at the front of the procession. When they reached the top of the hill, they paused for a moment and celebrated their success with three loud and enthusiastic cheers.
11. The procession then moved on till they arrived in front of the dwelling where the parents of the child resided. The mother, who stood at the door, with streaming eyes and throbbing heart, could no longer restrain herself or her feelings.
11. The procession then continued until they reached the home of the child's parents. The mother, standing at the door with tear-filled eyes and a pounding heart, could no longer hold back her emotions.
12. She rushed into the street, clasped her child to her bosom, and wept aloud. Every eye was filled with tears, and, for a moment, all were silent. But suddenly some one gave a signal for a shout. One loud, and long, and happy note of joy rose from the assembled multitude, and they went to their business and their homes.
12. She dashed into the street, held her child close to her chest, and cried out loud. Everyone's eyes were filled with tears, and for a brief moment, everyone was silent. But then someone signaled for a cheer. A single loud, long, and joyful shout emerged from the gathered crowd, and they returned to their routines and homes.
13. There was more joy over the one child that was found than over the ninety and nine that went not astray. Likewise, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth. But still, this is a feeble representation of the love of our Father in heaven for us, and of the joy with which the angels welcome the returning wanderer.
13. There was more joy over the one child that was found than over the ninety-nine that didn’t go astray. Similarly, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner who repents. But even this is a weak reflection of the love our Father in heaven has for us, and of the joy with which the angels greet the returning wanderer.
14. The mother can not feel for her child that is lost as God feels for the unhappy wanderer in the paths of sin. If a mother can feel so much, what must be the feelings of our Father in heaven for those who have strayed from his love? If man can feel so deep a sympathy, what must be the emotions which glow in the bosom of angels?
14. A mother can't feel for her lost child the way God feels for the unhappy person wandering through sin. If a mother can feel such deep emotions, what must our Father in heaven feel for those who have strayed from His love? If a person can feel such profound sympathy, what must be the feelings burning in the hearts of angels?
DEFINITIONS.—l. Sep'a-rat-ed, parted. 2. Dis-tract'ed, made crazy. Sus-pense', doubt, uncertainty. 3. Trav'ersed, passed over and examined. 5. As-cer-tained', made certain. 6. Sym'pa-thized, felt for. De-cliv'i-ty, descent of land. 7. Con-sul-ta'tion, a meeting of persons to advise together. 8. Land'scape, a portion of territory which the eye can see in a single view. 10. Pro-claimed', made known publicly. 11. Pro-ces'sion, a train of persons walking or riding. l3. Rep-re-sen-ta'tion, the act of describing or showing.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Separated, parted. 2. Distracted, made crazy. Suspense, doubt, uncertainty. 3. Traversed, passed over and examined. 5. Ascertained, made certain. 6. Sympathized, felt for. Declivity, slope of land. 7. Consultation, a meeting of people to advise together. 8. Landscape, a portion of land that can be seen in a single view. 10. Proclaimed, made known publicly. 11. Procession, a group of people walking or riding. 13. Representation, the act of describing or showing.
LXII. WHICH? (168)
By MRS. E. L. BEERS.
LXII. WHICH? (168)
By MRS. E. L. BEERS.
1. Which shall it be? Which shall it be?
I looked at John—John looked at me;
Dear, patient John, who loves me yet
As well as though my locks were jet.
And when I found that I must speak,
My voice seemed strangely low and weak:
"Tell me again what Robert said!"
And then I, listening, bent my head.
"This is his letter:"
1. Which will it be? Which will it be?
I looked at John—John looked at me;
Dear, patient John, who still loves me
Just as much as if my hair were black.
And when I realized I had to speak,
My voice felt surprisingly soft and weak:
"Tell me again what Robert said!"
And then I, listening, leaned my head down.
"This is his letter:"
2. "'I will give
A house and land while you shall live,
If, in return, from out your seven,
One child to me for aye is given.'"
I looked at John's old garments worn,
I thought of all that John had borne
Of poverty, and work, and care,
Which I, though willing, could not share;
I thought of seven mouths to feed,
Of seven little children's need,
And then of this.
2. "'I'll provide
A house and land as long as you live,
If, in return, from your seven,
One child is given to me forever.'"
I looked at John's worn-out clothes,
I remembered everything John had endured
Through poverty, hard work, and worry,
Which I, though willing, couldn't share;
I thought of seven mouths to feed,
Of the needs of seven little kids,
And then of this.
3. "Come, John," said I,
"We'll choose among them as they lie
Asleep;" so, walking hand in hand,
Dear John and I surveyed our band.
First to the cradle light we stepped,
Where Lilian the baby slept,
A glory 'gainst the pillow white.
Softly the father stooped to lay
His rough hand down in loving way,
When dream or whisper made her stir,
And huskily he said: "Not her!"
3. "Come on, John," I said,
"We'll pick from them while they sleep;" so, walking hand in hand,
Dear John and I looked over our group.
First, we stepped over to the cradle,
Where Lilian the baby was sleeping,
A little angel against the white pillow.
Gently, the father bent down to place
His rough hand on her lovingly,
When a dream or a whisper made her stir,
And he said gruffly: "Not her!"
4. We stooped beside the trundle-bed,
And one long ray of lamplight shed
Athwart the boyish faces there,
In sleep so pitiful and fair;
I saw on Jamie's rough, red cheek,
A tear undried. Ere John could speak,
"He's but a baby, too," said I,
And kissed him as we hurried by.
4. We bent down next to the trundle bed,
And a long beam of light from the lamp fell
Across the boys' faces there,
In a sleep that was both sad and beautiful;
I noticed a tear still dry on Jamie's rough, red cheek.
Before John could say anything,
"Its okay, he's just a baby too," I said,
And I kissed him as we rushed past.
5. Pale, patient Robbie's angel face
Still in his sleep bore suffering's trace:
"No, for a thousand crowns, not him,"
He whispered, while our eyes were dim.
5. Pale, patient Robbie's angelic face
Still showed signs of suffering in his sleep:
"No, for a thousand crowns, not him,"
He whispered, while our eyes were heavy.
6. Poor Dick! bad Dick! our wayward son,
Turbulent, reckless, idle one—
Could he be spared? "Nay, He who gave,
Bade us befriend him to the grave;
Only a mother's heart can be
Patient enough for such as he;
And so," said John, "I would not dare
To send him from her bedside prayer."
6. Poor Dick! Bad Dick! our troubled son,
Turbulent, reckless, lazy one—
Could we let him go? "No, the one who gave,
Told us to support him until the end;
Only a mother's heart can be
Patient enough for someone like him;
And so," said John, "I wouldn’t dare
To send him away from her bedside prayer."
7. Then stole we softly up above
And knelt by Mary, child of love.
"Perhaps for her 't would better be,"
I said to John. Quite silently
He lifted up a curl that lay
Across her cheek in willful way,
And shook his head. "Nay, love, not thee,"
The while my heart beat audibly.
7. Then we quietly climbed up
And knelt by Mary, child of love.
"Maybe it would be better for her,"
I said to John. He silently
Lifted a curl that was
Across her cheek in a playful way,
And shook his head. "No, love, not you,"
While my heart beat loud.
8. Only one more, our eldest lad,
Trusty and truthful, good and glad
So like his father. "No, John, no—
I can not, will not let him go."
8. Just one more, our oldest son,
Reliable and honest, good and cheerful,
So much like his father. "No, John, no—
I can't, I won't let him go."
9. And so we wrote in courteous way,
We could not drive one child away.
And afterward, toil lighter seemed,
Thinking of that of which we dreamed;
Happy, in truth, that not one face
We missed from its accustomed place;
Thankful to work for all the seven,
Trusting the rest to One in heaven!
9. So we wrote politely,
We couldn’t send any child away.
And afterward, work felt easier,
Thinking about what we hoped for;
Happy, really, that we didn’t miss
A single face from its usual spot;
Grateful to work for all seven,
Trusting the rest to One up in heaven!
DEFINITIONS.—2. Aye, always, 3. Sur-veyed', took a view of. 5. Crown, an English silver coin worth about $1.20. 6. Way-ward, willful. Tur'bu-lent, disposed to disorder. 9. Cour'te-ous, polite. Ac-cus'tomed, usual.
DEFINITIONS.—2. Yes, always, 3. Surveyed, looked at. 5. Crown, an English silver coin worth about $1.20. 6. Wayward, stubborn. Turbulent, chaotic. 9. Courteous, polite. Accustomed, usual.
LXIII. THE PET FAWN. (172)
1. A pretty little fawn had been brought in from the woods, when very young, and nursed and petted by a lady in the village until it had become as tame as possible. It was graceful, as those little creatures always are, and so gentle and playful that it became a great favorite, following the different members of the family about, being caressed by the neighbors, and welcome everywhere.
1. A cute little fawn had been brought in from the woods when it was very young and raised and cuddled by a lady in the village until it became as tame as possible. It was graceful, like all those little creatures usually are, and so gentle and playful that it became a big favorite, following different family members around, being petted by the neighbors, and welcomed everywhere.
2. One morning, after playing about as usual until weary, it lay down in the sunshine, at the feet of one of its friends, upon the steps of a store. There came along a countryman, who for several years had been a hunter by pursuit, and who still kept several hounds, one of which was now with him.
2. One morning, after playing around like usual until it got tired, it lay down in the sunshine at the feet of one of its friends on the steps of a store. A countryman came along, who had been a hunter for several years and still had a few hounds, one of which was with him now.
3. The dog, as it approached the spot where the fawn lay, suddenly stopped. The little animal saw him, and started to its feet. It had lived more than half its life among the dogs of the village, and had apparently lost all fear of them; but it seemed now to know that an enemy was near. In an instant, its whole nature seemed changed; all its past habits were forgotten; every wild impulse was awake; its head erect, its nostrils dilated, its eyes flashing.
3. The dog, as it got close to where the fawn was lying, suddenly stopped. The fawn saw him and jumped to its feet. It had spent more than half its life around the village dogs and had seemingly lost all fear of them; but now it seemed to sense that danger was nearby. In an instant, its entire demeanor changed; all its past behaviors were forgotten; every wild instinct was alive; its head held high, its nostrils flaring, its eyes shining.
4. In another instant, before the spectators had thought of the danger, and before its friends could secure it, the fawn was bounding away through the street, and the hound in full chase. The bystanders were eager to save it; several persons immediately followed its track; the friends who had long fed and fondled it, calling the name it had hitherto known, in vain.
4. In just a moment, before the onlookers realized the danger, and before its friends could catch it, the fawn was running down the street, with the hound chasing after it. The bystanders rushed to help; a few people quickly followed its path; its friends, who had cared for and loved it, called out its name, but it was no use.
5. The hunter endeavored to whistle back his dog, but with no success. In half a minute the fawn had turned the first corner, dashed onward toward the lake, and thrown itself into the water. But if for a moment the startled creature believed itself safe in the cool bosom of the lake, it was soon undeceived; for the hound followed in hot and eager chase, while a dozen village dogs joined blindly in the pursuit.
5. The hunter tried to whistle his dog back, but it didn’t work. In just half a minute, the fawn turned the first corner, dashed toward the lake, and jumped into the water. But if the startled animal thought it was safe in the cool lake, it was quickly proven wrong; the hound was close behind in a hot and eager chase, while a dozen village dogs blindly joined in the pursuit.
6. A large crowd collected on the bank—men, women, and children—anxious for the fate of the little animal so well known to them all. Some threw themselves into boats, hoping to intercept the hound before he reached his prey. The plashing of the oars, the eager voices of men and boys, and the barking of the dogs, must have filled the heart of the poor fawn with terror and anguish,—as though every creature on the spot where it had once been caressed and fondled, had suddenly turned into a deadly foe.
6. A large crowd gathered on the bank—men, women, and children—worried about the fate of the little animal they all knew so well. Some jumped into boats, hoping to reach the hound before he got to his target. The sound of oars splashing, the excited voices of men and boys, and the barking of the dogs must have filled the poor fawn’s heart with fear and distress—as if every creature in the place where it had once been loved and cared for had suddenly become a deadly enemy.
7. It was soon seen that the little animal was directing its course across a bay toward the nearest borders of the forest. Immediately the owner of the hound crossed the bridge, and ran at full speed, hoping to stop his dog as he landed. On swam the fawn, as it never swam before; its delicate head scarcely seen above the water, but leaving a disturbed track, which betrayed its course alike to its friends and foes.
7. It quickly became clear that the small animal was making its way across a bay toward the edge of the forest. The owner of the hound immediately crossed the bridge and sprinted at full speed, hoping to intercept his dog as it landed. The fawn swam like never before; its fragile head barely visible above the water, but it left a disrupted trail that revealed its path to both friends and enemies.
8. As it approached the land, the interest became intense. The hunter was already on the same side of the lake, calling loudly and angrily to his dog; but the hound seemed to have quite forgotten his master's voice in the pitiless pursuit. The fawn reached the shore. With a leap it had crossed the narrow strip of beach, and in another instant it would reach the cover of the woods.
8. As it got closer to the land, the excitement grew. The hunter was already on the same side of the lake, shouting loudly and angrily at his dog; but the hound seemed to have completely lost track of his master's voice in the relentless chase. The fawn made it to the shore. With one leap, it crossed the narrow stretch of beach, and in another moment, it would reach the safety of the woods.
9. The hound followed true to the scent, pointing to the same spot on the shore; his master, anxious to meet him, had run at full speed, and was now coming up at the same critical moment. Will the dog listen to his voice? or can the hunter reach him in time to seize and control him? A shout from the bank told that the fawn had passed out of sight into the forest. At the same instant, the hound, as he touched the land, felt the hunter's strong arm clutching his neck. The worst was believed to be over; the fawn was leaping up the mountain side, and its enemy was restrained. The other dogs, seeing their leader cowed, were easily managed.
9. The hound followed the scent perfectly, pointing to the same spot on the shore; his owner, eager to catch up, had run full speed and was now arriving at a critical moment. Would the dog respond to his call? Or could the hunter get to him in time to grab and control him? A shout from the bank indicated that the fawn had vanished into the forest. At that same moment, as the hound reached the land, he felt the hunter's strong arm grabbing his neck. The worst seemed to be over; the fawn was bounding up the mountainside, and its pursuer had been restrained. The other dogs, noticing their leader subdued, were easily managed.
10. A number of persons, men and boys, dispersed themselves through the woods in search of the little creature, but without success; they all returned to the village, reporting that the fawn had not been seen. Some thought that after its fright had passed it would return of its own accord. It wore a pretty collar with its owner's name engraved upon it, so that it could be easily known from any other fawn that might be straying about the woods.
10. A group of people, including men and boys, spread out through the woods looking for the little creature, but they had no luck; everyone came back to the village saying that the fawn hadn’t been seen. Some believed that after it calmed down, it would come back on its own. It had a pretty collar with its owner's name engraved on it, making it easy to distinguish from any other fawn wandering around the woods.
11. Before many hours had passed, a hunter presented himself to the lady whose pet the little creature had been, and showed a collar with her name upon it. He said that he was out hunting in the morning, and saw a fawn in the distance. The little pet, instead of bounding away, as he expected, moved toward him; he took aim, fired, and shot it through the heart.
11. Before long, a hunter came to the lady whose pet the little creature had been and showed her a collar with its name on it. He said he was out hunting in the morning and spotted a fawn in the distance. Instead of running away like he expected, the little pet moved toward him; he aimed, fired, and shot it through the heart.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Fawn, a young deer. Ca-ressed', fondled, petted. 3. Di-lat'ed, extended, spread out. 4. Spec-ta'tors, those who look on. 6. In-ter-cept', to stop, to seize. 7. Be-trayed', showed. 8. In-tense', extreme. 9. Scent, track followed by the sense of smell. Cowed, made afraid.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Fawn, a young deer. Caressed, fondled, petted. 3. Dilated, extended, spread out. 4. Spectators, those who look on. 6. Intercept, to stop, to seize. 7. Betrayed, showed. 8. Intense, extreme. 9. Scent, track followed by the sense of smell. Cowed, made afraid.
LXIV. ANNIE'S DREAM. (175)
1. It was a clear, cold, winter evening, and all the Sinclairs but Annie had gone out for a neighborly visit. She had resolved to stay at home and study a long, difficult lesson in Natural Philosophy.
1. It was a clear, cold winter evening, and everyone in the Sinclair family except Annie had gone out to visit a neighbor. She had decided to stay home and tackle a long, challenging lesson in Natural Philosophy.
2. Left to herself, the evening passed quickly, but the lesson was learned a full half hour before the time set for the family to come home.
2. Left alone, the evening went by fast, but the lesson was learned a full half hour before the family was due to come home.
3. Closing her book, she leaned back in the soft armchair in which she was sitting, soon fell asleep, and began to dream. She dreamed that it was a very cold morning, and that she was standing by the dining-room stove, looking into the glass basin which was every day filled with water for evaporation.
3. Closing her book, she leaned back in the comfy armchair she was sitting in, quickly fell asleep, and started to dream. She dreamed it was a really cold morning, and she was standing by the dining room stove, looking into the glass bowl that was filled with water for evaporation every day.
4. "Oh, dear," she sighed, "it is nearly school time. I don't want to go out in the cold this morning. Then there is that long lesson. I wonder if I can say it. Let me see—it takes two hundred and twelve degrees of heat, I believe, for water to evaporate—"
4. "Oh, man," she sighed, "it's almost time for school. I really don't want to go out in the cold this morning. And then there's that long lesson. I wonder if I can remember it. Let me think—it takes two hundred and twelve degrees of heat, I think, for water to evaporate—"
5. "Nonsense!" "Ridiculous!" shouted a chorus of strange little voices near by; "Look here! is this water boiling? What an idea; two hundred and twelve degrees before we can fly, ha, ha!"
5. "Nonsense!" "Ridiculous!" shouted a group of strange little voices nearby. "Look! Is this water even boiling? What a thought; we need it to be two hundred and twelve degrees before we can fly, ha, ha!"
6. "Who are you?" asked Annie, in amazement. "Where must I look?" "In the basin, of course." 7. Annie looked, and saw a multitude of tiny forms moving swiftly around, their numbers increasing as the heat of the fire increased. "Why you dear little things!" said she, "what are you doing down there?"
6. "Who are you?" Annie asked, amazed. "Where should I look?" "In the basin, of course." 7. Annie looked and saw a swarm of tiny figures moving quickly, their numbers growing as the fire got hotter. "Oh, you dear little things!" she exclaimed. "What are you doing down there?"
8. "We are water sprites," answered one, in the clearest voice that can be imagined, "and when this delightful warmth comes all about us, we become so light that we fly off, as you see."
8. "We are water sprites," one replied, in the clearest voice imaginable, "and when this lovely warmth surrounds us, we become so light that we float away, just like you see."
9. In another moment he had joined a crowd of his companions that were spreading their wings and flying off in curling, white clouds over Annie's head. But they were so light and thin that they soon disappeared in the air.
9. In the next moment, he had joined a group of his friends who were spreading their wings and flying off in swirling, white clouds above Annie's head. But they were so light and thin that they quickly vanished into the air.
10. She could not see where they went, so she again turned to the basin. "Does n't it hurt you," she asked one, "to be heated—?" "Not always to two hundred and twelve," said the sprite, mischievously.
10. She couldn't see where they went, so she turned back to the basin. "Doesn't it hurt you," she asked one, "to be heated—?" "Not always to two hundred and twelve," said the sprite, playfully.
11. "No, no," replied Annie, half-vexed; "I remember, that is boiling point—but I mean, to be heated as you all are, and then to fly off in the cold?"
"No way," Annie said,
12. "Oh, no," laughed the little sprite; "we like it. We are made to change by God's wise laws, and so it can't hurt us. We are all the time at work, in our way, taking different shapes. It is good for us. If you will go to the window, you will find some of my brothers and sisters on the glass."
12. "Oh, no," laughed the little sprite; "we love it. We're meant to change according to God's wise laws, so it can't harm us. We're always busy, in our own way, taking on different forms. It's good for us. If you go to the window, you’ll see some of my brothers and sisters on the glass."
13. Annie went to the window, and at first could see nothing but some beautiful frostwork on it. Soon, however, the panes seemed to swarm with little folks. Their wings were as white as snow, and sparkled with ice jewels.
13. Annie went to the window, and at first she could see nothing but some beautiful frost patterns on it. Soon, though, the glass seemed to be filled with tiny beings. Their wings were as white as snow and sparkled with ice crystals.
14. "Oh," cried Annie, "this is the prettiest sight I ever saw. What is your name, darling?" she asked one that wore a crown of snow roses. The little voice that replied was so sharp and fine that Annie thought it seemed like a needle point of sound, and she began to laugh.
14. "Oh," Annie exclaimed, "this is the most beautiful sight I've ever seen. What's your name, sweetheart?" she asked one wearing a crown of snow roses. The tiny voice that answered was so clear and delicate that Annie thought it sounded like a needle’s point of sound, and she started to laugh.
15. "Fine Frost is our family name," it said. "I have a first name of my own, but I shall not tell you what it is, for you are so impolite as to laugh at me."
15. "Fine Frost is our family name," it said. "I have a first name, but I won’t tell you because you’re so rude that you’d just laugh at me."
16. "I beg your pardon, dear," said Annie; "I could not help it. I will not laugh at you any more if you will tell me how you came here. I have been talking with one of your brothers over there in the basin."
16. "I'm sorry, dear," Annie said; "I couldn't help it. I won't laugh at you anymore if you tell me how you got here. I've been talking with one of your brothers over there in the basin."
17. The little sprite then folded her wings in a dignified manner, and said, "I will tell you all I know about it, since you promise to be polite. It is a very short story, however.
17. The little sprite then folded her wings gracefully and said, "I'll share everything I know about it, since you promise to be respectful. It's a very short story, though."
18. "Last evening we all escaped from the glass basin, as you have seen our companions do this morning. Oh, how light and free we felt! But we were so very delicate and thin that no one saw us as we flew about in the air of the room.
18. "Last night, we all got out of the glass bowl, just like you've seen our friends do this morning. Oh, how light and free we felt! But we were so delicate and thin that no one noticed us as we floated around in the air of the room.
19. "After a while I flew with these others to this window, and, as we alighted on the glass, the cold changed us from water sprites into sprites of the Fine Frost family." "It is very wonderful," said Annie. "Is it nice to be a sprite?"
19. "After a while, I flew with these others to this window, and as we landed on the glass, the cold transformed us from water sprites into sprites of the Fine Frost family." "It's pretty incredible," said Annie. "Is it nice to be a sprite?"
20. "Oh, yes, we are very gay. All last night we had a fine time sparkling in the moonlight. I wore a long wreath full of ice pearls and diamonds. Here is a piece of it. Before long we shall be water sprites again. I see the sun is coming this way."
20. "Oh, yes, we're really happy. Last night, we had a great time shining in the moonlight. I wore a long wreath filled with ice pearls and diamonds. Here’s a piece of it. Soon, we’ll be water sprites again. I can see the sun coming this way."
21. "Shall you dread to be melted?" inquired Annie. "No, indeed," answered the sprite. "I like to change my form now and then."
21. "Are you afraid to be transformed?" Annie asked. "Not at all," replied the sprite. "I enjoy changing my shape every now and then."
22. A thought flashed across Annie's brain. What if she should breathe on the frost and not wait for the sun to melt it. In a moment more she had done so. Down fell a great number of the tiny mountains and castles, carrying with them a multitude of frost sprites, and all that could be seen was a drop of water on the window sill.
22. A thought flashed across Annie's mind. What if she breathed on the frost instead of waiting for the sun to melt it? In a moment, she did just that. A lot of the tiny mountains and castles collapsed, taking a bunch of frost sprites with them, and all that was left was a drop of water on the window sill.
23. "Oh, dear! have I hurt them?" she exclaimed. "No, no," replied a chorus of many small voices from the drop of water, "we are only water sprites again. Nothing hurts us; we merely change." "But you are always pretty little things," said Annie. "I wish—"
23. "Oh no! Did I hurt them?" she cried. "No, no," answered a chorus of tiny voices from the drop of water, "we're just water sprites again. Nothing can hurt us; we just change." "But you’re always such pretty little things," said Annie. "I wish—"
24. Here a ring at the doorbell woke Annie. She started up to find the family had returned from their visit, which all declared was a delightful one. But Annie said she did not believe they had enjoyed their visit better than she had her half hour's dream.
24. A ring at the doorbell woke Annie. She sat up to see that the family had come back from their outing, which everyone said had been lovely. But Annie said she didn’t believe they enjoyed their visit more than she enjoyed her half-hour dream.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Nat'u-ral Phi-los'o-phy, the study which teaches about the laws of matter in nature. 3. E-vap-o-ra'tion, the act of turning into vapor. 4. De-gree', a division of space marked on an instrument such as a thermometer. 8. Wa'ter sprite, a spirit or fairy living in the water. 10. Mis'chie-vous-ly, in a teasing manner. 13. Swarm, to be crowded. 18, Es-caped', got away, fled.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Natural Philosophy, the study that explains the laws of matter in nature. 3. Evaporation, the process of turning into vapor. 4. Degree, a measurement marked on an instrument like a thermometer. 8. Water sprite, a spirit or fairy that lives in water. 10. Mischievously, in a playful or teasing way. 13. Swarm, to be crowded together. 18. Escaped, got away, fled.
LXV. MY GHOST. (178)
By Mrs. S. M. B. Piatt, who was born near Lexington, Ky., in 1836. Among her published works may be mentioned "The Nests at Washington, and Other Poems," and "A Woman's Poems."
By Mrs. S. M. B. Piatt, who was born near Lexington, KY, in 1836. Some of her published works include "The Nests at Washington, and Other Poems" and "A Woman's Poems."
1. Yes, Katie, I think you are very sweet,
Now that the tangles are out of your hair,
And you sing as well as the birds you meet,
That are playing, like you, in the blossoms there.
But now you are coming to kiss me, you say:
Well, what is it for? Shall I tie your shoe?
Or loop up your sleeve in a prettier way?
"Do I know about ghosts?" Indeed I do.
1. Yes, Katie, I think you're really sweet,
Now that the knots are out of your hair,
And you sing just like the birds you see,
That are playing, like you, in the flowers there.
But now you're coming to kiss me, you say:
Well, what’s that about? Should I tie your shoe?
Or fold your sleeve in a nicer way?
"Do I know about ghosts?" Yes, I do.
2. "Have I seen one?" Yes; last evening, you know,
We were taking a walk that you had to miss,
(I think you were naughty, and cried to go,
But, surely, you'll stay at home after this!)
And, away in the twilight, lonesomely,
("What is the twilight?" It's—getting late!)
I was thinking of things that were sad to me!—
There, hush! you know nothing about them, Kate.
2. "Have I seen one?" Yes; last night, you know,
We went for a walk that you had to skip,
(I think you were being naughty and cried to go,
But surely you'll stay home after this!)
And, out in the twilight, all alone,
("What is twilight?" It's—getting late!)
I was thinking about things that made me sad!—
There, hush! you don't know anything about them, Kate.
3. Well, we had to go through the rocky lane,
Close to that bridge where the water roars,
By a still, red house, where the dark and rain
Go in when they will at the open doors.
And the moon, that had just waked up, looked through
The broken old windows, and seemed afraid,
And the wild bats flew, and the thistles grew
Where once in the roses the children played.
3. Well, we had to travel down the rocky path,
Near that bridge where the water rushes,
By a quiet, red house, where the dark and rain
Enter whenever they want through the open doors.
And the moon, which had just woken up, peeked through
The cracked old windows and looked nervous,
And the wild bats flew while the thistles thrived
Where once the children used to play among the roses.
4. Just across the road by the cherry trees
Some fallen white stones had been lying so long,
Half hid in the grass, and under these
There were people dead. I could hear the song
Of a very sleepy dove as I passed
The graveyard near, and the cricket that cried;
And I look'd (ah! the Ghost is coming at last!)
And something was walking at my side.
4. Just across the road by the cherry trees
Some fallen white stones had been lying there for so long,
Half hidden in the grass, and beneath them
There were people who had died. I could hear the song
Of a very sleepy dove as I walked
By the graveyard nearby, and the cricket chirping;
And I looked (oh! the Ghost is finally here!)
And something was walking beside me.
5. It seemed to be wrapped in a great dark shawl
(For the night was a little cold, you know,);
It would not speak. It was black and tall;
And it walked so proudly and very slow.
Then it mocked me everything I could do:
Now it caught at the lightning flies like me;
Now it stopped where the elder blossoms grew;
Now it tore the thorns from a gray bent tree.
5. It seemed to be covered in a huge dark shawl
(Because the night was a bit chilly, you know);
It wouldn't say a word. It was dark and tall;
And it moved so proudly and very slowly.
Then it made fun of everything I tried to do:
Now it caught the lightning bugs like I did;
Now it paused where the elderflowers bloomed;
Now it ripped the thorns from a bent gray tree.
6. Still it followed me under the yellow moon,
Looking back to the graveyard now and then,
Where the winds were playing the night a tune—
But, Kate, a Ghost doesn't care for men,
And your papa could n't have done it harm.
Ah! dark-eyed darling, what is it you see?
There, you needn't hide in your dimpled arm—
It was only my shadow that walk'd with me!
6. Still, it followed me under the yellow moon,
Looking back at the graveyard every now and then,
Where the winds were playing a tune through the night—
But, Kate, a ghost doesn't care about men,
And your dad couldn't have harmed it.
Ah! dark-eyed darling, what do you see?
You don't need to hide in your dimpled arm—
It was just my shadow that walked with me!
LXVI. THE ELEPHANT. (180)
1. The elephant is the largest of quadrupeds; his height is from eight to fourteen feet, and his length, from ten to fifteen feet. His form is that of a hog; his eyes are small and lively; his ears are long, broad and pendulous. He has two large tusks, which form the ivory of commerce, and a trunk, or proboscis, at the end of the nose, which he uses to take his food with, and for attack or defense. His color is a dark ash-brown.
1. The elephant is the largest land animal; it stands between eight and fourteen feet tall and measures ten to fifteen feet long. Its body resembles that of a pig; its eyes are small and bright; its ears are long, wide, and droopy. It has two large tusks that provide ivory for trade and a trunk, or proboscis, at the end of its nose, which it uses to grab food and for defense or offense. Its color is a dark gray-brown.
2. Elephants often assemble in large troops; and, as they march in search of food, the forests seem to tremble under them. They eat the branches of trees, together with roots, herbs, leaves, grain, and fruit, but will not touch fish nor flesh. In a state of nature, they are peaceable, mild, and brave; exerting their power only for their own protection or in defense of their own species.
2. Elephants often gather in large groups, and as they move around looking for food, the forests seem to shake beneath them. They eat tree branches, as well as roots, herbs, leaves, grains, and fruit, but they won’t eat fish or meat. In the wild, they are gentle, calm, and courageous, using their strength only for their own safety or to protect their own kind.
3. Elephants are found both in Asia and Africa, but they are of different species, the Asiatic elephant having five toes, and the African, three. These animals are caught by stratagem, and, when tamed, they are the most gentle, obedient, and patient, as well as the most docile and sagacious of all quadrupeds. They are used to carry burdens, and for traveling. Their attachment to their masters is remarkable; and they seem to live but to serve and obey them. They always kneel to receive their riders; or the loads they have to carry.
3. Elephants are found in both Asia and Africa, but they belong to different species, with the Asiatic elephant having five toes and the African one having three. These animals are captured using clever tricks, and when domesticated, they become incredibly gentle, obedient, and patient, as well as the most docile and intelligent of all four-legged animals. They are used to carry loads and for travel. Their bond with their owners is impressive; they seem to exist solely to serve and obey them. They always kneel to accept their riders or the loads they need to carry.
4. The anecdotes illustrating the character of the elephant are numerous. An elephant which was kept for exhibition at London, was often required, as is usual in such exhibitions, to pick up with his trunk a piece of money thrown upon the floor for this purpose. On one occasion a sixpence was thrown, which happened to roll a little out of his reach, not far from the wall. Being desired to pick it up, he stretched out his proboscis several times to reach it; failing in this, he stood motionless a few seconds, evidently considering how to act.
4. There are many stories that show the character of the elephant. An elephant that was displayed in London was often asked, as is common in such shows, to use his trunk to pick up a coin thrown onto the floor for this purpose. One time, a sixpence was tossed, but it rolled just out of his reach, close to the wall. When asked to pick it up, he stretched out his trunk several times to grab it; after failing to do so, he stood still for a few seconds, clearly thinking about what to do next.
5. He then stretched his proboscis in a straight line as far as he could, a little distance above the coin, and blew with great force against the wall. The angle produced by the opposition of the wall, made the current of air act under the coin, as he evidently supposed it would, and it was curious to observe the sixpence traveling toward the animal till it came within his reach, when he picked it up.
5. He then stretched his nose out as far as he could, just above the coin, and blew hard against the wall. The angle created by the wall made the air flow underneath the coin, just as he expected, and it was interesting to see the sixpence moving towards him until it was within his reach, at which point he picked it up.
6. A soldier in India, who had frequently carried an elephant some arrack, being one day intoxicated, and seeing himself pursued by the guard whose orders were to conduct him to prison, took refuge under the elephant. The guard soon finding his retreat, attempted in vain to take him from his asylum; for the elephant vigorously defended him with his trunk.
6. A soldier in India, who often brought an elephant some arrack, one day got drunk and, seeing that the guards were coming to take him to prison, hid under the elephant. The guards quickly found him and tried to pull him out from his hiding spot, but the elephant fiercely protected him with its trunk.
7. As soon as the soldier became sober, and saw himself placed under such an unwieldy animal, he was so terrified that he scarcely durst move either hand or foot; but the elephant soon caused his fears to subside by caressing him with his trunk, and thus tacitly saying, "Depart in peace."
7. As soon as the soldier sobered up and realized he was sitting on such a huge animal, he was so scared that he barely dared to move a hand or foot; but the elephant quickly eased his fears by gently touching him with its trunk, silently communicating, "You can go peacefully."
8. A pleasing anecdote is related of an elephant which was the property of the nabob of Lucknow. There was in that city an epidemic disorder, making dreadful havoc among the inhabitants. The road to the palace gate was covered with the sick and dying, lying on the ground at the moment the nabob was about to pass.
8. A nice story is told about an elephant owned by the nabob of Lucknow. The city was suffering from an epidemic that was causing terrible damage among the people. The road to the palace gate was filled with the sick and dying, lying on the ground just as the nabob was about to pass.
9. Regardless of the suffering he must cause, the nabob held on his way, not caring whether his beast trod upon the poor helpless creatures or not. But the animal, more kind-hearted than his master, carefully cleared the path of the poor, helpless wretches as he went along. Some he lifted with his trunk, entirely out of the road. Some he set upon their feet, and among the others he stepped so carefully that not an individual was injured.
9. No matter how much pain he caused, the nabob continued on his path, indifferent to whether his beast trampled the vulnerable creatures or not. But the animal, more compassionate than its owner, thoughtfully cleared the way for the unfortunate souls as it moved forward. Some it lifted with its trunk, completely out of the way. Others it helped to their feet, and among the rest, it stepped so gently that not a single one was harmed.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Quad'ru-ped, an animal having four feet. Pen'du-lous, hanging down. Com'merce, trade, Pro-bos'cis, snout, trunk. 3. Strat'a-gem, artifice. Doc'ile, teachable. 6. Ar'rack, a spirituous liquor made from the juice of the cocoanut. A-sy'lum, a refuge. 7. Un-wield'y, heavy, unmanageable. Tac'-it-ly, silently. 8. Ep-i-dm'ic, affecting many people. Na'bob, a prince in India.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Quadruped, an animal with four legs. Pendulous, hanging down. Commerce, trade. Proboscis, snout, trunk. 3. Stratagem, trick or plan. Docile, easy to teach. 6. Arrack, a strong alcoholic drink made from coconut juice. Asylum, a place of refuge. 7. Unwieldy, heavy and hard to manage. Tacitly, without speaking. 8. Epidemic, affecting many people. Nabob, a wealthy or influential person in India.
LXVII. DARE TO DO RIGHT. (183)
Adapted from "School Days at Rugby," by Thomas Hughes, an English writer well known through this book, and its sequel, "Tom Brown at Oxford." The author was born in 1823, and died in 1896.
Adapted from "School Days at Rugby," by Thomas Hughes, an English writer known for this book and its sequel, "Tom Brown at Oxford." The author was born in 1823 and passed away in 1896.
1. The little schoolboys went quietly to their own beds, and began undressing and talking to one another in whispers: while the elder, amongst whom was Tom, sat chatting about on one another's beds, with their jackets and waistcoats off.
1. The little schoolboys quietly went to their own beds and started taking off their clothes while chatting softly to each other. Meanwhile, the older boys, including Tom, were sitting on each other's beds, chatting away with their jackets and vests off.
2. Poor little Arthur was overwhelmed with the novelty of his position. The idea of sleeping in the room with strange boys had clearly never crossed his mind before, and was as painful as it was strange to him. He could hardly bear to take his jacket off; however, presently, with an effort, off it came, and then he paused and looked at Tom, who was sitting at the bottom of his bed, talking and laughing.
2. Poor little Arthur was totally overwhelmed by how new everything felt. The thought of sleeping in a room with unfamiliar boys had clearly never crossed his mind before, and it was just as uncomfortable as it was strange for him. He could barely bring himself to take off his jacket; however, after a moment, he finally managed to get it off, and then he stopped and glanced at Tom, who was sitting at the foot of his bed, chatting and laughing.
3. "Please, Brown," he whispered, "may I wash my face and hands?" "Of course, if you like," said Tom, staring: "that's your wash-hand stand under the window, second from your bed. You'll have to go down for more water in the morning if you use it all."
3. "Please, Brown," he whispered, "can I wash my face and hands?" "Sure, if you want," said Tom, staring: "that's your washstand under the window, second from your bed. You'll need to go down for more water in the morning if you use it all."
4. And on he went with his talk, while Arthur stole timidly from between the beds out to his wash-hand stand, and began his ablutions, thereby drawing for a moment on himself the attention of the room.
4. And he continued talking, while Arthur quietly slipped out from between the beds to his washstand and started washing up, momentarily drawing the room's attention to himself.
5. On went the talk and laughter. Arthur finished his washing and undressing, and put on his nightgown. He then looked round more nervously than ever. Two or three of the little boys were already in bed, sitting up with their chins on their knees. The light burned clear, the noise went on.
5. The conversation and laughter continued. Arthur finished washing and getting undressed, then put on his nightgown. He looked around more nervously than before. Two or three of the little boys were already in bed, sitting up with their chins on their knees. The light shone brightly, and the noise continued.
6. It was a trying moment for the poor, little, lonely boy; however, this time he did not ask Tom what he might or might not do, but dropped all his knees by his bedside, as he had done every day from his childhood, to open his heart to Him who heareth the cry and beareth the sorrows of the tender child, and the strong man in agony.
6. It was a tough moment for the poor, little, lonely boy; however, this time he didn’t ask Tom what he could or couldn’t do, but dropped to his knees by his bedside, just like he had done every day since he was a child, to open his heart to Him who hears the cries and carries the sorrows of both the innocent child and the strong man in pain.
7. Tom was sitting at the bottom of his bed unlacing his boots, so that his back was towards Arthur, and he did not see what had happened, and looked up in wonder at the sudden silence. Then two or three boys laughed and sneered, and a big, brutal fellow, who was standing in the middle of the room, picked up a slipper and shied it at the kneeling boy, calling him a sniveling young shaver.
7. Tom was sitting at the edge of his bed untying his boots, facing away from Arthur, so he didn't see what had happened and looked up in surprise at the sudden quiet. Then a couple of boys laughed and mocked, and a big, tough guy who was standing in the middle of the room picked up a slipper and threw it at the boy on his knees, calling him a whiny brat.
8. Then Tom saw the whole, and the next moment the boot he had just pulled off flew straight at the head of the bully, who had just time to throw up his arm and catch it on his elbow. "Confound you, Brown; what's that for?" roared he, stamping with pain. "Never mind what I mean," said Tom, stepping on to the floor, every drop of blood in his body tingling: "if any fellow wants the other boot, he knows how to get it."
8. Then Tom saw everything, and the next moment the boot he had just taken off flew right at the bully's head, who barely had time to raise his arm and catch it on his elbow. "What the heck, Brown; what's that all about?" he yelled, stomping from the pain. "Don't worry about what I mean," Tom said, stepping onto the floor, every drop of blood in his body buzzing: "if any guy wants the other boot, he knows how to get it."
9. What would have been the result is doubtful, for at this moment the sixth-form boy came in, and not another word could be said. Tom and the rest rushed into bed and finished their unrobing there, and the old janitor had put out the candle in another minute, and toddled on to the next room, shutting the door with his usual, "Good night, gen'l'm'n."
9. What would have happened is unclear, because at that moment the sixth-form boy walked in, and no more could be said. Tom and the others jumped into bed and finished getting undressed there, and the old janitor blew out the candle a minute later and moved on to the next room, closing the door with his usual, "Good night, gentlemen."
10. There were many boys in the room by whom that little scene was taken to heart before they slept. But sleep seemed to have deserted the pillow of poor Tom. For some time his excitement and the flood of memories which chased one another though his brain, kept him from thinking or resolving. His head throbbed, his heart leapt, and he could hardly keep himself from springing out of bed and rushing about the room.
10. Many boys in the room were affected by that little scene before they went to sleep. But sleep seemed to have left poor Tom alone. For a while, his excitement and the wave of memories racing through his mind kept him from thinking clearly or coming to any decisions. His head pounded, his heart raced, and he could barely stop himself from jumping out of bed and pacing around the room.
11. Then the thought of his own mother came across him, and the promise he had made at her knee, years ago, never to forget to kneel by his bedside and give himself up to his Father before he laid his head on the pillow, from which it might never rise; and he lay down gently, and cried as if his heart would break. He was only fourteen years old.
11. Then he remembered his mother and the promise he made to her when he was a kid, to always kneel by his bedside and surrender himself to his Father before going to sleep, because he might not wake up again. He lay down softly and cried as if his heart was breaking. He was only fourteen years old.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Waist'coat, a vest. 2. O-ver-whelmed', over-come, cast down. 3. Nov'el-ty, newness. 4. Ab-lu'tion, the act of washing. 7. Sneered, showed contempt. 8. Bul'ly, a noisy, blustering fellow, more insolent than courageous. Tin'gling, having a thrilling feeling.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Waistcoat, a vest. 2. Overwhelmed, overcome, cast down. 3. Novelty, newness. 4. Ablution, the act of washing. 5. Sneered, showed contempt. 6. Bully, a noisy, blustering guy, more insolent than brave. 7. Tingling, having a thrilling feeling.
NOTES.—"Rugby," the scene of this story, is a celebrated grammar school which was established at the town of Rugby, England, in 1567.
NOTES.—"Rugby," the setting of this story, is a famous grammar school that was founded in the town of Rugby, England, in 1567.
9. Sixth-form boy. The school was graded into six classes or "forms," and the boys of the highest, or sixth, form were expected to keep the smaller boys under them in order. EXERCISES.—What were Arthur's feelings the first night at Rugby? Relate what happened when he said his prayers. What do you think of the boy who threw the slipper? Was Tom right in defending Arthur from insult?
9. Sixth-form boy. The school was divided into six classes or "forms," and the boys in the highest, or sixth, form were expected to keep the younger boys in line. EXERCISES.—What were Arthur's feelings on his first night at Rugby? Describe what happened when he said his prayers. What do you think of the boy who threw the slipper? Was Tom right to defend Arthur from the insult?
LXVIII. DARE TO DO RIGHT. (Concluded.) (186)
LXVIII. HAVE THE COURAGE TO DO WHAT'S RIGHT. (Concluded.) (186)
1. It was no light act of courage in those days for a little fellow to say his prayers publicly, even at Rugby. A few years later, when Arnold's manly piety had begun to leaven the school, the tables turned: before he died, in the Schoolhouse at least, and I believe in the other houses, the rule was the other way.
1. In those days, it took real courage for a young kid to say his prayers out loud, even at Rugby. A few years later, once Arnold's strong sense of faith started to influence the school, things changed: before he passed away, at least in the Schoolhouse, and I think in the other houses too, the rule shifted in the opposite direction.
2. But poor Tom had come to school in other times. The first few nights after he came he did not kneel down because of the noise, but sat up in bed till the candle was out, and then stole out and said his prayers, in fear lest some one should find him out. So did many another poor little fellow.
2. But poor Tom had started school during a different time. The first few nights after he arrived, he didn't kneel down because of the noise; instead, he sat up in bed until the candle went out and then quietly got up to say his prayers, worried that someone might catch him. Many other little kids did the same.
3. Then he began to think that he might just as well say his prayers in bed, and then that it did not matter whether he was kneeling, or sitting, or lying down. And so it had come to pass with Tom, as with all who will not confess their Lord before men; and for the last year he had probably not said his prayers in earnest a dozen times.
3. Then he started to think that he might as well say his prayers in bed, and that it didn't really matter whether he was kneeling, sitting, or lying down. And so it had happened to Tom, just like it does to anyone who won't acknowledge their Lord in front of others; and for the last year, he had probably only said his prayers sincerely a dozen times.
4. Poor Tom! the first and bitterest feeling, which was like to break his heart, was the sense of his own cowardice. The vice of all others which he loathed was brought in and burned in on his own soul. He had lied to his mother, to his conscience, to his God. How could he bear it? And then the poor, little, weak boy, whom he had pitied and almost scorned for his weakness, had done that which he, braggart as he was, dared not do.
4. Poor Tom! The first and most painful feeling that was about to break his heart was the awareness of his own cowardice. The one flaw he hated more than anything else was ingrained in his soul. He had lied to his mother, to his conscience, to his God. How could he handle it? And then the poor, little, weak boy, whom he had felt sorry for and even looked down on for his frailty, had done what he, despite his bragging, didn’t have the courage to do.
5. The first dawn of comfort came to him in vowing to himself that he would stand by that boy through thick and thin, and cheer him, and help him, and bear his burdens, for the good deed done that night. Then he resolved to write home next day and tell his mother all, and what a coward her son had been. And then peace came to him as he resolved, lastly, to bear his testimony next morning.
5. The first feeling of comfort came to him when he promised himself that he would stick by that boy no matter what, support him, and share his struggles, in gratitude for the good deed done that night. Then he decided to write home the next day and tell his mother everything, including how much of a coward her son had been. Finally, a sense of peace washed over him as he resolved to share his story the next morning.
6. The morning would be harder than the night to begin with, but he felt that he could not afford to let one chance slip. Several times he faltered, for the Devil showed him, first, all his old friends calling him "Saint," and "Squaretoes" and a dozen hard names, and whispered to him that his motives would be misunderstood, and he would be left alone with the new boy; whereas, it was his duty to keep all means of influence, that he might do good to the largest number.
6. The morning would be tougher than the night to start with, but he felt he couldn't let this opportunity pass by. He hesitated several times because the Devil reminded him of all his old friends calling him "Saint," "Squaretoes," and a bunch of other harsh names, and whispered that his intentions would be misinterpreted, leaving him alone with the new kid; whereas, it was his responsibility to maintain all avenues of influence so he could do good for the greatest number of people.
7. And then came the more subtle temptation, "shall I not be showing myself braver than others by doing this? Have I any right to begin it now? Ought I not rather to pray in my own study, letting other boys know that I do so, and trying to lead them to it, while in public, at least, I should go on as I have done?" However, his good angel was too strong that night, and he turned on his side and slept, tired of trying to reason, but resolved to follow the impulse which had been so strong, and in which he had found peace.
7. Then came the more subtle temptation, “Am I not being braver than others by doing this? Do I have the right to start now? Shouldn’t I just pray in my own space, letting the other boys see that I do, and trying to encourage them, while in public I keep doing what I’ve always done?” However, his better instincts were too strong that night, and he turned onto his side and slept, exhausted from trying to reason things out, but determined to follow the strong impulse that had brought him peace.
8. Next morning he was up and washed and dressed, all but his jacket and waistcoat, just as the ten minutes' bell began to ring, and then in the face of the whole room he knelt down to pray. Not five words could he say,—the bell mocked him; he was listening for every whisper in the room,—what were they all thinking of him?
8. The next morning, he was up, washed, and dressed, except for his jacket and waistcoat, right as the ten-minute bell started ringing. Then, in front of everyone in the room, he knelt down to pray. He couldn't even say five words—the bell seemed to taunt him; he was straining to hear every whisper in the room—what were they all thinking about him?
9. He was ashamed to go on kneeling, ashamed to rise from his knees. At last, as it were from his inmost heart, a still, small voice seemed to breathe forth the words of the publican, "God be merciful to me a sinner!" He repeated them over and over, clinging to them as for his life, and rose from his knees comforted and humbled, and ready to face the whole world.
9. He felt embarrassed to keep kneeling, and embarrassed to stand up again. Finally, as if from deep within him, a quiet voice seemed to whisper the words of the tax collector, "God, be merciful to me, a sinner!" He said them again and again, holding onto them like they were his last hope, and stood up from his knees feeling comforted and humbled, ready to face the whole world.
10. It was not needed: two other boys besides Arthur had already followed his example, and he went down to the great school with a glimmering of another lesson in his heart,—the lesson that he who has conquered his own coward spirit has conquered the whole outward world; and that other one which the old prophet learned in the cave at Mount Horeb, when he hid his face, and the still, small voice asked, "What doest thou here, Elijah?"—that however we may fancy ourselves alone on the side of good, the King and Lord of men is nowhere without his witnesses; for in every society, however seemingly corrupt and godless, there are those who have not bowed the knee to Baal.
10. It wasn't necessary: two other boys besides Arthur had already followed his lead, and he went down to the big school with a new insight in his heart—the insight that whoever has overcome their own cowardice has conquered the entire outside world; and that other lesson which the old prophet learned in the cave at Mount Horeb, when he hid his face, and the still, small voice asked, "What are you doing here, Elijah?"—that no matter how isolated we may feel on the side of good, the King and Lord of all people is never without his witnesses; because in every society, no matter how corrupt and godless it may seem, there are those who have not bowed the knee to Baal.
[Transcriber's Footnote: Baal—Various fertility and nature gods of the ancient Semitic peoples considered to be false gods by the Hebrews.]
[Transcriber's Footnote: Baal—Various fertility and nature gods of the ancient Semitic peoples viewed as false gods by the Hebrews.]
11. He found, too, how greatly he had exaggerated the effect to be produced by his act. For a few nights there was a sneer or a laugh when he knelt down, but this passed off soon, and one by one all the other boys but three or four followed the lead.
11. He realized how much he had overestimated the impact of his actions. For a few nights, there was a smirk or a laugh when he knelt down, but that soon faded, and one by one, all the other boys except for three or four joined in.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Leav'en, to make a general change, to imbue. 4. Loathed, hated, detested. Brag'gart, a boaster. 5. Vow'ing, making a solemn promise to God. Tes'ti-mo-ny, open declaration. 6. Fal'tered, hesitated. Mo'tive, that which causes action, cause, reason. 7. Sub'tle (pro. sut'l), artful, cunning. Stud'y, a private room devoted to study. 10. Glim'mer-ing, a faint view.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Leav'en, to make a general change, to fill with something new. 4. Loathed, hated, detested. Brag'gart, a person who boasts. 5. Vow'ing, making a serious promise to God. Tes'ti-mo-ny, open declaration. 6. Fal'tered, hesitated. Mo'tive, the reason behind an action. 7. Sub'tle (pronounced su'tl), clever and tricky. Stud'y, a private room for studying. 10. Glim'mer'ing, a faint glimpse.
NOTES.—1. Arnold's. Dr. Thomas Arnold was head master at Rugby nearly fifteen years. His influence on the character of the boys was very marked, and soon made the school celebrated throughout England. The Schoolhouse was the name of one of the numerous buildings belonging to Rugby.
NOTES.—1. Arnold's. Dr. Thomas Arnold was headmaster at Rugby for nearly fifteen years. His impact on the boys' character was significant and quickly made the school famous across England. The Schoolhouse was the name of one of the many buildings that belonged to Rugby.
EXERCISES.—Relate Tom's early experience at Rugby. Was it courageous in him to stop saying his prayers? How did he feel over it? What did he resolve to do? Did he carry out his resolve? What two lessons was he taught?
EXERCISES.—Tell us about Tom's early experience at Rugby. Was it brave of him to stop saying his prayers? How did he feel about it? What did he decide to do? Did he follow through on his decision? What two lessons did he learn?
LXIX. THE WRECK OF THE HESPERUS. (190)
By Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, one of the greatest of American poets. He was born in Portland, Me., in 1807. For some years he held the professorship of Modern Languages in Bowdoin College, and later a similar professorship in Harvard College. He died March 21th, 1882.
By Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, one of the greatest American poets. He was born in Portland, Maine, in 1807. For several years, he taught Modern Languages at Bowdoin College, and later held a similar position at Harvard College. He passed away on March 21, 1882.
1. It was the schooner Hesperus,
That sailed the wintry sea;
And the skipper had taken his little daughter,
To bear him company.
1. It was the schooner Hesperus,
That sailed the wintry sea;
And the captain had brought his little daughter,
To keep him company.
2. Blue were her eyes as the fairy flax,
Her checks like the dawn of day,
And her bosom white as the hawthorn buds,
That ope in the month of May.
2. Her eyes were as blue as the flax flower,
Her cheeks like the break of day,
And her skin as white as hawthorn buds,
That bloom in the month of May.
3. The skipper, he stood beside the helm,
His pipe was in his mouth,
And he watched how the veering flaw did blow
The smoke now west, now south.
3. The captain stood next to the wheel,
His pipe in his mouth,
And he observed how the shifting breeze blew
The smoke now west, now south.
4. Then up and spake an old sailor,
Had sailed to the Spanish Main,
"I pray thee, put into yonder port,
For I fear the hurricane.
4. Then an old sailor spoke up,
Who had sailed to the Spanish Main,
"I ask you to stop at that port,
Because I'm afraid of the hurricane.
5. "Last night, the moon had a golden ring,
And to-night no moon we see!"
The skipper, he blew a whiff from his pipe,
And a scornful laugh laughed he.
5. "Last night, the moon had a golden ring,
And tonight there’s no moon in sight!"
The captain took a puff from his pipe,
And he let out a mocking laugh.
6. Colder and louder blew the wind,
A gale from the northeast;
The snow fell hissing in the brine,
And the billows frothed like yeast.
6. The wind blew colder and louder,
A strong gust from the northeast;
The snow fell hissing in the saltwater,
And the waves foamed like yeast.
7. Down came the storm, and smote amain
The vessel in its strength;
She shuddered and paused, like a frighted steed,
Then leaped her cable's length.
7. Down came the storm and hit hard
The ship with all its might;
It shuddered and stopped, like a scared horse,
Then sprang forward the length of its cable.
8. "Come hither! come hither! my little daughter,
And do not tremble so;
For I can weather the roughest gale
That ever wind did blow."
8. "Come here! come here! my little daughter,
And don’t be so scared;
Because I can handle the roughest storm
That any wind could blow."
9. He wrapped her warm in his seaman's coat,
Against the stinging blast:
He cut a rope from a broken spar,
And bound her to the mast.
9. He wrapped her snugly in his sailor's coat,
Against the biting wind:
He cut a piece of rope from a broken spar,
And tied her to the mast.
10. "O father! I hear the church bells ring,
Oh say, what may it be?"
"'Tis a fog bell on a rock-bound coast!"
And he steered for the open sea.
10. "Oh dad! I hear the church bells ringing,
What could it be?"
"It's a fog bell on a rocky coast!"
And he headed for the open sea.
11. "O father! I hear the sound of guns,
Oh say, what may it be?"
"Some ship in distress, that can not live
In such an angry sea!"
11. "Oh Dad! I hear the sound of guns,
What could it be?"
"Maybe a ship in trouble, that can't survive
In such a rough sea!"
12. "O father! I see a gleaming light,
Oh say, what may it be?"
But the father answered never a word,
A frozen corpse was he.
12. "Oh dad! I see a shining light,
Please tell me, what could it be?"
But the dad didn't say a word,
He was a lifeless body.
13. Lashed to the helm, all stiff and stark,
With his face turned to the skies,
The lantern gleamed through the gleaming snow
On his fixed and glassy eyes.
13. Tied to the steering wheel, all rigid and cold,
With his face facing the sky,
The lantern shone through the sparkling snow
On his unblinking, lifeless eyes.
14. Then the maiden clasped her hands, and prayed
That saved she might be;
And she thought of Christ, who stilled the wave
On the lake of Galilee.
14. Then the girl clasped her hands and prayed
That she might be saved;
And she thought of Christ, who calmed the waves
On the Sea of Galilee.
15. And fast through the midnight dark and drear,
Through the whistling sleet and snow,
Like a sheeted ghost, the vessel swept
Tow'rds the reef of Norman's Woe.
15. And swiftly through the midnight dark and gloomy,
Through the whistling sleet and snow,
Like a ghost wrapped in a shroud, the ship sped
Towards the reef of Norman's Woe.
16. And ever the fitful gusts between
A sound came from the land:
It was the sound of the trampling surf
On the rocks and the hard sea sand.
16. And always the uneven winds between
A sound came from the land:
It was the sound of the crashing waves
On the rocks and the hard beach sand.
17. The breakers were right beneath her bows,
She drifted a dreary wreck,
And a whooping billow swept the crew
Like icicles from her deck.
17. The waves were right under her bow,
She floated like a sad wreck,
And a crashing wave swept the crew
Off her deck like icicles.
18. She struck where the white and fleecy waves
Looked soft as carded wool,
But the cruel rocks, they gored her side
Like the horns of an angry bull.
18. She hit the spot where the white, fluffy waves
Looked as soft as spun wool,
But the ruthless rocks, they pierced her side
Like the horns of a furious bull.
19. Her rattling shrouds, all sheathed in ice,
With the masts, went by the board;
Like a vessel of glass, she stove and sank,
Ho! ho! the breakers roared!
19. Her rattling sails, all covered in ice,
With the masts, went overboard;
Like a glass ship, she shattered and sank,
Ho! ho! the waves roared!
20. At day break, on the bleak seabeach,
A fisherman stood aghast,
To see the form of a maiden fair
Lashed close to a drifting mast.
20. At dawn, on the desolate beach,
A fisherman stood in shock,
To see the figure of a beautiful girl
Tied tightly to a drifting mast.
21. The salt sea was frozen on her breast,
The salt tears in her eyes;
And he saw her hair, like the brown seaweed,
On the billows fall and rise.
21. The salty sea was frozen on her chest,
The salty tears in her eyes;
And he saw her hair, like the brown seaweed,
On the waves falling and rising.
22. Such was the wreck of the Hesperus
In the midnight and the snow:
Heav'n save us all from a death like this
On the reef of Norman's Woe!
22. Such was the wreck of the Hesperus
In the midnight and the snow:
Heaven save us all from a death like this
On the reef of Norman's Woe!
DEFINITIONS.—l. Skip'per, the master of a small merchant ves-sel. 3. Veer'ing, changing. Flaw, a sudden gust of wind. 4. Port, harbor. 6. Brine, the sea. 7. A-main', with sudden force. 8. Weath'er, to endure, to resist. 9. Spar, a long beam. 13. Helm, the instrument by which a ship is steered. 18. Card'ed, cleaned by combing. 19. Shrouds, sets of ropes reaching from the mastheads to the sides of a vessel to support the masts. Stove, broke in.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Skipper, the captain of a small merchant vessel. 3. Veering, changing direction. Flaw, a sudden gust of wind. 4. Port, harbor. 6. Brine, seawater. 7. A-main, with sudden force. 8. Weather, to endure or resist. 9. Spar, a long beam. 13. Helm, the equipment used to steer a ship. 18. Carded, cleaned by combing. 19. Shrouds, sets of ropes extending from the top of the mast to the sides of a vessel to support the masts. Stove, broken in.
NOTES.—This piece is written in the style of the old English ballads. The syllables marked (') have a peculiar accent not usually allowed.
NOTES.—This piece is written in the style of the old English ballads. The syllables marked (') have a unique accent not typically accepted.
4. The Spanish Main was the name formerly applied to the northern coast of South America from the Mosquito Territory to the Leeward Islands.
4. The Spanish Main was the name used in the past for the northern coast of South America, stretching from the Mosquito Territory to the Leeward Islands.
15. The reef of Norman's Woe. A dangerous ledge of rocks on the Massachusetts coast, near Gloucester harbor.
15. The reef of Norman's Woe. A treacherous outcrop of rocks along the Massachusetts coastline, close to Gloucester harbor.
19. Went by the board. A sailor's expression, meaning "fell over the side of the vessel."
19. Went overboard. A sailor's term meaning "fell off the side of the ship."
LXX. ANECDOTES OF BIRDS. (193)
1. I had once a favorite black hen, "a great beauty," as she was called by everyone, and so I thought her; her feathers were so jetty, and her topping so white and full! She knew my voice as well as any dog, and used to run cackling and bustling to my hand to receive the fragments that I never failed to collect from the breakfast table for "Yarico," as she was called.
1. I once had a favorite black hen, "a real beauty," as everyone called her, and I thought so too; her feathers were so deep black, and her comb was so white and full! She recognized my voice just like any dog and would come running, clucking and bustling to my hand to get the scraps that I always collected from the breakfast table for "Yarico," as she was named.
2. Yarico, by the time she was a year old, hatched a respectable family of chickens; little, cowering, timid things at first, but, in due time, they became fine chubby ones; and old Norah said, "If I could only keep Yarico out of the copse, it would do; but the copse is full of weasels and of foxes.
2. By the time Yarico was a year old, she had raised a decent family of chickens; small, scared, timid little things at first, but eventually, they grew into plump ones. Old Norah said, "If I could just keep Yarico away from the thicket, that would be fine; but the thicket is full of weasels and foxes."
3. "I have driven her back twenty times; but she watches till some one goes out of the gate, and then she's off again. It is always the case with young hens, Miss; they think they know better than their keepers; and nothing cures them but losing a brood or two of chickens." I have often thought since that young people, as well as young hens, buy their experience equally dear.
3. "I've taken her back twenty times, but she just waits until someone leaves the gate, and then she's off again. It always happens with young hens, Miss; they think they know better than their caretakers, and nothing sets them straight like losing a brood or two of chicks." I've often thought since then that young people, just like young hens, pay a high price for their experiences.
4. One morning; after breakfast, I went to seek my favorite in the poultry yard; plenty of hens were there, but no Yarico. The gate was open, and, as I concluded she had sought the forbidden copse, I proceeded there, accompanied by the yard mastiff; a noble fellow, steady and sagacious as a judge.
4. One morning, after breakfast, I went to look for my favorite in the chicken yard. There were plenty of hens there, but no Yarico. The gate was open, and since I figured she had gone to the forbidden thicket, I headed there, accompanied by the yard dog; a great guy, calm and wise like a judge.
5. At the end of a lane, flanked on one side by a quickset hedge, on the other by a wild common, what was called the copse commenced; but before I arrived near the spot I heard a loud and tremendous cackling, and met two young, long-legged pullets, running with both wings and feet toward home. Jock pricked up his sharp ears, and would have set off at full gallop to the copse; but I restrained him, hastening onward, however, at the top of my speed, thinking I had as good a right to see what was the matter as Jock.
5. At the end of a path, with a quickset hedge on one side and a wild open area on the other, there was what they called the copse. But before I got close, I heard a loud and crazy cackling and saw two young, long-legged chickens running home with both their wings and feet. Jock perked up his sharp ears and would have taken off at full speed toward the copse, but I held him back, rushing forward as fast as I could, thinking I had just as much right to find out what was going on as Jock did.
6. Poor Yarico! An impertinent fox cub had attempted to carry off one of her children; but she had managed to get them behind her in the hedge, and venturing boldly forth had placed herself in front, and positively kept the impudent animal at bay. His desire for plunder had prevented his noticing our approach, and Jock soon made him feel the superiority of an English mastiff over a cub fox.
6. Poor Yarico! A cheeky fox cub had tried to snatch one of her babies; but she managed to get them safely behind her in the hedge and bravely stepped out in front, keeping the rude animal away. The cub's greed distracted him from noticing us, and Jock quickly showed him that an English mastiff is much stronger than a cub fox.
7. The most interesting portion of my tale is to come. Yarico not only never afterward ventured to the copse, but formed a strong friendship for the dog which had preserved her family. Whenever he appeared in the yard, she would run to meet him, prating and clucking all the time, and impeding his progress by walking between his legs, to his no small annoyance. If any other dog entered the yard, she would fly at him most furiously, thinking, perhaps, that he would injure her chickens; but she evidently considered Jock her especial protector, and treated him accordingly.
7. The most interesting part of my story is yet to come. Yarico not only never went back to the copse again, but she also formed a strong bond with the dog that had saved her family. Whenever he showed up in the yard, she would run to greet him, chattering away the whole time and getting in his way by walking between his legs, which annoyed him quite a bit. If any other dog came into the yard, she would charge at him fiercely, probably thinking he would harm her chickens; but she clearly regarded Jock as her special protector and treated him that way.
8. It was very droll to see the peculiar look with which he regarded his feathered friend; not knowing exactly what to make of her civilities, and doubting how they should be received. When her family were educated, and able to do without her care, she was a frequent visitor at Jock's kennel, and would, if permitted, roost there at night, instead of returning with the rest of the poultry to the henhouse. Yarico certainly was a most grateful and interesting bird. * *
8. It was quite amusing to see the quirky look he gave his feathered friend; unsure of how to interpret her politeness and wondering how it should be taken. Once her chicks were grown and independent, she often visited Jock's kennel and would, if allowed, spend the night there instead of going back with the other chickens to the henhouse. Yarico was definitely a very grateful and fascinating bird. * *
9. One could almost believe a parrot had intellect, when he keeps up a conversation so spiritedly; and it is certainly singular to observe how accurately a well-trained bird will apply his knowledge. A friend of mine knew one that had been taught many sentences; thus, "Sally, Poll wants her breakfast!" "Sally, Poll wants her tea!" but she never mistook the one for the other; breakfast was invariably demanded in the morning, and tea in the afternoon; and she always hailed her master, but no one else, by "How do you do, Mr. A?"
9. You might almost think a parrot was smart when it keeps up such a lively conversation; and it’s definitely interesting to see how accurately a well-trained bird uses its knowledge. A friend of mine had one that was taught many phrases, like "Sally, Poll wants her breakfast!" and "Sally, Poll wants her tea!" but it never confused one for the other; breakfast was always asked for in the morning, and tea in the afternoon; and it always greeted its owner, but no one else, with "How do you do, Mr. A?"
10. She was a most amusing bird, and could whistle dogs, which she had great pleasure in doing. She would drop bread out of her cage as she hung at the street door, and whistle a number about her, and then, just as they were going to possess themselves of her bounty, utter a shrill scream of "Get out, dogs!" with such vehemence and authority as dispersed the assembled company without a morsel, to her infinite delight. * * *
10. She was a really entertaining bird and could whistle to dogs, which she enjoyed very much. She would drop bread from her cage while hanging by the front door, whistling a tune. Then, just when the dogs were about to grab the food, she would let out a loud scream of "Get out, dogs!" with such intensity and authority that it sent the gathering of dogs away without a bite, much to her delight. * * *
11. How wonderful is that instinct by which the bird of passage performs its annual migration! But how still more wonderful is it when the bird, after its voyage of thousands of miles has been performed, and new lands visited, returns to the precise window or eaves where, the summer before, it first enjoyed existence! And yet, such is unquestionably the fact.
11. How amazing is that instinct that drives migratory birds to make their annual journey! But it’s even more incredible when the bird, after traveling thousands of miles and seeing new places, comes back to the exact window or ledge where, the summer before, it first experienced life! And yet, that is undeniably true.
12. Four brothers had watched with indignation the felonious attempts of a sparrow to possess himself of the nest of a house martin, in which lay its young brood of four unfledged birds.
12. Four brothers watched in indignation as a sparrow tried to take over the nest of a house martin, where its brood of four unhatched chicks lay.
13. The little fellows considered themselves as champions for the bird which had come over land and sea, and chosen its shelter under their mother's roof. They therefore marshaled themselves with blowguns, to execute summary vengeance; but their well-meant endeavors brought destruction upon the mud-built domicile they wished to defend. Their artillery loosened the foundations, and down it came, precipitating its four little inmates to the ground. The mother of the children, Good Samaritan-like, replaced the little outcasts in their nest, and set it in the open window of an unoccupied chamber.
13. The little guys saw themselves as heroes for the bird that had traveled over land and sea and chosen to take shelter under their mother’s roof. So, they gathered their blowguns to take quick revenge; but their good intentions ended up destroying the mud house they wanted to protect. Their makeshift weapons weakened the structure, and down it came, dropping its four small inhabitants to the ground. The children's mother, like a Good Samaritan, put the little outcasts back in their nest and placed it in the open window of a vacant room.
14. The parent birds, after the first terror was over, did not appear disconcerted by the change of situation, but hourly fed their young as usual, and testified, by their unwearied twitter of pleasure, the satisfaction and confidence they felt. There the young birds were duly fledged, and from that window they began their flight, and entered upon life.
14. After the initial shock passed, the parent birds didn’t seem bothered by the change in their situation. They continued to feed their young regularly and showed their satisfaction and confidence through their constant cheerful chirping. The young birds grew their feathers properly, and from that window, they started to fly and began their journey in life.
15. The next spring, with the reappearance of the martins, came four, which familiarly flew into the chamber, visited all the walls, and expressed their recognition by the most clamorous twitterings of joy. They were, without question, the very birds that had been bred there the preceding year.
15. The next spring, when the martins returned, four of them flew into the room, checked out all the walls, and showed their excitement with loud, happy chirping. There’s no doubt they were the same birds that had been raised there the year before.
DEFINITIONS.—2. Copse, a grove of small trees or bushes. 4. Sa-ga'cious, quick in discernment. 6. Im-per'ti-nent, rude, intru-sive. 8. Ken'nel, a place for dogs. 10. Ve'he-mence, force. 11. Mi-gra'tion, change of place, removal. 12. Fe-lo'ni-ous, criminal. 13. Dom'i-cile, the home or residence of anyone. Ar-til'er-y, weapons of warfare. 14. Dis-con-cert'ed, interrupted, confused. 15. Rec-og-ni'tion, recollection of a former acquaintance.
DEFINITIONS.—2. Copse, a small group of trees or bushes. 4. Sagacious, quick to notice and understand. 6. Impudent, rude, intrusive. 8. Kennel, a place for dogs. 10. Vehemence, intensity or force. 11. Migration, a change of place or relocation. 12. Felonious, criminal. 13. Domicile, someone's home or residence. Artillery, weapons used in warfare. 14. Disconcerted, interrupted, or confused. 15. Recognition, remembering someone you’ve met before.
LXXI. THE RAINBOW PILGRIMAGE. (197)
By Sara J. Lippincott, born at Onondaga, N. Y., in 1823, of New England parentage. Under the name of "Grace Greenwood" she has written many charming stories for children. Some of her best sketches are in "Records of Five Years."
By Sara J. Lippincott, born in Onondaga, NY, in 1823, to New England parents. Writing under the name "Grace Greenwood," she has created many delightful stories for kids. Some of her best pieces are in "Records of Five Years."
1. One summer afternoon, when I was about eight years of age, I was standing at an eastern window, looking at a beautiful rainbow that, bending from the sky, seemed to be losing itself in a thick, swampy wood about a quarter of a mile distant.
1. One summer afternoon, when I was around eight years old, I was standing at an east-facing window, admiring a beautiful rainbow that arched down from the sky and appeared to be disappearing into a dense, marshy forest about a quarter of a mile away.
2. It happened that no one was in the room with me then but my brother Rufus, who was just recovering from a severe illness, and was sitting, propped up with pillows, in an easy-chair, looking out, with me, at the rainbow.
2. At that moment, the only person in the room with me was my brother Rufus, who was just getting better from a serious illness. He was sitting up in an easy chair, supported by pillows, looking out at the rainbow with me.
3. "See, brother," I said, "it drops right down among the cedars, where we go in the spring to find wintergreens!"
3. "Look, brother," I said, "it falls right down among the cedars, where we go in the spring to find wintergreens!"
4. "Do you know, Gracie," said my brother, with a very serious face, "that if you should go to the end of the rain how, you would find there purses filled with money, and great pots of gold and silver?"
4. "Do you know, Gracie," my brother said with a really serious look, "that if you went to the end of the rainbow, you'd find purses full of money and huge pots of gold and silver?"
5. "Is it truly so?" I asked.
5. "Is that really the case?" I asked.
6. "Truly so," answered my brother, with a smile. Now, I was a simple-hearted child who believed everything that was told me, although I was again and again imposed upon; so, without another word, I darted out of the door, and set forth toward the wood. My brother called after me as loudly as he was able, but I did not heed him.
6. "That's right," my brother replied with a smile. I was a naive kid who believed anything anyone told me, even if I kept getting tricked; so, without saying another word, I rushed out the door and headed toward the woods. My brother shouted after me as loud as he could, but I ignored him.
7. I cared nothing for the wet grass, which was sadly drabbling my clean frock,—on and on I ran: I was so sure that I knew just where that rainbow ended. I remember how glad and proud I was in my thoughts, and what fine presents I promised to all my friends out of my great riches.
7. I didn't care at all about the wet grass that was ruining my clean dress—I just kept running: I was so confident I knew exactly where that rainbow ended. I remember how happy and proud I felt in that moment, and the amazing gifts I promised to all my friends with my newfound wealth.
8. So thinking, and laying delightful plans, almost before I knew it I had reached the cedar grove, and the end of the rainbow was not there! But I saw it shining down among the trees a little farther off; so on and on I struggled, through the thick bushes and over logs, till I came within the sound of a stream which ran through the swamp. Then I thought, "What if the rainbow should come down right in the middle of that deep, muddy brook!"
8. With those thoughts in mind and while making exciting plans, I suddenly found myself at the cedar grove, but the end of the rainbow wasn’t there! However, I spotted it gleaming among the trees a bit further away, so I kept going, pushing through thick bushes and climbing over logs, until I could hear a stream flowing through the swamp. Then I wondered, "What if the rainbow landed right in the middle of that deep, muddy creek!"
9. Ah! but I was frightened for my heavy pots of gold and silver, and my purses of money. How should I ever find them there? and what a time I should have getting them out! I reached the bank of the stream, and "the end was not yet." But I could see it a little way off on the other side. I crossed the creek on a fallen tree, and still ran on, though my limbs seemed to give way, and my side ached with fatigue.
9. Ah! but I was scared about my heavy pots of gold and silver, and my bags of money. How would I ever find them there? And how difficult it would be to get them out! I reached the bank of the stream, and "the end was not yet." But I could see it a little way off on the other side. I crossed the creek on a fallen tree and kept running, even though my limbs felt weak, and my side hurt from exhaustion.
10. The woods grew thicker and darker, the ground more wet and swampy, and I found, as many grown people had found before me, that there was rather hard traveling in a journey after, riches. Suddenly I met in my way a large porcupine, who made himself still larger when he saw me, as a cross cat raises its back and makes tails at a dog. Fearing that he would shoot his sharp quills at me, I ran from him as fast as my tired feet would carry me.
10. The woods became thicker and darker, the ground more damp and swampy, and I realized, just like many adults had before me, that it was pretty tough to travel on a quest for riches. Suddenly, I came across a big porcupine, who puffed himself up even more when he spotted me, like a grumpy cat arching its back at a dog. Worried that he would shoot his sharp quills at me, I ran away as fast as my tired legs could carry me.
11. In my fright and hurry I forgot to keep my eye on the rainbow, as I had done before; and when, at last, I remembered and looked for it, it was nowhere in sight! It had quite faded away. When I saw that it was indeed gone, I burst into tears; for I had lost all my treasures, and had nothing to show for my pilgrimage but muddy feet and a wet and torn frock. So I set out for home.
11. In my panic and rush, I forgot to keep an eye on the rainbow like I had before, and when I finally remembered and looked for it, it was nowhere to be found! It had completely disappeared. When I realized it was really gone, I started crying; I had lost all my treasures and had nothing to show for my journey except muddy feet and a wet, torn dress. So, I headed home.
12. But I soon found that my troubles had only begun; I could not find my way: I was lost! I could not tell which was east or west, north or south, but wandered about here and there, crying and calling, though I knew that no one could hear me.
12. But I quickly realized that my troubles had just started; I couldn't find my way: I was lost! I couldn't figure out which direction was east or west, north or south, and I wandered around aimlessly, crying and calling out, even though I knew that no one could hear me.
13. All at once I heard voices shouting and hallooing; but, instead of being rejoiced at this, I was frightened, fearing that the Indians were upon me! I crawled under some bushes, by the side of a large log, and lay perfectly still. I was wet, cold, scared, altogether very miserable indeed; yet, when the voices came near, I did not start up and show myself.
13. Suddenly, I heard voices shouting and calling out; but instead of feeling happy about it, I was scared, worried that the Indians were coming for me! I crawled under some bushes next to a big log and lay perfectly still. I was wet, cold, terrified, and feeling pretty miserable; yet, when the voices got closer, I didn’t jump up and reveal myself.
14. At last I heard my own name called; but I remembered that Indians were very cunning, and thought they might have found it out some way, so I did not answer. Then came a voice near me, that sounded like that of my eldest brother, who lived away from home, and whom I had not seen for many months; but I dared not believe that the voice was his.
14. Finally, I heard my name being called; but I remembered that Native Americans were very clever, and I thought they might have figured it out somehow, so I didn’t respond. Then, I heard a voice nearby that sounded like my oldest brother’s, who lived far away and whom I hadn’t seen in months; but I didn’t dare believe that the voice was really his.
15. Soon some one sprang up on the log by which I lay, and stood there calling. I could not see his face; I could only see the tips of his toes, but by them I saw that he wore a nice pair of boots, and not moccasins. Yet I remembered that some Indians dressed like white folks; so I still kept quiet, till I heard shouted over me a pet name, which this brother had given me. It was the funniest name in the world.
15. Soon, someone jumped up on the log next to me and started calling out. I couldn't see his face; I could only see the tips of his toes, but from that, I could tell he was wearing nice boots instead of moccasins. Still, I remembered that some Native Americans dressed like white people, so I stayed quiet until I heard him shout a nickname he had given me. It was the funniest name ever.
16. I knew that no Indian knew of the name, as it was a little family secret; so I sprang up, and caught my brother about the ankles. I hardly think that an Indian could have given a louder yell than he gave then; and he jumped so that he fell off the log down by my side. But nobody was hurt; and, after kissing me till he had kissed away all my tears, he hoisted me on to his shoulder, called my other brothers, who were hunting in different directions, and we all set out for home.
16. I was sure that no Indian knew the name, since it was a little family secret; so I jumped up and grabbed my brother around the ankles. I doubt any Indian could have screamed louder than he did at that moment; he jumped so hard that he fell off the log and landed beside me. But no one was hurt; and after he kissed me until all my tears were gone, he lifted me onto his shoulder, called for my other brothers, who were hunting in different directions, and we all headed home.
17. I had been gone nearly three hours, and had wandered a number of miles. My brother Joseph's coming and asking for me, had first set them to inquiring and searching me out. When I went into the room where my brother Rufus sat, he said, "Why, my poor little sister! I did not mean to send you off on such a wild-goose chase to the end of the rainbow. I thought you would know I was only quizzing you."
17. I had been gone for almost three hours and had walked quite a few miles. My brother Joseph coming to ask about me was what got everyone worried and looking for me. When I entered the room where my brother Rufus was sitting, he said, "Oh, my poor little sister! I didn’t mean to send you off on such a wild goose chase to the end of the rainbow. I thought you would realize I was just joking."
18. Then my eldest brother took me on his knee, and told me what the rainbow really is: that it is only painted air, and does not rest on the earth, so nobody could ever find the end; and that God has set it in the cloud to remind him and us of his promise never again to drown the world with a flood. "Oh, I think God's Promise would be a beautiful name for the rainbow!" I said.
18. Then my older brother sat me on his lap and explained what the rainbow really is: that it’s just colored air and doesn’t actually touch the ground, so no one could ever find its end; and that God placed it in the clouds to remind Him and us of His promise to never again flood the world. "Oh, I think 'God's Promise' would be a beautiful name for the rainbow!" I said.
19. "Yes," replied my mother, "but it tells us something more than that he will not send great floods upon the earth,—it tells us of his beautiful love always bending over us from the skies. And I trust that when my little girl sets forth on a pilgrimage to find God's love, she will be led by the rainbow of his promise through all the dark places of this world to 'treasures laid up in heaven,' better, far better, than silver or gold."
19. "Yes," my mother said, "but it tells us more than just that he won't send big floods on the earth—it speaks of his beautiful love that always watches over us from above. And I hope that when my little girl sets out on a journey to find God's love, she will be guided by the rainbow of his promise through all the dark places of this world to 'treasures stored in heaven,' which are so much better than silver or gold."
DEFINITIONS.—2. Re-cov'er-ing, growing well. 3. Win'ter—green, a creeping evergreen plant with bright red berries. 6. Im—posed', (used with on or upon), deceived, misled. 7. Drab'-bling, making dirty by drawing in mud and water. 10. Por'cu—pine, a small quadruped whose body is covered with sharp quills. 11. Pil'grim-age, journey. 15. Moc'ca-sins, shoes of deerskin without soles, such as are usually worn by Indians. 17. Quiz'zing, making sport of.
DEFINITIONS.—2. Re-covering, getting better. 3. Wintergreen, a creeping evergreen plant with bright red berries. 6. Imposed (used with on or upon), deceived, misled. 7. Drabbling, making dirty by dragging in mud and water. 10. Porcupine, a small animal with a body covered in sharp quills. 11. Pilgrimage, journey. 15. Moccasins, deerskin shoes without soles, typically worn by Native Americans. 17. Quizzing, making fun of.
LXXII. THE OLD OAKEN BUCKET. (202)
By Samuel Woodworth, who was born in Massachusetts in 1785. He was both author and editor. This is his best known poem. He died in 1842.
By Samuel Woodworth, who was born in Massachusetts in 1785. He was both an author and an editor. This is his most famous poem. He passed away in 1842.
1. How dear to this heart are the scenes of my childhood,
When fond recollection presents them to view!
The orchard, the meadow, the deep tangled wildwood,
And every loved spot which my infancy knew;
The wide-spreading pond, and the mill that stood by it:
The bridge and the rock where the cataract fell:
The cot of my father, the dairy house nigh it,
And e'en the rude bucket which hung in the well:
The old oaken bucket, the ironbound bucket,
The moss-covered bucket which hung in the well.
1. How dear to my heart are the scenes of my childhood,
When warm memories bring them to life!
The orchard, the meadow, the thick, tangled woods,
And every cherished place from my early years;
The wide pond and the mill that stood by it:
The bridge and the rock where the waterfall splashed:
The cottage of my father, the dairy nearby,
And even the old bucket that hung in the well:
The old oaken bucket, the iron-bound bucket,
The moss-covered bucket that hung in the well.
2. That moss-covered vessel I hail as a treasure;
For often, at noon, when returned from the field,
I found it the source of an exquisite pleasure,
The purest and sweetest that nature can yield.
How ardent I seized it, with hands that were glowing,
And quick to the white-pebble bottom it fell;
Then soon, with the emblem of truth overflowing,
And dripping with coolness, it rose from the well:
The old oaken bucket, the ironbound bucket,
The moss-covered bucket arose from the well.
2. That moss-covered bucket I cherish as a treasure;
Because often, at noon, when I returned from the field,
I found it brought me immense pleasure,
The purest and sweetest that nature can offer.
How eagerly I grabbed it, with hands that were warm,
And quickly it sank to the white-pebble bottom;
Then soon, with the symbol of truth overflowing,
And dripping with coolness, it came up from the well:
The old wooden bucket, the iron-bound bucket,
The moss-covered bucket came up from the well.
3. How sweet from the green mossy brim to receive it,
As poised on the curb, it inclined to my lips!
Not a full blushing goblet could tempt me to leave it,
Though filled with the nectar which Jupiter sips;
And now, far removed from thy loved situation,
The tear of regret will intrusively swell,
As fancy reverts to my father's plantation,
And sighs for the bucket which hangs in the well:
The old oaken bucket, the ironbound bucket,
The moss-covered bucket, which hangs in the well.
3. How sweet it is from the green mossy edge to drink it,
As I lean on the curb, bringing it to my lips!
Not even a full, blushing goblet could tempt me to leave it,
Even if it were filled with the nectar that Jupiter drinks;
And now, so far away from your beloved spot,
The tear of regret will unavoidably rise,
As my mind goes back to my father's farm,
And longs for the bucket that hangs in the well:
The old wooden bucket, the ironbound bucket,
The moss-covered bucket, which hangs in the well.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Cat'a-ract, a great fall of water. 2. O-ver—flow'ing,
running over. Ex'qui-site, exceeding, extreme. 3. Poised', balanced.
Goblet, a kind of cup or drinking vessel. Nec'tar, the drink of the gods.
In-tru'sive-ly, without right or welcome. Re-verts', returns.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Cataract, a large waterfall. 2. Overflowing,
spilling over. Exquisite, exceptional or intense. 3. Poised, balanced.
Goblet, a type of cup or drinking vessel. Nectar, the drink of the gods.
Intrusively, without permission or welcome. Reverts, returns.
EXERCISES.—Who was the author of "The Old Oaken Bucket"? What is said of this piece? What does the poem describe? and what feeling does it express?
EXERCISES.—Who wrote "The Old Oaken Bucket"? What is said about this piece? What does the poem describe? And what emotion does it convey?
LXXIII. THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT. (204)
1. And seeing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain: and when he was set, his disciples came unto him; and he opened his mouth and taught them, saying,
1. When he saw the crowds, he went up on a mountain. Once he sat down, his disciples came to him, and he began to teach them, saying,
2. Blessed are the poor in spirit; for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. Blessed are they that mourn; for they shall be comforted. Blessed are the meek; for they shall inherit the earth.
2. Blessed are the ones who are humble in spirit; for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. Blessed are those who grieve; for they will be comforted. Blessed are the gentle; for they will inherit the earth.
3. Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness; for they shall be filled. Blessed are the merciful; for they shall obtain mercy. Blessed are the pure in heart; for they shall see God.
3. Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for righteousness; for they will be satisfied. Blessed are the merciful; for they will receive mercy. Blessed are the pure in heart; for they will see God.
4. Blessed are the peacemakers; for they shall be called the children of God. Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness' sake; for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.
4. Blessed are the peacemakers, for they will be called the children of God. Blessed are those who are persecuted for doing what is right, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.
5. Blessed are ye when men shall revile you, and persecute you, and shall say all manner of evil against you falsely, for my sake. Rejoice and be exceeding glad; for great is your reward in heaven. * * *
5. You are blessed when people insult you, persecute you, and say all kinds of false things about you because of me. Celebrate and be very happy; your reward in heaven is great. * * *
6. Ye have heard that it hath been said by them of old time, Thou shalt not forswear thyself, but shalt perform unto the Lord thine oaths: but I say unto you, Swear not at all; neither by heaven; for it is God's throne: nor by the earth; for it is his footstool: neither by Jerusalem; for it is the city of the great King.
6. You have heard that it was said in the past, "You shall not break your oath, but you must fulfill your promises to the Lord." But I tell you, do not swear at all; neither by heaven, for it is God’s throne; nor by the earth, for it is His footstool; nor by Jerusalem, for it is the city of the great King.
7. Neither shalt thou swear by thy head, because thou canst not make one hair white or black. But let your communication be, Yea, yea; Nay, nay: for whatsoever is more than these cometh of evil.
7. Don't swear by your head because you can't turn one hair white or black. Instead, let your word be simply yes or no; anything beyond that comes from evil.
8. Ye have heard that it hath been said, An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth: but I say unto you, That ye resist not evil; but whosoever shall smite thee on thy right cheek, turn to him the other also. And if any man will sue thee at the law, and take away thy coat, let him have thy cloak also. And whosoever shall compel thee to go a mile, go with him twain. Give to him that asketh thee, and from him that would borrow of thee turn not thou away.
8. You have heard that it was said, “An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth.” But I tell you, don’t resist evil. If someone strikes you on the right cheek, turn to them the other cheek as well. If anyone wants to sue you and take your shirt, let them have your coat too. If someone forces you to go one mile, go with them two miles. Give to anyone who asks you, and don’t turn away from anyone who wants to borrow from you.
9. Ye have heard that it hath been said, Thou shalt love thy neighbor and hate thine enemy: but I say unto you, Love your enemies; bless them that curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them which despitefully use you and persecute you; that ye may be the children of your Father which is in heaven: for he maketh his sun to rise on the evil and on the good, and sendeth rain on the just and on the unjust.
9. You have heard it said, 'Love your neighbor and hate your enemy.' But I tell you, love your enemies; bless those who curse you, do good to those who hate you, and pray for those who mistreat you and persecute you; so that you may be children of your Father in heaven. He makes his sun rise on both the evil and the good, and sends rain on the just and the unjust.
10. For if ye love them which love you, what reward have ye? do not even the publicans the same? And if ye salute your brethren only, what do ye more than others? do not even the publicans so? Be ye, therefore, perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect. * * *
10. If you love only those who love you, what reward will you get? Don’t even tax collectors do the same? And if you greet only your own people, what are you doing more than others? Don’t even tax collectors do that? So be perfect, just as your Father in heaven is perfect. * * *
11. Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged: and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again. And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother's eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye?
11. Don’t judge others, so you won’t be judged. The way you judge others is how you will be judged, and the measurement you use will be used for you. Why do you notice the splinter in your brother’s eye but ignore the log in your own eye?
12. Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull out the mote out of thine eye; and, behold, a beam is in thine own eye? Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother's eye. * * *
12. Or how can you say to your brother, "Let me take the speck out of your eye," when there's a plank in your own eye? You hypocrite, first remove the plank from your own eye; then you will see clearly to take the speck out of your brother's eye. * * *
13. Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you: for everyone that asketh, receiveth; and he that seeketh, findeth; and to him that knocketh, it shall be opened. Or what man is there of you, whom if his son ask bread, will he give him a stone? Or if he ask a fish, will he give him a serpent?
13. Ask, and you will receive; seek, and you will find; knock, and the door will be opened for you: for everyone who asks gets; and the one who seeks finds; and to the one who knocks, the door will be opened. Or what parent among you, if their child asks for bread, will give them a stone? Or if they ask for a fish, will give them a snake?
14. If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Father which is in heaven give good things to them that ask him? Therefore all things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them; for this is the law and the prophets. * * *
14. If you, despite being flawed, know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your Father in heaven give good things to those who ask Him? So, whatever you want people to do for you, do the same for them; this is the essence of the law and the prophets. * * *
15. Whosoever heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon a rock: and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell not; for it was founded upon a rock.
15. Anyone who hears these words of mine and puts them into practice is like a wise person who built their house on a solid rock. The rain poured down, the floods came, and the winds blew and beat against that house, yet it didn’t fall because it was built on rock.
16. And everyone that heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand: and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell: and great was the fall of it.
16. Everyone who hears my words and doesn’t follow them will be like a foolish person who built their house on sand. The rain fell, the floods came, and the winds blew and beat against that house; and it collapsed, and it was a huge disaster.
17. And it came to pass, when Jesus had ended these sayings, the people were astonished at his doctrine: for he taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes.
17. When Jesus finished these teachings, the people were amazed at his message because he taught with authority, unlike the scribes.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Dis-ci'ple, one who receives instruction from another. 2. Bless'ed, happy. In-her'it, to come into possession of. 5. Re-vile', to speak against without cause. Per'se-cute, to punish on account of religion. 6. For-swear', to swear falsely. 9. De-spite'ful-ly, maliciously, cruelly. 10. Pub'li-cans, tax collectors (they were often oppressive and were hated by the Jews). 11. Mete, to measure. Mote, a small particle. 12. Hyp'o-crite, a false pretender. 17. Scribes, men among the Jews who read and explained the law to the people.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Disciples, someone who learns from another. 2. Blessed, happy. Inherit, to come into possession of. 5. Revile, to speak against without cause. Persecute, to punish because of religion. 6. Forswear, to swear falsely. 9. Despitefully, maliciously, cruelly. 10. Publicans, tax collectors (they were often oppressive and hated by the Jews). 11. Mete, to measure. Mote, a small particle. 12. Hypocrite, someone who pretends to be what they are not. 17. Scribes, men among the Jews who read and explained the law to the people.
EXERCISES.—Who delivered this sermon? Who are blessed? and why? Is it right to swear? How should we treat our enemies? Should we judge others harshly? What does Jesus say of him who finds faults in his neighbor, but does not see his own? What is said about prayer? About our conduct to others?
EXERCISES.—Who gave this sermon? Who is blessed? and why? Is it okay to swear? How should we treat our enemies? Should we judge others harshly? What does Jesus say about someone who points out faults in their neighbor but doesn’t see their own? What is mentioned about prayer? About our behavior towards others?
LXXIV. THE YOUNG WITNESS. (207)
By S. H. HAMMOND.
LXXIV. THE YOUNG WITNESS. (207)
By S. H. HAMMOND.
1. A little girl nine years of age was brought into court, and offered as a witness against a prisoner who was on trial for a crime committed in her father's house.
1. A nine-year-old girl was brought into court and presented as a witness against a defendant who was being tried for a crime that happened in her father's house.
2. "Now, Emily," said the counsel for the prisoner, "I wish to know if you understand the nature of an oath?"
2. "Now, Emily," said the lawyer for the defendant, "I want to know if you understand what an oath is?"
3. "I don't know what you mean," was the simple answer.
3. "I don't understand what you mean," was the straightforward reply.
4. "Your Honor," said the counsel, addressing the judge, "it is evident that this witness should be rejected. She does not understand the nature of an oath."
4. "Your Honor," said the lawyer, speaking to the judge, "it's clear that this witness should be dismissed. She doesn't understand what an oath means."
5. "Let us see," said the judge. "Come here, my daughter."
5. "Let's see," said the judge. "Come here, my daughter."
6. Assured by the kind tone and manner of the judge, the child stepped toward him, and looked confidingly in his face, with a calm, clear eye, and in a manner so artless and frank that it went straight to the heart.
6. Reassured by the judge's gentle tone and manner, the child approached him and looked trustingly into his face, with a calm, clear gaze, and in a way that was so innocent and open that it touched the heart.
7. "Did you ever take an oath?" inquired the judge.
7. "Have you ever taken an oath?" asked the judge.
8. The little girl stepped back with a look of horror; and the red blood rose and spread in a blush all over her face and neck, as she answered, "No, sir." She thought he intended to ask if she had ever used profane language.
8. The little girl stepped back, her face turning pale with shock, and the red blood rushed to her cheeks and neck as she replied, "No, sir." She thought he meant to ask if she had ever sworn.
9. "I do not mean that," said the judge, who saw her mistake; "I mean were you ever a witness?"
9. "That's not what I meant," said the judge, realizing her mistake; "I meant were you ever a witness?"
10. "No, sir; I never was in court before," was the answer.
10. "No, sir; I've never been in court before," was the reply.
11. He handed her the Bible open. "Do you know that book, my daughter?"
11. He gave her the Bible, opened up. "Do you know this book, my daughter?"
12. She looked at it and answered, "Yes, sir; it is the Bible."
12. She looked at it and replied, "Yes, it's the Bible."
13. "Do you ever read in it?" he asked.
13. "Do you ever read it?" he asked.
14. "Yes, sir; every evening."
"Yes, sir; every night."
15. "Can you tell me what the Bible is?" inquired the judge.
15. "Can you tell me what the Bible is?" asked the judge.
16. "It is the word of the great God," she answered.
16. "It's the word of the great God," she replied.
17. "Well," said the judge, "place your hand upon this Bible, and listen to what I say;" and he repeated slowly and solemnly the following oath: "Do you swear that in the evidence which you shall give in this case, you will tell the truth, and nothing but the truth; and that you will ask God to help you?"
17. "Well," said the judge, "put your hand on this Bible and pay attention to what I'm about to say;" and he slowly and seriously repeated the following oath: "Do you swear that in the testimony you give in this case, you'll tell the truth, and nothing but the truth; and that you'll ask God to help you?"
18. "I do," she replied.
"I do," she said.
19. "Now," said the judge, "you have been sworn as a witness; will you tell me what will befall you if you do not tell the truth?"
19. "Now," said the judge, "you've been sworn in as a witness; can you tell me what will happen to you if you don't tell the truth?"
20. "I shall be shut up in the state prison," answered the child.
20. "I will be locked up in the state prison," replied the child.
21. "Anything else?" asked the judge.
21. "Anything else?" the judge asked.
22. "I shall never go to heaven," she replied.
22. "I'll never go to heaven," she replied.
23. "How do you know this?" asked the judge again.
23. "How do you know this?" the judge asked again.
24. The child took the Bible, turned rapidly to the chapter containing the commandments, and, pointing to the one which reads, "Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbor," said, "I learned that before I could read."
24. The child picked up the Bible, quickly flipped to the chapter with the commandments, and, pointing to the one that says, "You shall not bear false witness against your neighbor," said, "I learned that before I could read."
25. "Has anyone talked with you about being a witness in court here against this man?" inquired the judge.
25. “Has anyone talked to you about being a witness in court here against this man?” the judge asked.
26. "Yes, sir," she replied, "my mother heard they wanted me to be a witness; and last night she called me to her room, and asked me to tell her the Ten Commandments; and then we kneeled down together, and she prayed that I might understand how wicked it was to bear false witness against my neighbor, and that God would help me, a little child, to tell the truth as it was before him.
26. "Yes, sir," she answered, "my mom heard they wanted me to be a witness; and last night she called me to her room and asked me to recite the Ten Commandments. We then knelt down together, and she prayed that I would understand how wrong it was to bear false witness against my neighbor and that God would help me, a little child, to tell the truth as it really is in front of Him.
27. "And when I came up here with father, she kissed me, and told me to remember the Ninth Commandment, and that God would hear every word that I said."
27. "And when I came up here with my dad, she kissed me and told me to remember the Ninth Commandment, and that God would hear every word I said."
28. "Do you believe this?" asked the judge, while a tear glistened in his eye, and his lip quivered with emotion.
28. "Do you believe this?" asked the judge, a tear shining in his eye and his lip trembling with emotion.
29. "Yes, sir," said the child, with a voice and manner which showed that her conviction of the truth was perfect.
29. "Yes, sir," the child replied, her voice and demeanor clearly showing that she was completely convinced of the truth.
30. "God bless you, my child," said the judge, "you have a good mother. The witness is competent," he continued. "Were I on trial for my life, and innocent of the charge against me, I would pray God for such a witness as this. Let her be examined."
30. "God bless you, kid," said the judge, "you have a great mom. The witness is reliable," he continued. "If I were on trial for my life and innocent of the charges against me, I would pray to God for a witness like this. Let her be examined."
31. She told her story with the simplicity of a child, as she was; but her voice and manner carried conviction of her truthfulness to every heart.
31. She shared her story with the straightforwardness of a child, which she was; but her voice and demeanor conveyed an undeniable sincerity to everyone.
32. The lawyers asked her many perplexing questions, but she did not vary in the least from her first statement.
32. The lawyers asked her a lot of confusing questions, but she didn't change at all from her original statement.
33. The truth, as spoken by a little child, was sublime. Falsehood and perjury had preceded her testimony; but before her testimony, falsehood was scattered like chaff.
33. The truth, as told by a little child, was profound. Lies and deception had come before her testimony; but before her words, those lies were blown away like dust.
34. The little child, for whom a mother had prayed for strength to be given her to speak the truth as it was before God, broke the cunning device of matured villainy to pieces, like a potter's vessel. The strength that her mother prayed for was given her; and the sublime and terrible simplicity,—terrible to the prisoner and his associates,—was like a revelation from God himself.
34. The young child, for whom a mother had prayed for the strength to speak the truth as it was before God, shattered the crafty scheme of seasoned villains into fragments, like a clay pot. The strength her mother prayed for was granted to her; and the awe-inspiring yet frightening simplicity—frightening to the prisoner and his accomplices—felt like a revelation from God himself.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Wit'ness, one who gives testimony. Com—mit'ted, done, performed. 2. Coun'sel, a lawyer. 4. Re-ject'ed, refused. 6. As-sured', made bold. Con-fid'ing-ly, with trust. 8. Pro-fane', irreverent, taking the name of God in vain. 33. Per'ju-ry, the act of willfully making a false oath. Chaff, the light dry husk of grains or grasses. 34. Ma-tured', perfected, fully developed. Pot'ter, one whose occupation is to make earthen vessels. Rev—e-la'tion, the act of disclosing or showing what was before unknown.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Witness, someone who gives testimony. Committed, done, performed. 2. Counsel, a lawyer. 4. Rejected, refused. 6. Assured, made bold. Confidingly, with trust. 8. Profane, disrespectful, taking the name of God in vain. 33. Perjury, the act of deliberately making a false oath. Chaff, the light dry husk of grains or grasses. 34. Matured, perfected, fully developed. Potter, someone whose job is to make clay vessels. Revelation, the act of revealing or showing what was previously unknown.
EXERCISES.—What is this story about? Why did the counsel wish to have Emily refused as a witness? Was she a fit person to be a witness? How was this shown? Which commandment forbids us to bear false witness? What was the result of Emily's testimony?
EXERCISES.—What is this story about? Why did the lawyer want to have Emily disqualified as a witness? Was she a suitable person to be a witness? How was this demonstrated? Which commandment prohibits us from bearing false witness? What was the outcome of Emily's testimony?
LXXV. KING SOLOMON AND THE ANTS. (211)
By John Greenleaf Whittier, born near Haverhill, Mass., In 1807, and died at Hampton Falls, N. H., In 1892. Until he was eighteen years old he worked on the farm, and during that time learned the trade at a shoemaker. He afterwards became an editor and one of the first poets of America.
By John Greenleaf Whittier, born near Haverhill, Mass., in 1807, and died at Hampton Falls, N.H., in 1892. He worked on the farm until he turned eighteen, and during that time, he learned the trade of shoemaking. He later became an editor and one of the first prominent poets in America.
1. Out from Jerusalem
The king rode with his great
War chiefs and lords of state,
And Sheba's queen with them.
1. Leaving Jerusalem
The king rode with his major
War leaders and officials,
And the queen of Sheba was with them.
2. Proud in the Syrian sun,
In gold and purple sheen,
The dusky Ethiop queen
Smiled on King Solomon.
2. Proud in the Syrian sun,
In gold and purple shine,
The dark-skinned Ethiopian queen
Smiled at King Solomon.
3. Wisest of men, he knew
The languages of all
The creatures great or small
That trod the earth or flew.
3. The wisest of men, he understood
The languages of all
The creatures, big or small,
That walked the earth or flew.
4. Across an ant-hill led
The king's path, and he heard
Its small folk, and their word
He thus interpreted:
4. Across an ant hill led
The king's path, and he heard
Its small folk, and their word
He thus interpreted:
5. "Here comes the king men greet
As wise and good and just,
To crush us in the dust
Under his heedless feet."
5. "Here comes the king, men greet
As wise, good, and just,
To crush us into the dust
Under his careless feet."
6. The great king bowed his head,
And saw the wide surprise
Of the Queen of Sheba's eyes
As he told her what they said.
6. The great king lowered his head,
And noticed the wide astonishment
In the Queen of Sheba's eyes
As he shared what they had said.
7. "O king!" she whispered sweet,
"Too happy fate have they
Who perish in thy way
Beneath thy gracious feet!
7. "Oh king!" she whispered softly,
"How fortunate are those
Who meet their end in your presence
Under your gracious feet!
8. "Thou of the God-lent crown,
Shall these vile creatures dare
Murmur against thee where
The knees of kings kneel down?"
8. "You with the God-given crown,
Will these disgusting creatures dare
To whisper against you where
The knees of kings bow down?"
9. "Nay," Solomon replied,
"The wise and strong should seek
The welfare of the weak;"
And turned his horse aside.
9. "No," Solomon replied,
"The wise and strong should look out
For the well-being of the weak;"
And turned his horse aside.
10. His train, with quick alarm,
Curved with their leader round
The ant-hill's peopled mound,
And left it free from harm.
10. His train, with a quick warning,
Curved with their leader around
The anthill's crowded mound,
And kept it safe from harm.
11. The jeweled head bent low;
"O king!" she said, "henceforth
The secret of thy worth
And wisdom well I know.
11. The jeweled head bowed down;
"O king!" she said, "from now on
I fully understand
The secret of your value
12. "Happy must be the State
Whose ruler heedeth more
The murmurs of the poor
Than flatteries of the great."
12. "Happy must be the State
Whose ruler pays more attention
To the whispers of the poor
Than to the flattery of the powerful."
DEFINITIONS.—4. In-ter'pret-ed, explained the meaning of. 5. Greet, Address, salute. 9. Wel'fare, happiness. 10. Train, a body of followers. 12. Flat'ter-ies, praises for the purpose of gratifying vanity or gaining favor.
DEFINITIONS.—4. In-ter'pret-ed, explained the meaning of. 5. Greet, address, salute. 9. Wel'fare, happiness. 10. Train, a group of followers. 12. Flat'ter-ies, compliments aimed at satisfying vanity or earning favor.
LXXVI. RIVERMOUTH THEATER. (213)
From "The Story of a Bad Boy," by Thomas Bailey Aldrich. The author was born at Portsmouth, N. H., in 1836. When quite young his family moved to Louisiana, but he was sent back to New England to be educated, and later he located at New York. He is a well-known writer of both prose and poetry.
From "The Story of a Bad Boy," by Thomas Bailey Aldrich. The author was born in Portsmouth, N.H., in 1836. When he was still quite young, his family moved to Louisiana, but he was sent back to New England for his education, and later he settled in New York. He is a well-known writer of both prose and poetry.
1. "Now, boys, what shall we do?" I asked, addressing a thoughtful conclave of seven, assembled in our barn one dismal, rainy afternoon. "Let's have a theater," suggested Binny Wallace.
1. "So, guys, what should we do?" I asked, talking to a group of seven who were gathered in our barn on a gloomy, rainy afternoon. "How about putting on a play?" suggested Binny Wallace.
2. The very thing! But where? The loft of the stable was ready to burst with hay provided for Gypsy, but the long room over the carriage house was unoccupied. The place of all places! My managerial eye saw at a glance its capabilities for a theater.
2. Exactly what I needed! But where? The stable loft was packed with hay for Gypsy, but the long room above the carriage house was empty. The perfect spot! My organizing instincts immediately recognized its potential for a theater.
3. I had been to the play a great many times in New Orleans, and was wise in matters pertaining to the drama. So here, in due time, was set up some extraordinary scenery of my own painting. The curtain, I recollect, though it worked smoothly enough on other occasions, invariably hitched during the performances.
3. I had been to the play many times in New Orleans, and I was knowledgeable about the theater. So eventually, I set up some amazing scenery that I had painted myself. I remember that although the curtain operated smoothly at other times, it always got stuck during the performances.
4. The theater, however, was a success, as far as it went. I retired from the business with no fewer than fifteen hundred pins, after deducting the headless, the pointless, and the crooked pins with which our doorkeeper frequently got "stuck." From first to last we took in a great deal of this counterfeit money. The price of admission to the "Rivermouth Theater" was twenty pins. I played all the principal characters myself—not that I was a finer actor than the other boys, but because I owned the establishment.
4. The theater, however, was a success, as far as it went. I left the business with no fewer than fifteen hundred pins, after deducting the headless, the pointless, and the crooked pins that our doorkeeper often got "stuck" with. From start to finish, we collected a lot of that fake money. The ticket price for the "Rivermouth Theater" was twenty pins. I played all the main characters myself—not because I was a better actor than the other boys, but because I owned the place.
5. At the tenth representation, my dramatic career was brought to a close by an unfortunate circumstance. We were playing the drama of "William Tell, the Hero of Switzerland." Of course I was William Tell, in spite of Fred Langdon, who wanted to act that character himself. I wouldn't let him, so he withdrew from the company, taking the only bow and arrow we had.
5. During the tenth performance, my acting career came to an unfortunate end. We were doing the play "William Tell, the Hero of Switzerland." Naturally, I was cast as William Tell, even though Fred Langdon wanted to play that role himself. I wouldn’t allow him to, so he left the troupe, taking the only bow and arrow we had with him.
6. I made a crossbow out of a piece of whalebone, and did very well without him. We had reached that exciting scene where Gesler, the Austrian tyrant, commands Tell to shoot the apple from his son's head. Pepper Whitcomb, who played all the juvenile and women parts, was my son.
6. I built a crossbow from a piece of whalebone and managed just fine without him. We had arrived at that thrilling moment where Gesler, the Austrian tyrant, orders Tell to shoot the apple off his son’s head. Pepper Whitcomb, who played all the young and female roles, was my son.
7. To guard against mischance, a piece of pasteboard was fastened by a handkerchief over the upper portion of Whitcomb's face, while the arrow to be used was sewed up in a strip of flannel. I was a capital marksman, and the big apple, only two yards distant, turned its russet cheek fairly towards me.
7. To prevent any accidents, a piece of cardboard was secured with a handkerchief over the upper part of Whitcomb's face, while the arrow that was going to be used was stitched into a strip of flannel. I was a great shot, and the big apple, just two yards away, turned its brown side directly towards me.
8. I can see poor little Pepper now, as he stood without flinching, waiting for me to perform my great feat. I raised the crossbow amid the breathless silence of the crowded audience—consisting of seven boys and three girls, exclusive of Kitty Collins, who insisted on paying her way in with a clothespin. I raised the crossbow, I repeat. Twang! went the whipcord; but, alas! instead of hitting the apple, the arrow flew right into Pepper Whitcomb's mouth, which happened to be open at the time, and destroyed my aim.
8. I can picture little Pepper now, standing there without a flinch, waiting for me to pull off my big stunt. I lifted the crossbow in the breathless silence of the crowded audience—made up of seven boys and three girls, not counting Kitty Collins, who insisted on getting in by paying with a clothespin. I lifted the crossbow, I say again. Twang! went the whipcord; but, unfortunately, instead of hitting the apple, the arrow flew straight into Pepper Whitcomb's mouth, which happened to be open at the time, ruining my shot.
9. I shall never be able to banish that awful moment from my memory. Pepper's roar, expressive of astonishment, indignation, and pain, is still ringing in my ears. I looked upon him as a corpse, and, glancing not far into the dreary future, pictured myself led forth to execution in the presence of the very same spectators then assembled.
9. I will never be able to forget that terrible moment. Pepper's roar, filled with shock, anger, and pain, is still echoing in my ears. I saw him as if he were dead, and, with a glance into the bleak future ahead, imagined myself being led to execution in front of the same people who were gathered then.
10. Luckily, poor Pepper was not seriously hurt; but Grandfather Nutter, appearing in the midst of the confusion (attracted by the howls of young Tell), issued an injunction against all theatricals thereafter, and the place was closed; not, however, without a farewell speech from me, in which I said that this would have been the proudest moment of my life if I hadn't hit Pepper Whitcomb in the mouth. Whereupon the audience (assisted, I am glad to state, by Pepper) cried, "Hear! hear!"
10. Fortunately, poor Pepper wasn’t seriously hurt; but Grandfather Nutter, showing up in the middle of the chaos (drawn in by young Tell's shouting), banned any more performances from then on, and the place was shut down; not without me giving a farewell speech, during which I mentioned that this would have been the proudest moment of my life if I hadn’t hit Pepper Whitcomb in the mouth. At that, the audience (with Pepper’s help, I’m happy to say) shouted, "Hear! hear!"
11. I then attributed the accident to Pepper himself, whose mouth, being open at the instant I fired, acted upon the arrow much after the fashion of a whirlpool, and drew in the fatal shaft. I was about to explain how a comparatively small maelstrom could suck in the largest ship, when the curtain fell of its own accord, amid the shouts of the audience.
11. I then blamed the accident on Pepper himself, whose mouth, being open when I fired, acted like a whirlpool and pulled in the deadly arrow. I was about to explain how a relatively small whirlpool can pull in the biggest ship when the curtain fell on its own, amid the cheers of the audience.
12. This was my last appearance on any stage. It was some time, though, before I heard the end of the William Tell business. Malicious little boys who hadn't been allowed to buy tickets to my theater used to cry out after me in the street,-"'Who killed Cock Robin?'"
12. This was my last time on any stage. However, it took a while before I stopped hearing about the William Tell situation. Mean little boys who weren’t allowed to buy tickets to my theater would shout after me in the street, “Who killed Cock Robin?”
DEFINITIONS.—l. Con'clave, a private meeting. 2. Man-a-ge'ri-al, of or pertaining to a manager. 4. De-duct'ing, taking away, subtracting. 5. Ca-reer', course of action. 8. Au'di-ence, an assembly of hearers. 9. Ex-e-cu'tion, a putting to death by law. 10. In-junc'tion, a command. 11. At-trib'ut-ed, assigned, charged. Mael'strom (pro, mal'strum), a whirlpool.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Conclave, a private meeting. 2. Managerial, related to a manager. 3. Deducting, taking away, subtracting. 4. Career, course of action. 5. Audience, a group of listeners. 6. Execution, carrying out a death sentence by law. 7. Injunction, a command. 8. Attributed, assigned or charged. Maelstrom (pronounced, mal-strum), a whirlpool.
NOTE.—The Revised Fifth Reader of this Series contains the portion of "William Tell" probably alluded to. See McGuffey's Fifth Reader, pp. 207-216.
NOTE.—The Revised Fifth Reader of this Series includes the part of "William Tell" that's probably referenced. See McGuffey's Fifth Reader, pp. 207-216.
LXXVII. ALFRED THE GREAT. (217)
1. More than a thousand years ago, (in the year 849), a prince was born in England, who afterwards became one of the most celebrated and best loved kings in the world. His name was Alfred—afterwards called Alfred the Great—and he was the favorite son both of the king and queen.
1. More than a thousand years ago, in the year 849, a prince was born in England who would later become one of the most famous and beloved kings in the world. His name was Alfred—later known as Alfred the Great—and he was the favorite son of both the king and queen.
2. In those days the common people were very ignorant; few of them could even read and write. There were no schools, and the monasteries, where almost the only teaching had been done, were nearly all destroyed in the wars which were continually going on. Only the higher classes had any chance to study, and even they paid much more attention to fighting than to studying.
2. Back then, most people were quite uneducated; few could even read or write. There were no schools, and almost all the monasteries, which had been the main places for learning, were destroyed in the ongoing wars. Only the upper classes had any opportunities to study, and even they focused much more on fighting than on learning.
3. But Alfred was different from most persons of his time. Even when a little boy, he delighted in listening to poems and to the ballads which harpers used to sing, and he learned many of them by heart. When he was twelve years old, his mother, the queen, offered to give a volume of poems to that one of her four sons who would first learn to read it. Alfred was the youngest of them all, yet he easily won the prize of which his brothers thought so little.
3. But Alfred was different from most people of his time. Even as a little kid, he loved listening to poems and the ballads that harpers used to sing, and he memorized many of them. When he was twelve, his mother, the queen, promised to give a book of poems to whichever of her four sons could learn to read it first. Alfred was the youngest of them all, yet he easily won the prize that his brothers thought was insignificant.
4. But, as has been said, these were stirring times, and Alfred was soon called on to show his great abilities as a soldier. The Danes, a warlike people, were continually swooping down in their vessels upon the coast of England. Often they spread over the entire country, plundering and burning the towns, and killing the people.
4. But, as mentioned, these were exciting times, and Alfred was quickly called to demonstrate his skills as a soldier. The Danes, a fierce people, were constantly landing their ships on the coast of England. They often raided across the whole country, looting and burning towns, and killing people.
5. In the midst of these invasions Alfred became king, when he was only twenty-two years old. He proved as good a warrior as he was a student. He thought that whatever is worth doing at all is worth doing well. He was generally successful against the Danes, but at one time they seemed to have the country entirely in their power, and Alfred was compelled to hide for his life.
5. In the middle of these invasions, Alfred became king when he was just twenty-two years old. He turned out to be as skilled a warrior as he was a scholar. He believed that anything worth doing is worth doing right. He was usually successful against the Danes, but there was a time when they seemed to completely dominate the country, and Alfred had to go into hiding to save his life.
6. For some time he dressed as a peasant, and lived in the cottage of a cowherd, who was so careful of his king's safety that he did not even tell his wife who he was. So she treated the king as a common peasant, and one day gave him a sharp scolding because he allowed some cakes to burn on the griddle, after she had left him to watch them. She told him he was clever enough at eating cakes though he managed so badly at baking them.
6. For a while, he dressed like a peasant and lived in the cottage of a cowherd, who was so concerned about his king's safety that he didn't even tell his wife who he was. So she treated the king like an ordinary peasant, and one day, she scolded him sharply because he let some cakes burn on the griddle after she had left him to keep an eye on them. She told him he was good at eating cakes even though he was terrible at baking them.
7. When the search for him grew less active, Alfred gradually collected some of his followers, with whom he encamped on a small spot of firm ground in the center of a bog. It was surrounded by almost impassable forests, and Alfred fortified the place so that it could not well be taken. Then he made frequent sudden and successful attacks on the enemy until his troops and the people became encouraged.
7. As the hunt for him slowed down, Alfred slowly gathered some of his followers, with whom he set up camp on a small patch of solid ground in the middle of a marsh. It was surrounded by nearly impenetrable forests, and Alfred strengthened the position so that it would be difficult to capture. Then he launched quick, unexpected, and successful strikes against the enemy until his troops and the local people grew more confident.
8. One victory in particular, when they captured a banner which the Danes thought enchanted, led Alfred to take bolder steps. He wished to find out the exact condition of the enemy, and, for this purpose, disguised himself as a harper and entered their camp. He was so successful in his disguise that he remained there some days, even being admitted to the tent of the Danish leader Guthrum.
8. One victory in particular, when they captured a banner that the Danes believed was enchanted, encouraged Alfred to take bolder steps. He wanted to learn the exact situation of the enemy, so he disguised himself as a minstrel and entered their camp. He was so convincing in his disguise that he stayed there for several days, even being allowed into the tent of the Danish leader Guthrum.
9. He found their entire army living in careless security, and so he determined to make a sudden and bold attack on them, to try and rid his country once more of these cruel invaders. He summoned his people about him from far and wide. Many of them had long thought their beloved king dead, but now all eagerly obeyed his call.
9. He discovered their whole army living in a false sense of security, so he decided to launch a surprise and daring attack on them, hoping to free his country once again from these brutal invaders. He gathered his people from near and far. Many had long believed their beloved king was dead, but now everyone eagerly responded to his call.
10. He at once led them against that part of the camp which he had seen to be most unguarded. The attack was entirely unexpected; and, although the Danes were greater in numbers, they were defeated with great slaughter. Some of them, with their leader, fled to a fortified place, but were soon obliged to surrender.
10. He immediately led them toward the part of the camp he noticed was the least protected. The attack caught everyone off guard; and, even though the Danes were outnumbering them, they suffered a significant defeat. Some of them, along with their leader, escaped to a fortified location, but they were quickly forced to surrender.
11. Alfred granted them their lives, and settled them in a part of his kingdom where nearly all his own people had been destroyed. He hoped by this to change obstinate enemies into useful friends who would protect England from further attacks of their own countrymen. However, some years later, when the Danes made another invasion, these people joined them in fighting against Alfred, but he soon succeeded in driving them all out of the country.
11. Alfred spared their lives and settled them in a region of his kingdom where most of his own people had been wiped out. He hoped this would turn stubborn enemies into valuable allies who would defend England from further attacks by their fellow countrymen. However, a few years later, when the Danes launched another invasion, these people sided with them against Alfred, but he quickly managed to push them all out of the country.
12. Much as Alfred did for his people in war, he did more in time of peace. Above all else he gave careful attention to their education. He rebuilt the monasteries and aided the young University of Oxford. He also founded many schools, to which every owner of a certain portion of land was compelled to send his children.
12. Just like Alfred fought for his people in war, he did even more during peacetime. Most importantly, he focused on their education. He restored the monasteries and supported the young University of Oxford. He also established many schools, requiring every landowner to send their children there.
13. But he did as much good by the example that he set as by these acts. His time was divided into three parts. One was given to business, one to refreshment by sleep and food, and the third to study and devotion. Clocks and watches, and probably even sundials, were then unknown, so these divisions were marked by burning candles of equal lengths.
13. But he did just as much good by the example he set as by these actions. He divided his time into three parts. One part was dedicated to work, another to resting with sleep and food, and the third to study and devotion. At that time, clocks, watches, and probably even sundials were not known, so these divisions were marked by burning candles of equal lengths.
14. Alfred did not study for his own pleasure merely, but translated and wrote many works for the good of his people, using the simple language which they could easily understand and enjoy. His person was handsome and dignified, full of grace and activity. But the more noble beauty was within, in the enlightened mind and virtuous heart of the king. After his name, which has its place on an ancient record of English kings, is written the noble title of "Truth Teller."
14. Alfred didn’t study just for his own enjoyment; he translated and wrote many works for the benefit of his people, using simple language that they could easily understand and appreciate. He was handsome and dignified, full of grace and energy. But his true beauty was inside, in the wise mind and virtuous heart of the king. Next to his name, which is included in an ancient record of English kings, is the honorable title of "Truth Teller."
DEFINITIONS.—2. Mon'as-ter-y, a religious house where monks live. 5. In-va'sion, the warlike entrance of an army. 8. Dis-guised', hidden by an unusual dress and appearance. 12. U-ni—ver'si-ty, a school of the highest grade, in which are taught all branches of learning. 14. Trans-lat'ed, changed from one language to another. En-light'ened, well informed.
DEFINITIONS.—2. Monastery, a religious place where monks live. 5. Invasion, the aggressive entry of an army. 8. Disguised, concealed by unusual clothing and appearance. 12. University, a top-tier school that teaches all fields of study. 14. Translated, converted from one language to another. Enlightened, well-informed.
LXXVII. LIVING ON A FARM. (220)
1. How brightly through the mist of years,
My quiet country home appears!
My father busy all the day
In plowing corn or raking hay;
My mother moving with delight
Among the milk pans, silver-bright;
We children, just from school set free,
Filling the garden with our glee.
The blood of life was flowing warm
When I was living on a farm.
1. How brightly through the haze of years,
My peaceful country home shows up!
My dad busy all day long
Plowing corn or raking hay along;
My mom moving with joy
Among the shiny milk pans, oh boy;
We kids, just out of school and free,
Filling the garden with our glee.
Life was vibrant and warm
When I was living on a farm.
2. I hear the sweet churchgoing bell,
As o'er the fields its music fell,
I see the country neighbors round
Gathering beneath the pleasant sound;
They stop awhile beside the door,
To talk their homely matters o'er
The springing corn, the ripening grain,
And "how we need a little rain;"
"A little sun would do no harm,
We want good weather for the farm."
2. I hear the lovely church bell,
As its music floats over the fields,
I see the local neighbors gathering
Under the pleasant sound;
They pause for a moment by the door,
To chat about their everyday concerns
The new corn, the ripening grain,
And "how we really need some rain;"
"A little sun wouldn't hurt,
We need good weather for the farm."
3. When autumn came, what joy to see
The gathering of the husking bee,
To hear the voices keeping tune,
Of girls and boys beneath the moon,
To mark the golden corn ears bright,
More golden in the yellow light!
Since I have learned the ways of men,
I often turn to these again,
And feel life wore its highest charm.
When I was living on the farm.
3. When autumn arrived, it was such a joy to see
The gathering of the husking party,
To hear the voices singing in tune,
Of girls and boys under the moon,
To notice the golden corn ears shining,
Even more golden in the warm light!
Since I've learned how people are,
I often look back on these times,
And feel life had its greatest charm.
When I was living on the farm.
LXXIX. HUGH IDLE AND MR. TOIL. (221)
Adapted from the story of "Little Daffydowndilly," by Nathaniel Hawthorne.
The author was born at Salem, Mass., in 1804, and ranks among the first of
American novelists. He died in 1864.
Adapted from the story of "Little Daffydowndilly," by Nathaniel Hawthorne.
The author was born in Salem, Massachusetts, in 1804, and is considered one of the leading
American novelists. He passed away in 1864.
1. Hugh Idle loved to do only what was agreeable, and took no delight in labor of any kind. But while Hugh was yet a little boy, he was sent away from home, and put under the care of a very strict schoolmaster, who went by the name of Mr. Toil.
1. Hugh Idle only liked to do what he found enjoyable and didn’t take any pleasure in working hard. However, when Hugh was still a young boy, he was sent away from home and placed under the supervision of a very strict teacher known as Mr. Toil.
2. Those who knew him best, affirmed that Mr. Toil was a very worthy character, and that he had done more good, both to children and grown people, than anybody else in the world. He had, however, a severe and ugly countenance; his voice was harsh; and all his ways and customs were disagreeable to our young friend, Hugh Idle.
2. Those who knew him best affirmed that Mr. Toil was a truly good person, and that he had done more for both children and adults than anyone else in the world. However, he had a harsh and unattractive face; his voice was grating; and all his habits and manners were unpleasant to our young friend, Hugh Idle.
3. The whole day long this terrible old schoolmaster sulked about among his scholars, with a big cane in his hand; and unless a lad chose to attend constantly and quietly to his book, he had no chance of enjoying a single quiet moment. "This will never do for me," thought Hugh; "I'll run off, and try to find my way home."
3. All day long, this awful old schoolmaster sulked around his students, carrying a big cane; and unless a boy chose to pay constant and quiet attention to his book, he had no chance of enjoying a single moment of peace. "This isn’t going to work for me," thought Hugh; "I’ll sneak away and try to find my way home."
4. So the very next morning off he started, with only some bread and cheese for his breakfast, and very little pocket money to pay his expenses. He had gone but a short distance, when he overtook a man of grave and sedate appearance trudging at a moderate pace along the road.
4. So the very next morning, he set off, with just some bread and cheese for breakfast and only a little pocket money for his expenses. He hadn't gone far when he caught up with a serious-looking man walking at a steady pace along the road.
5. "Good morning, my fine lad!" said the stranger; and his voice seemed hard and severe, yet had a sort of kindness in it; "whence do you come so early, and whither are you going?"
5. "Good morning, my fine young man!" said the stranger; and his voice sounded tough and strict, yet had a touch of warmth in it; "where do you come from so early, and where are you headed?"
6. Now Hugh was a boy of very frank disposition, and had never been known to tell a lie in all his life. Nor did he tell one now, but confessed that he had run away from school on account of his great dislike to Mr. Toil. "Oh, very well, my little friend!" answered the stranger; "then we will go together; for I likewise have had a good deal to do with Mr. Toil, and should be glad to find some place where he was never heard of." So they walked on very sociably side by side.
6. Hugh was a very honest boy and had never lied in his life. Nor did he lie now, but admitted that he had run away from school because he really disliked Mr. Toil. "Oh, that's fine, my little friend!" replied the stranger; "then we'll go together because I've also had quite a bit to do with Mr. Toil and would love to find a place where he's never mentioned." So they walked along happily side by side.
7. By and by their road led them past a field, where some haymakers were at work. Hugh could not help thinking how much pleasanter it must be to make hay in the sunshine, under the blue sky, than to learn lessons all day long, shut up in a dismal schoolroom, continually watched by Mr. Toil.
7. Eventually, their path took them by a field where some workers were making hay. Hugh couldn't help but think how much nicer it must be to make hay in the sunshine under the blue sky than to spend all day learning lessons stuck in a gloomy classroom, constantly observed by Mr. Toil.
8. But in the midst of these thoughts, while he was stopping to peep over the stone wall, he started back and caught hold of his companion's hand. "Quick, quick!" cried he; "let us run away, or he will catch us!"
8. But while he was distracted by these thoughts, gazing over the stone wall, he suddenly jumped back and grabbed his friend's hand. "Quick, quick!" he exclaimed; "let's run away, or he'll catch us!"
9. "Who will catch us?" asked the stranger.
9. "Who will find us?" asked the stranger.
10. "Mr. Toil, the old schoolmaster," answered Hugh; "don't you see him among the haymakers?" and Hugh pointed to an elderly man, who seemed to be the owner of the field.
10. "Mr. Toil, the old school teacher," Hugh replied; "can’t you see him among the haymakers?" and Hugh pointed to an older man who looked like he owned the field.
11. He was busily at work in his shirt sleeves. The drops of sweat stood upon his brow; and he kept constantly crying out to his work people to make hay while the sun shone. Strange to say, the features of the old farmer were precisely the same as those of Mr. Toil, who at that very moment must have been just entering the schoolroom.
11. He was hard at work in his sleeves rolled up. Sweat was dripping from his forehead, and he kept shouting to his workers to take advantage of the good weather. Strangely, the old farmer's face looked exactly like Mr. Toil's, who must have just walked into the classroom at that moment.
12. "Don't be afraid," said the stranger; "this is not Mr. Toil, the schoolmaster, but a brother of his, who was bred a farmer. He won't trouble you, unless you become a laborer on his farm."
12. "Don't worry," said the stranger; "this isn't Mr. Toil, the schoolmaster, but his brother, who grew up as a farmer. He won't bother you unless you decide to work on his farm."
13. Hugh believed what his companion said, but was glad when they were out of sight of the old farmer who bore such a singular resemblance to Mr. Toil. The two travelers came to a spot where some carpenters were building a house. Hugh begged his companion to stop awhile, for it was a pretty sight to see how neatly the carpenters did their work with their saws, planes, and hammers; and he was beginning to think he too should like to use the saw, and the plane, and the hammer, and be a carpenter himself. But suddenly he caught sight of something that made him seize his friend's hand, in a great fright.
13. Hugh believed what his friend said but felt relieved when they were out of sight of the old farmer who looked so much like Mr. Toil. The two travelers reached a spot where some carpenters were building a house. Hugh asked his friend to pause for a moment because it was nice to watch how skillfully the carpenters worked with their saws, planes, and hammers; he was starting to think he might also like to use the saw, plane, and hammer and become a carpenter himself. But then he suddenly spotted something that made him grab his friend's hand in a panic.
14. "Make haste! quick, quick!" cried he; "there's old Mr. Toil again." The stranger cast his eyes where Hugh pointed his finger, and saw an elderly man, who seemed to be overseeing the carpenters, as he went to and fro about the unfinished house, marking out the work to be done, and urging the men to be diligent; and wherever he turned his hard and wrinkled visage, they sawed and hammered as if for dear life.
14. "Hurry up! Quick, quick!" he shouted; "there's old Mr. Toil again." The stranger looked in the direction Hugh was pointing and saw an older man who appeared to be supervising the carpenters. He moved back and forth around the unfinished house, outlining the work that needed to be done and urging the workers to hurry. Wherever he focused his tough and weathered face, they sawed and hammered like their lives depended on it.
15. "Oh, no! this is not Mr. Toil, the schoolmaster," said the stranger; "it is another brother of his who follows the trade of carpenter."
15. "Oh, no! This isn’t Mr. Toil, the schoolteacher," said the stranger; "it's another one of his brothers who works as a carpenter."
16. "I am very glad to hear it," quoth Hugh; "but if you please, sir, I should like to get out of his way as soon as possible."
16. "I'm really glad to hear that," said Hugh; "but if you don't mind, sir, I'd like to get out of his way as soon as I can."
DEFINITIONS.—1. A-gree'a-ble, pleasing. 2. Af-firmed', declared. 4. Ex-pens'es, costs. Se-date', calm. Mod'er-ate, neither fast nor slow, Dis-po-si'tion, natural state of mind. Con-fessed', ac-knowledged. So'cia-bly, in a friendly way. 11. Fea'tures, the distinctive marks of the face. 13. Re-sem'blance, likeness. 14. Dil'i-gent, industrious. Vis'age, the face. 16. Quoth, said.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Agreeable, pleasing. 2. Affirmed, declared. 4. Expenses, costs. Sedate, calm. Moderate, neither fast nor slow. Disposition, natural state of mind. Confessed, acknowledged. Sociably, in a friendly way. 11. Features, the distinctive marks of the face. 13. Resemblance, likeness. 14. Diligent, industrious. Visage, the face. 16. Quoth, said.
LXXX. HUGH IDLE AND MR. TOIL. (Concluded.) (224)
LXXX. HUGH IDLE AND MR. TOIL. (Concluded.) (224)
1. Now Hugh and the stranger had not gone much further, when they met a company of soldiers, gayly dressed, with feathers in their caps, and glittering muskets on their shoulders. In front marched the drummers and fifers, making such merry music that Hugh would gladly have followed them to the end of the world. If he were only a soldier, he said to himself, old Mr. Toil would never venture to look him in the face.
1. Now Hugh and the stranger hadn't gone much farther when they came across a group of soldiers, dressed in colorful uniforms, with feathers in their hats and shiny muskets on their shoulders. In front, the drummers and fifers marched, playing such cheerful music that Hugh would have happily followed them to the ends of the earth. If only he were a soldier, he thought to himself, old Mr. Toil would never dare to face him.
2. "Quickstep! forward! march!" shouted a gruff voice.
2. "Quickstep! Forward! March!" shouted a harsh voice.
3. Little Hugh started in great dismay; for this voice sounded precisely like that which he had heard every day in Mr. Toil's schoolroom. And turning his eyes to the captain of the company, what should he see but the very image of old Mr. Toil himself, in an officer's dress, to be sure, but looking as ugly and disagreeable as ever.
3. Little Hugh jumped in shock; this voice was exactly like the one he heard every day in Mr. Toil's classroom. When he looked at the captain of the company, he saw the exact likeness of old Mr. Toil himself, dressed as an officer, but still looking as ugly and unpleasant as ever.
4. "This is certainly old Mr. Toil," said Hugh, in a trembling voice. "Let us away, for fear he should make us enlist in his company."
4. "This must be old Mr. Toil," said Hugh, nervously. "Let's get out of here before he makes us join his crew."
5. "You are mistaken again, my little friend," replied the stranger very composedly. "This is only a brother of Mr. Toil's, who has served in the army all his life. You and I need not be afraid of him."
5. "You're wrong again, my little friend," the stranger replied calmly. "This is just Mr. Toil's brother, who has spent his entire life in the army. Neither you nor I need to be scared of him."
6. "Well, well," said Hugh, "if you please, sir, I don't want to see the soldiers any more." So the child and the stranger resumed their journey; and, after awhile, they came to a house by the roadside, where a number of young men and rosy-cheeked girls, with smiles on their faces, were dancing to the sound of a fiddle.
6. "Well, well," said Hugh, "if you don’t mind, sir, I don’t want to see the soldiers anymore." So the child and the stranger continued on their journey; and after a while, they reached a house by the side of the road, where several young men and rosy-cheeked girls, smiling, were dancing to the music of a fiddle.
7. "Oh, let us stop here," cried Hugh; "Mr. Toil will never dare to show his face where there is a fiddler, and where people are dancing and making merry."
7. "Oh, let's stop here," shouted Hugh; "Mr. Toil will never have the guts to show his face where there's a fiddler and where people are dancing and having a good time."
8. But the words had scarcely died away on the little boy's tongue, when, happening to cast his eyes on the fiddler, whom should he behold again but the likeness of Mr. Toil, armed with a fiddle bow this time, and flourishing it with as much ease and dexterity as if he had been a fiddler all his life.
8. But the words had barely left the little boy's mouth when, happening to glance at the fiddler, he saw once again the image of Mr. Toil, this time wielding a fiddle bow and moving it with as much skill and finesse as if he had been a fiddler his entire life.
9. "Oh, dear me!" whispered he, turning pale; "it seems as if there were nobody but Mr. Toil in the world."
9. "Oh, my goodness!" he whispered, turning pale; "it feels like Mr. Toil is the only person in the world."
10. "This is not your old schoolmaster," observed the stranger, "but another brother of his, who has learned to be a fiddler. He is ashamed of his family, and generally calls himself Master Pleasure; but his real name is Toil, and those who know him best think him still more disagreeable than his brothers."
10. "This isn't your old school teacher," the stranger noted, "but another one of his brothers, who has taken up fiddling. He's embarrassed by his family and usually goes by Master Pleasure; but his real name is Toil, and those who know him best find him even less pleasant than his brothers."
11. "Pray, let us go on," said Hugh.
11. "Come on, let's keep going," said Hugh.
12. Well, thus the two went wandering along the highway and in shady lanes and through pleasant villages, and wherever they went, behold! there was the image of old Mr. Toil. If they entered a house, he sat in the parlor; if they peeped into the kitchen, he was there! He made himself at home in every cottage, and stole, under one disguise or another, into the most splendid mansions. Everywhere they stumbled on some of the old schoolmaster's innumerable brothers.
12. So, the two of them wandered along the main road, through shady lanes and cute villages, and no matter where they went, there was the image of old Mr. Toil. If they entered a house, he was sitting in the living room; if they looked into the kitchen, he was there too! He settled into every cottage and sneaked, in one disguise or another, into the most luxurious mansions. Everywhere they found some of the countless brothers of the old schoolmaster.
13. At length, little Hugh found himself completely worn out with running away from Mr. Toil. "Take me back! take me back!" cried the poor fellow, bursting into tears. "If there is nothing but Toil all the world over, I may just as well go back to the schoolhouse."
13. Eventually, little Hugh felt completely exhausted from running away from Mr. Toil. "Take me back! Take me back!" he implored, breaking down in tears. "If there’s nothing but Toil everywhere, I might as well go back to the schoolhouse."
14. "Yonder it is; there is the schoolhouse!" said the stranger; for though he and little Hugh had taken a great many steps, they had traveled in a circle instead of a straight line. "Come, we will go back to the school together."
14. "There it is; there's the schoolhouse!" said the stranger; even though he and little Hugh had walked a long way, they had ended up going in a circle instead of a straight line. "Come on, let's go back to the school together."
15. There was something in his companion's voice that little Hugh now remembered; and it is strange that he had not remembered it sooner. Looking up into his face, behold! there again was the likeness of old Mr. Toil, so that the poor child had been in company with Toil all day, even while he had been doing his best to run away from him.
15. There was something in his companion's voice that little Hugh now recalled; it's odd that he hadn't thought of it sooner. Looking up at his face, there it was again, the resemblance to old Mr. Toil, so the poor child had been around Toil all day, even while he had been trying his hardest to escape from him.
16. Little Hugh Idle, however, had learned a good lesson, and from that time forward was diligent at his task, because he now knew that diligence is not a whit more toilsome than sport or idleness. And when he became better acquainted with Mr. Toil, he began to think his ways were not so disagreeable, and that the old schoolmaster's smile of approbation made his face sometimes appear almost as pleasant as even that of Hugh's mother.
16. Little Hugh Idle, however, had learned an important lesson, and from then on he worked hard at his tasks because he realized that being diligent isn't any more exhausting than playing around or being lazy. As he got to know Mr. Toil better, he started to think that his methods weren't so unpleasant after all, and that the old schoolmaster's approving smile could sometimes make his face look almost as nice as Hugh's mother's.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Ven'ture, to dare, to risk. 3. Dis-may', fright, terror.
Pre-cise'ly, exactly. 4. En-list', to put one's name on a roll, to join.
5. Com-pos'ed-ly, calmly, quietly. 6. Re—sumed', recommenced. 10.
Ob-served', remarked. 12. In-nu'mer—a-ble, not to be counted. 16.
Ap-pro-ba'tion, the act of regarding with pleasure.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Venture, to dare, to take a risk. 3. Dismay, fear, terror.
Precisely, exactly. 4. Enlist, to put one's name on a list, to join.
5. Composedly, calmly, quietly. 6. Resumed, started again. 10.
Observed, noted. 12. Innumerable, countless. 16.
Approbation, the act of regarding with pleasure.
EXERCISES.—To whose school was Hugh Idle sent? Why did he run away? Relate the adventures of Hugh and the stranger. What lesson is taught by this story?
EXERCISES.—To which school was Hugh Idle sent? Why did he escape? Share the experiences of Hugh and the stranger. What lesson does this story convey?
LXXXI. BURNING THE FALLOW. (227)
Adapted from "Roughing it in the Bush," a story by Mrs. Susanna Moodie (sister of Agnes Strickland), who was born in Suffolk, England, in 1803. She died in 1885.
Adapted from "Roughing it in the Bush," a story by Mrs. Susanna Moodie (sister of Agnes Strickland), who was born in Suffolk, England, in 1803. She passed away in 1885.
1. The day was sultry, and towards noon a strong wind sprang up that roared in the pine tops like the dashing of distant billows, but without in the least degree abating the heat. The children were lying listlessly upon the floor, and the girl and I were finishing sunbonnets, when Mary suddenly exclaimed, "Bless us, mistress, what a smoke!"
1. The day was hot and humid, and around noon a strong wind picked up that roared in the treetops like distant waves crashing, but it didn't cool things down at all. The kids were lying around on the floor, and the girl and I were finishing up some sunbonnets when Mary suddenly said, "Wow, mistress, what a smoke!"
2. I ran immediately to the door, but was not able to distinguish ten yards before me. The swamp immediately below us was on fire, and the heavy wind was driving a dense black cloud of smoke directly towards us.
2. I ran straight to the door, but I couldn’t see ten yards ahead. The swamp right below us was on fire, and the strong wind was blowing a thick black cloud of smoke straight at us.
3. "What can this mean?" I cried. "Who can have set fire to the fallow?" As I ceased speaking, John Thomas stood pale and trembling before me. "John, what is the meaning of this fire?"
3. "What does this mean?" I exclaimed. "Who could have set fire to the field?" As I stopped speaking, John Thomas stood in front of me, pale and shaking. "John, what’s going on with this fire?"
4. "Oh, ma'am, I hope you will forgive me; it was I set fire to it, and I would give all I have in the world if I had not done it."
4. "Oh, ma'am, I hope you can forgive me; I started the fire, and I would give everything I have if I could take it back."
5. "What is the danger?"
"What’s the danger?"
6. "Oh, I'm afraid that we shall all be burnt up," said John, beginning to whimper. "What shall we do?"
6. "Oh, I'm worried we’re all going to get burnt up," said John, starting to cry. "What are we going to do?"
7. "Why, we must get out of it as fast as we can, and leave the house to its fate."
7. "We need to get out of here as quickly as possible and leave the house to whatever happens to it."
8. "We can't get out," said the man, in a low, hollow tone, which seemed the concentration of fear; "I would have got out of it if I could; but just step to the back door, ma'am, and see."
8. "We can't get out," the man said in a low, hollow voice that seemed full of fear. "I would have gotten out if I could; but please go to the back door, ma'am, and take a look."
9. Behind, before, on every side, we were surrounded by a wall of fire, burning furiously within a hundred yards of us, and cutting off all possibility of retreat; for, could we have found an opening through the burning heaps, we could not have seen our way through the dense canopy of smoke; and, buried as we were in the heart of the forest, no one could discover our situation till we were beyond the reach of help.
9. We were surrounded on all sides by a wall of fire, blazing fiercely within a hundred yards of us, blocking any chance of escape. Even if we could have found a way through the burning debris, we wouldn't have been able to see through the thick smoke. And since we were deep in the forest, no one would know about our predicament until it was too late for help to reach us.
10. I closed the door, and went back to the parlor. Fear was knocking loudly at my heart, for our utter helplessness destroyed all hope of our being able to effect our escape. The girl sat upon the floor by the children, who, unconscious of the peril that hung over them, had both fallen asleep. She was silently weeping; while the boy who had caused the mischief was crying aloud.
10. I shut the door and returned to the living room. Fear was pounding in my chest, because our complete helplessness crushed any hope we had of escaping. The girl sat on the floor next to the children, who, unaware of the danger looming over them, had both fallen asleep. She was crying quietly, while the boy who had caused the trouble was crying out loud.
11. A strange calm succeeded my first alarm. I sat down upon the step of the door, and watched the awful scene in silence. The fire was raging in the cedar swamp immediately below the ridge on which the house stood, and it presented a spectacle truly appalling.
11. An eerie calm replaced my initial shock. I sat on the doorstep and silently observed the horrific scene. The fire was raging in the cedar swamp just below the ridge where the house was located, creating a truly terrifying sight.
12. From out of the dense folds of a canopy of black smoke—the blackest I ever saw—leaped up red forks of lurid flame as high as the tree tops, igniting the branches of a group of tall pines that had been left for saw logs. A deep gloom blotted out the heavens from our sight. The air was filled with fiery particles, which floated even to the doorstep—while the crackling and roaring of the flames might have been heard at a great distance.
12. From the thick layers of a canopy of black smoke—the darkest I’ve ever seen—red flames shot up like forks, reaching as high as the treetops, setting fire to the branches of a cluster of tall pines that were meant to be cut for logs. A deep darkness obscured the sky from our view. The air was filled with glowing embers that floated all the way to the doorstep—while the crackling and roaring of the flames could be heard from far away.
13. To reach the shore of the lake, we must pass through the burning swamp, and not a bird could pass over it with unscorched wings. The fierce wind drove the flames at the sides and back of the house up the clearing; and our passage to the road or to the forest, on the right and left, was entirely obstructed by a sea of flames. Our only ark of safety was the house, so long as it remained untouched by the fire.
13. To get to the lake shore, we have to go through the burning swamp, and not a single bird could fly over it without getting burned. The strong wind pushed the flames from the sides and back of the house into the clearing; our way to the road or the forest, on both sides, was completely blocked by a wall of fire. The only safe place was the house, as long as it stayed untouched by the flames.
14. I turned to young Thomas, and asked him how long he thought that would he. "When the fire clears this little ridge in front, ma'am. The Lord have mercy on us then, or we must all go."
14. I turned to young Thomas and asked him how long he thought it would be. "When the fire clears this little ridge in front, ma'am. God have mercy on us then, or we all must go."
15. I threw myself down on the floor beside my children, and pressed them to my heart, while inwardly I thanked God that they were asleep, unconscious of danger, and unable by their cries to distract our attention from adopting any plan which might offer to effect their escape.
15. I collapsed on the floor beside my kids and hugged them close, while silently thanking God that they were asleep, unaware of the danger, and not able to distract us with their cries from coming up with a plan to help them escape.
16. The heat soon became suffocating. We were parched with thirst, and there was not a drop of water in the house, and none to be procured nearer than the lake. I turned once more to the door, hoping that a passage might have been burnt through to the water. I saw nothing but a dense cloud of fire and smoke—could hear nothing but the crackling and roaring of flames, which was gaining so fast upon us that I felt their scorching breath in my face.
16. The heat quickly became unbearable. We were incredibly thirsty, and there wasn't a single drop of water in the house, with the nearest source being the lake. I looked back at the door, wishing that a path had been burned through to the water. All I could see was a thick cloud of fire and smoke—I could only hear the crackling and roaring of the flames, which were advancing so rapidly that I could feel their intense heat on my face.
17. "Ah," thought I—and it was a most bitter thought—"what will my beloved husband say when he returns and finds that his poor wife and his dear girls have perished in this miserable manner? But God can save us yet."
17. "Ah," I thought—and it was a very painful thought—"what will my beloved husband say when he comes back and finds that his poor wife and his dear girls have died like this? But God can still save us."
18. The thought had scarcely found a voice in my heart before the wind rose to a hurricane, scattering the flames on all sides into a tempest of burning billows. I buried my head in my apron, for I thought that all was lost, when a most terrific crash of thunder burst over our heads, and, like the breaking of a waterspout, down came the rushing torrent of rain which had been pent up for so many weeks.
18. The idea had barely formed in my mind when the wind picked up to a hurricane, scattering the flames in every direction like a storm of fire. I hid my face in my apron, believing that everything was lost, when a thunderous crash echoed above us, and, like the sudden release of a waterspout, a torrential downpour fell after being held back for weeks.
19. In a few minutes the chip yard was all afloat, and the fire effectually checked. The storm which, unnoticed by us, had been gathering all day, and which was the only one of any note we had that summer, continued to rage all night, and before morning had quite subdued the cruel enemy whose approach we had viewed with such dread.
19. In just a few minutes, the chip yard was fully submerged, and the fire was effectively put out. The storm, which we hadn’t noticed building throughout the day and was the only significant one we had that summer, continued to rage all night. By morning, it had completely subdued the fierce threat we had been so worried about.
DEFINITIONS.-l. A-bat'ing, lessening. List'less-ly, not paying attention, heedlessly. 3. Fal'low, a new clearing usually covered with brush heaps. 8. Con-cen-tra'tion, bringing into a small space, the essence. 9. Can'o-py, a covering or curtain. 10. Ef-fect', to bring to pass. 11. Suc-ceed'ed, followed. Ap-pall'ing, terrifying. 12. Lu'rid, dull red. Ig-nit'ing, setting on fire. 15. Dis-tract', con-fuse, perplex. 16. Parched, made very dry. 18. Wa'ter-spout, a column of water caught up by a whirlwind.
DEFINITIONS.-1. Abating, lessening. Listlessly, not paying attention, heedlessly. 3. Fallow, a new clearing usually covered with brush heaps. 8. Concentration, bringing into a small space, the essence. 9. Canopy, a covering or curtain. 10. Effect, to bring to pass. 11. Succeeded, followed. Appalling, terrifying. 12. Lurid, dull red. Igniting, setting on fire. 15. Distract, confuse, perplex. 16. Parched, made very dry. 18. Waterspout, a column of water caught up by a whirlwind.
LXXXII. THE DYING SOLDIERS. (230)
1. A waste of land, a sodden plain,
A lurid sunset sky,
With clouds that fled and faded fast
In ghostly phantasy;
A field upturned by trampling feet,
A field uppiled with slain,
With horse and rider blent in death
Upon the battle plain.
1. A wasteland, a soaked plain,
A bright sunset sky,
With clouds that quickly disappeared
In a ghostly fantasy;
A field turned over by stomping feet,
A field piled with the dead,
With horses and riders mixed in death
On the battlefield.
2. The dying and the dead lie low;
For them, no more shall rise
The evening moon, nor midnight stars,
Nor day light's soft surprise:
They will not wake to tenderest call,
Nor see again each home,
Where waiting hearts shall throb and break,
When this day's tidings come.
2. The dying and the dead are at rest;
For them, no more will rise
The evening moon, or midnight stars,
Or daylight's gentle surprise:
They won't wake to a loving call,
Or see again their homes,
Where waiting hearts will ache and break,
When today's news arrives.
3. Two soldiers, lying as they fell
Upon the reddened clay—
In daytime, foes; at night, in peace
Breathing their lives away!
Brave hearts had stirred each manly breast;
Fate only, made them foes;
And lying, dying, side by side,
A softened feeling rose.
3. Two soldiers, lying where they fell
On the blood-stained ground—
By day, enemies; by night, at peace
Breathing their lives away!
Brave hearts had stirred each strong chest;
Fate alone made them foes;
And lying, dying, side by side,
A tender feeling grew.
4. "Our time is short," one faint voice said;
"To-day we've done our best
On different sides: what matters now?
To-morrow we shall rest!
Life lies behind. I might not care
For only my own sake;
But far away are other hearts,
That this day's work will break.
4. "Our time is limited," one quiet voice said;
"Today we did our best
On different sides: what matters now?
Tomorrow we can rest!
Life is behind us. I might not care
Just for my own sake;
But there are other hearts far away,
That this day's work will impact.
5. "Among New Hampshire's snowy hills,
There pray for me to-night
A woman, and a little girl
With hair like golden light;"
And at the thought, broke forth, at last,
The cry of anguish wild,
That would not longer be repressed
"O God, my wife, my child!"
5. "In the snowy hills of New Hampshire,
A woman and a little girl are praying for me tonight,
With hair that shines like golden light;"
And with that thought, the cry of anguish finally broke free,
A scream of despair that couldn't be held back any longer,
"O God, my wife, my child!"
6. "And," said the other dying man,
"Across the Georgia plain,
There watch and wait for me loved ones
I ne'er shall see again:
A little girl, with dark, bright eyes,
Each day waits at the door;
Her father's step, her father's kiss,
Will never greet her more.
6. "And," said the other dying man,
"Across the Georgia plain,
There are loved ones watching and waiting for me
I will never see again:
A little girl, with dark, bright eyes,
Every day waits at the door;
Her father's step, her father's kiss,
Will never greet her again.
7. "To-day we sought each other's lives:
Death levels all that now;
For soon before God's mercy seat
Together we shall bow.
Forgive each other while we may;
Life's but a weary game,
And, right or wrong, the morning sun
Will find us, dead, the same."
7. "Today we tried to take each other's lives:
Death puts us all on the same level now;
For soon, before God's mercy seat,
We'll bow together.
Let's forgive each other while we can;
Life's just a tiring game,
And, whether we're right or wrong, the morning sun
Will find us both dead, the same."
8. The dying lips the pardon breathe;
The dying hands entwine;
The last ray fades, and over all
The stars from heaven shine;
And the little girl with golden hair,
And one with dark eyes bright,
On Hampshire's hills, and Georgia's plain,
Were fatherless that night!
8. The fading lips whisper forgiveness;
The weakening hands intertwine;
The last light fades, and above it all
The stars shine from the heavens;
And the little girl with golden hair,
And one with bright dark eyes,
On the hills of Hampshire and the plains of Georgia,
Were left without a father that night!
DEFINITIONS.—l. Sod'den, soaked. Phan'ta-sy, specter-like ap-pearance.
Blent, mingled together. 2. Ti'dings, news. 5. An'guish, deep distress.
Re-pressed', kept back. 8. Par'don, forgiveness. En-twine', clasp
together.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Sodden, soaked. Phantasy, ghostly appearance.
Blent, mixed together. 2. Tidings, news. 5. Anguish, deep distress.
Repressed, held back. 8. Pardon, forgiveness. Entwine, wrap together.
EXERCISE.—What do the first two stanzas describe? What does the third?
What did one soldier say to the other? Where was his home? What friends
had he there? Where was the home of the other soldier? Who waited for him?
Did they forgive each other?
EXERCISE.—What do the first two stanzas describe? What does the third?
What did one soldier say to the other? Where was he from? Who were his friends
there? Where was the other soldier’s home? Who was waiting for him?
Did they forgive each other?
LXXXIII. THE ATTACK ON NYMWEGEN. (233)
From "The History of the United Netherlands," by John Lothrop Motley, who was born in 1814, at Dorchester, Mass. He graduated at Harvard in 1831, and afterwards lived many years In Europe, writing the histories which made him famous. He died in 1877.
From "The History of the United Netherlands," by John Lothrop Motley, who was born in 1814 in Dorchester, Massachusetts. He graduated from Harvard in 1831 and then lived in Europe for many years, writing the histories that made him famous. He died in 1877.
1. On the evening of the 10th of August, 1589, there was a wedding feast in one of the splendid mansions of the stately city. The festivities were prolonged until deep in the midsummer's night, and harp and viol were still inspiring the feet of the dancers, when on a sudden, in the midst of the holiday groups, appeared the grim visage of Martin Schenk, the man who never smiled.
1. On the evening of August 10th, 1589, there was a wedding celebration in one of the impressive mansions of the grand city. The festivities went on late into the summer night, and the harp and violin were still getting the dancers moving when, suddenly, in the middle of the party, the stern face of Martin Schenk, the man who never smiled, appeared.
2. Clad in no wedding garment, but in armor of proof, with morion on head, and sword in hand, the great freebooter strode heavily through the ballroom, followed by a party of those terrible musketeers who never gave or asked for quarter, while the affrighted revelers fluttered away before them.
2. Dressed not in a wedding outfit but in proof armor, with a helmet on his head and a sword in hand, the notorious pirate walked heavily through the ballroom, followed by a group of those fierce musketeers who never showed mercy or asked for it, while the terrified partygoers scattered away from them.
3. Taking advantage of a dark night, he had just dropped down the river from his castle, with five and twenty barges, had landed with his most trusted soldiers in the foremost vessels, had battered down the gate of St. Anthony, and surprised and slain the guard.
3. Under the cover of darkness, he had just descended the river from his castle with twenty-five barges, landing with his most trusted soldiers in the front boats. They had broken down the gate of St. Anthony and caught the guard off guard, killing them.
4. Without waiting for the rest of his boats, he had then stolen with his comrades through the silent streets, and torn away the latticework, and other slight defenses on the rear of the house which they had now entered, and through which they intended to possess themselves of the market place.
4. Without waiting for the rest of his boats, he and his friends sneaked through the quiet streets, ripped away the latticework and other light barriers at the back of the house they had just entered, planning to take control of the marketplace.
5. Martin had long since selected this mansion as a proper position for his enterprise, but he had not been bidden to the wedding, and was somewhat disconcerted when he found himself on the festive scene which he had so grimly interrupted.
5. Martin had long ago chosen this mansion as the right place for his venture, but he hadn’t been invited to the wedding and felt a bit unsettled when he found himself at the celebration that he had so awkwardly interrupted.
6. Some of the merrymakers escaped from the house, and proceeded to alarm the town; while Schenk hastily fortified his position, and took possession of the square. But the burghers and garrison were soon on foot, and he was driven back into the house.
6. Some of the revelers got away from the house and went on to alert the town; meanwhile, Schenk quickly secured his position and took control of the square. But the townspeople and soldiers were soon mobilized, and he was pushed back into the house.
7. Three times he recovered the square by main strength of his own arm, seconded by the handful of men whom he had brought with him, and three times he was beaten back by overwhelming numbers into the wedding mansion.
7. Three times he regained the square through sheer strength, supported by the few men he had brought with him, and three times he was pushed back by overwhelming numbers into the wedding mansion.
8. The arrival of the greater part of his followers, with whose assistance he could easily have mastered the city in the first moments of surprise, was mysteriously delayed. He could not account for their prolonged absence, and was meanwhile supported only by those who had arrived with him in the foremost barges.
8. Most of his followers, who could have easily taken control of the city during the initial surprise, were mysteriously delayed in arriving. He couldn’t understand why they were taking so long to show up, and in the meantime, he was only backed by those who had come with him in the first boats.
9. The truth—of which he was ignorant—was, that the remainder of the flotilla, borne along by the strong and deep current of the Waal, then in a state of freshet, had shot past the landing place, and had ever since been vainly struggling against wind and tide to force their way back to the necessary point.
9. The truth—of which he was unaware—was that the rest of the flotilla, carried along by the powerful and deep current of the Waal, which was currently swollen, had rushed past the landing place and had since been unsuccessfully fighting against the wind and tide to make their way back to the required spot.
10. Meantime Schenk and his followers fought desperately in the market place, and desperately in the house which he had seized. But a whole garrison, and a town full of citizens in arms proved too much for him, and he was now hotly besieged in the mansion, and at last driven forth into the streets.
10. In the meantime, Schenk and his followers fought fiercely in the marketplace and vigorously in the house he had taken over. But a whole garrison and a town full of armed citizens were too much for him, and he was soon heavily besieged in the mansion before ultimately being driven out into the streets.
11. By this time day was dawning, the whole population, soldiers and burghers, men, women, and children, were thronging about the little band of marauders, and assailing them with every weapon and every missile to be found. Schenk fought with his usual ferocity, but at last the musketeers, in spite of his indignant commands, began rapidly to retreat toward the quay.
11. By this time, day was breaking, and the entire population—soldiers, townsfolk, men, women, and children—crowded around the small group of raiders, attacking them with every weapon and projectile they could find. Schenk fought with his usual ferocity, but eventually, the musketeers, despite his furious orders, started to quickly retreat toward the quay.
12. In vain Martin stormed and cursed, in vain with his own hand he struck more than one of his soldiers dead. He was swept along with the panic-stricken band, and when, shouting and gnashing his teeth with frenzy, he reached the quay at last, he saw at a glance why his great enterprise had failed.
12. Martin raged and cursed in vain; even when he killed several of his own soldiers with his own hands, it didn’t change anything. He was carried away by the terrified crowd, and when he finally reached the dock, shouting and grinding his teeth in a frenzy, he immediately understood why his grand plan had collapsed.
13. The few empty barges of his own party were moored at the steps; the rest were half a mile off, contending hopelessly against the swollen and rapid Waal. Schenk, desperately wounded, was left almost alone upon the wharf, for his routed followers had plunged helter-skelter into the boats, several of which, overladen in the panic, sank at once, leaving the soldiers to drown or struggle with the waves.
13. The few empty barges belonging to his group were tied up at the steps; the rest were half a mile away, struggling hopelessly against the swollen and fast-moving Waal. Schenk, badly injured, was almost alone on the wharf, as his fleeing followers had rushed chaotically into the boats, several of which, overloaded in the panic, sank immediately, leaving the soldiers to drown or fight against the waves.
14. The game was lost. Nothing was left the freebooter but retreat. Reluctantly turning his back on his enemies, now in full cry close behind him, Schenk sprang into the last remaining boat just pushing from the quay. Already overladen, it foundered with his additional weight, and Martin Schenk, encumbered with his heavy armor, sank at once to the bottom of the Waal.
14. The game was up. There was nothing left for the freebooter but to retreat. Reluctantly turning away from his enemies, who were now closing in fast behind him, Schenk jumped into the last boat that was just leaving the dock. Already overloaded, the boat capsized with his added weight, and Martin Schenk, weighed down by his heavy armor, sank straight to the bottom of the Waal.
15. Some of the fugitives succeeded in swimming down the stream, and were picked up by their comrades in the barges below the town, and so made their escape. Many were drowned with their captain. A few days afterward, the inhabitants of Nymwegen fished up the body of the famous partisan. He was easily recognized by his armor, and by his truculent face, still wearing the scowl with which he had last rebuked his followers.
15. Some of the escapees managed to swim down the river and were picked up by their friends in the boats below the town, successfully making their getaway. Many drowned along with their captain. A few days later, the people of Nymwegen pulled the body of the famous fighter from the water. He was easily identifiable by his armor and his fierce face, still showing the scowl he wore when he last scolded his followers.
DEFINITIONS.—2. Mo'ri-on, a kind of helmet. Free'boot-er, one who plunders. Mus-ket-eer', a soldier armed with a musket. Quar'ter, mercy. 6. Burgh'ers, inhabitants of a town. Gar'ri-son, troops stationed in a fort or town. 9. Flo-til'la, a fleet of small vessels. 11. Ma-raud'ers, plunderers. Quay (pro. ke), a wharf 14. Foun'dered, sank. En-cum'bered, weighed down. 15. Par'ti-san, a commander of a body of roving troops. Tru'cu-lent, fierce.
DEFINITIONS.—2. Mo'ri-on, a type of helmet. Free'boot-er, someone who steals. Mus-ket-eer', a soldier with a musket. Quar'ter, mercy. 6. Burgh'ers, residents of a town. Gar'ri-son, troops stationed in a fort or town. 9. Flo-til'la, a fleet of small boats. 11. Ma-raud'ers, thieves. Quay (pronounced ke), a dock. 14. Foun'dered, sank. En-cum'bered, weighed down. 15. Par'ti-san, a leader of a group of wandering troops. Tru'cu-lent, aggressive.
LXXXIV. THE SEASONS. (237)
1. SPRING.
H. G. Adams, an English writer, has compiled two volumes of poetical quotations, and is the author of several volumes of original poems. The following is from the "Story of the Seasons."
H. G. Adams, an English writer, has put together two volumes of poetry quotes and has written several collections of original poems. The following is from the "Story of the Seasons."
A bursting into greenness;
A waking as from sleep;
A twitter and a warble
That make the pulses leap:
A watching, as in childhood,
For the flowers that, one by one,
Open their golden petals
To woo the fitful sun.
A gust, a flash, a gurgle,
A wish to shout and sing,
As, filled with hope and gladness,
We hail the vernal Spring.
A burst of green;
A waking from sleep;
A chirp and a trill
That make our hearts race:
A watching, like in childhood,
For the flowers that, one by one,
Open their golden petals
To charm the wandering sun.
A breeze, a sparkle, a gurgle,
A desire to shout and sing,
As, filled with hope and joy,
We welcome the spring.
II. SUMMER.
Now is the high tide of the year,
And whatever of life hath ebbed away
Comes flooding back with a ripply cheer,
Into every bare inlet and creek and bay.
We may shut our eyes, but we can not help knowing
That skies are clear and grass is growing;
The breeze comes whispering in our ear,
That dandelions are blossoming near,
That maize has sprouted, that streams are flowing,
That the river is bluer than the sky,
That the robin is plastering his house hard by;
And if the breeze kept the good news back
For other couriers we should not lack;
We could guess it all by yon heifer's lowing,—
And hark! how clear bold chanticleer,
Warmed with the new wine of the year,
Tells all in his lusty crowing.
—Lowell.
Now is the peak of the year,
And whatever life has drifted away
Is coming back with a joyful rush,
Into every empty inlet, creek, and bay.
We might close our eyes, but we can’t help knowing
That the skies are clear and the grass is growing;
The breeze whispers in our ear,
That dandelions are blooming nearby,
That corn has sprouted, that streams are flowing,
That the river is bluer than the sky,
That the robin is building his nest close by;
And if the breeze held back the good news
We wouldn’t be short of other messengers;
We could guess it all by that heifer’s lowing,—
And listen! how clearly the proud rooster,
Energized by the new life of the year,
Shares it all in his lively crowing.
—Lowell.
III. AUTUMN.
Thomas Hood, author of the following selection, was born in 1798, at London, where he was editor of the "London Magazine," and died in 1845. He is best known as a humorist, but some of his poems are full of tender feeling.
Thomas Hood, the author of the following selection, was born in 1798 in London, where he served as the editor of the "London Magazine," and died in 1845. He is primarily known as a humorist, but some of his poems are filled with deep emotion.
The autumn is old;
The sear leaves are flying;
He hath gathered up gold
And now he is dying:
Old age, begin sighing!
The autumn is aging;
The dry leaves are blowing;
He has gathered up gold
And now he is fading:
Old age, start sighing!
The year's in the wane;
There is nothing adorning;
The night has no eve,
And the day has no morning;
Cold winter gives warning.
The year's coming to an end;
There's nothing to decorate;
The night has no evening,
And the day has no sunrise;
Cold winter is a signal.
IV. WINTER.
Charles T. Brooks translated the following selection from the original by the German poet, Ludwig Holty. Mr. Brooks was born at Salem, Mass., in 1813. After graduation at Harvard he entered the ministry. He translated much from the German, both of poetry and prose. He died in 1883.
Charles T. Brooks translated the following selection from the original by the German poet, Ludwig Holty. Mr. Brooks was born in Salem, Massachusetts, in 1813. After graduating from Harvard, he became a minister. He translated a lot from German, including poetry and prose. He passed away in 1883.
Now no plumed throng
Charms the wood with song;
Icebound trees are glittering;
Merry snowbirds, twittering,
Fondly strive to cheer
Scenes so cold and drear.
Now no feathered crowd
Enchant the woods with song;
Ice-covered trees are sparkling;
Cheerful snowbirds, chirping,
Warmly try to lift
Moments so cold and bleak.
Winter, still I see
Many charms in thee,
Love thy chilly greeting,
Snowstorms fiercely beating,
And the dear delights
Of the long, long nights.
Winter, still I see
Many charms in you,
Love your chilly greeting,
Snowstorms beating down,
And the sweet joys
Of the long, long nights.
LXXXV. BRANDYWINE FORD. (239)
Bayard Taylor was born at Kennett Square, Penn., in 1825. He received a limited school education, but at an early age displayed great energy and talent. He was a great traveler, and a fluent, graceful writer, both of prose and verse. Mr. Taylor held high official positions under the government. The following selection is adapted from "The Story of Kennett," He died in 1878.
Bayard Taylor was born in Kennett Square, Pennsylvania, in 1825. He had a limited education but showed a lot of energy and talent from a young age. He was an avid traveler and a smooth, elegant writer, both in prose and poetry. Taylor held important official roles in the government. The following selection is adapted from "The Story of Kennett." He passed away in 1878.
1. The black, dreary night, seemed interminable. He could only guess, here and there, at a landmark, and was forced to rely more upon Roger's instinct of the road than upon the guidance of his senses. Toward midnight, as he judged, by the solitary crow of a cock, the rain almost entirely ceased.
1. The dark, gloomy night felt endless. He could only make out a landmark here and there and had to depend more on Roger's sense of direction than on his own. Around midnight, as he estimated from the lone crow of a rooster, the rain nearly stopped.
2. The wind began to blow sharp and keen, and the hard vault of the sky to lift a little. He fancied that the hills on his right had fallen away, and that the horizon was suddenly depressed towards the north. Roger's feet began to splash in constantly deepening water, and presently a roar, distinct from that of the wind, filled the air.
2. The wind started to pick up, feeling sharp and cold, and the heavy sky seemed to rise slightly. He imagined that the hills to his right had dropped away and that the horizon was suddenly lowering to the north. Roger's feet began to splash in increasingly deeper water, and soon a roar, different from the sound of the wind, filled the air.
3. It was the Brandywine. The stream had overflowed its broad meadow bottoms, and was running high and fierce beyond its main channel. The turbid waters made a dim, dusky gleam around him; soon the fences disappeared, and the flood reached to his horse's body.
3. It was the Brandywine. The stream had overflowed its wide meadow bottoms and was running high and wild beyond its main channel. The muddy waters created a dim, shadowy gleam around him; soon the fences vanished, and the flood rose to his horse's body.
4. But he knew that the ford could be distinguished by the break in the fringe of timber; moreover, that the creek bank was a little higher than the meadows behind it, and so far, at least, he might venture. The ford was not more than twenty yards across, and he could trust Roger to swim that distance.
4. But he knew that the crossing could be recognized by the gap in the tree line; also, the creek bank was slightly higher than the meadows behind it, so he could at least take that risk. The crossing was no more than twenty yards wide, and he was confident that Roger could swim that distance.
5. The faithful animal pressed bravely on, but Gilbert soon noticed that he seemed at fault. The swift water had forced him out of the road, and he stopped from time to time, as if anxious and uneasy. The timber could now be discerned, only a short distance in advance, and in a few minutes they would gain the bank.
5. The loyal animal kept going bravely, but Gilbert soon realized something was off. The fast-moving water had pushed him off the path, and he paused occasionally, looking anxious and unsettled. The trees were now visible just ahead, and in a few minutes, they would reach the riverbank.
6. What was that? A strange, rustling, hissing sound, as of cattle trampling through dry reeds,—a sound which quivered and shook, even in the breath of the hurrying wind! Roger snorted, stood still, and trembled in every limb; and a sensation of awe and terror struck a chill through Gilbert's heart. The sound drew swiftly nearer, and became a wild, seething roar, filling the whole breadth of the valley.
6. What was that? A weird, rustling, hissing noise, like cattle stomping through dry reeds—a sound that vibrated and shook, even in the rush of the wind! Roger snorted, froze in place, and trembled all over; a feeling of fear and dread sent a chill through Gilbert's heart. The sound quickly approached, turning into a wild, chaotic roar that filled the entire valley.
7. "The dam! the dam!" cried Gilbert, "the dam has given way!" He turned Roger's head, gave him the rein, struck, spurred, cheered, and shouted. The brave beast struggled through the impeding flood, but the advance wave of the coming inundation already touched his side. He staggered; a line of churning foam bore down upon them, the terrible roar was all around and over them, and horse and rider were whirled away.
7. "The dam! The dam!" shouted Gilbert. "The dam has broken!" He turned Roger’s head, loosened the reins, kicked, urged, cheered, and yelled. The courageous horse pushed through the rising water, but the wave of the impending flood was already hitting his side. He wobbled; a rush of frothy water was coming at them, the deafening roar filled the air around them, and both horse and rider were swept away.
8. What happened during the first few seconds, Gilbert could never distinctly recall. Now they were whelmed in the water, now riding its careering tide, torn through the tops of brushwood, jostled by floating logs and timbers of the dam, but always, as it seemed, remorselessly held in the heart of the tumult and the ruin.
8. Gilbert could never clearly remember what happened in the first few seconds. One moment they were submerged in the water, and the next they were caught in its churning current, swept through the tops of bushes, bumped by floating logs and debris from the dam, but always, it seemed, relentlessly trapped in the chaos and destruction.
[Transcriber's Footnote: careering—Path or course, as the moon through the sky.]
[Transcriber's Footnote: careering—Path or course, like the moon moving through the sky.]
9. He saw at last that they had fallen behind the furious onset of the flood, but Roger was still swimming with it, desperately throwing up his head from time to time, and snorting the water from his nostrils. All his efforts to gain a foothold failed; his strength was nearly spent, and unless some help should come in a few minutes it would come in vain. And in the darkness, and the rapidity with which they were borne along, how should help come?
9. He finally realized that they had fallen behind the relentless rush of the flood, but Roger was still swimming with it, desperately lifting his head occasionally and snorting water from his nostrils. All his attempts to find solid ground failed; he was almost out of strength, and unless help arrived within a few minutes, it would be useless. And in the darkness, with how quickly they were being swept along, how could help arrive?
10. All at once Roger's course stopped. He became an obstacle to the flood, which pressed him against some other obstacle below, and rushed over horse and rider. Thrusting out his hand, Gilbert felt the rough bark of a tree. Leaning towards it, and clasping the log in his arms, he drew himself from the saddle, while Roger, freed from his burden, struggled into the current and instantly disappeared. 11. As nearly as Gilbert could ascertain, several timbers, thrown over each other, had lodged, probably upon a rocky islet in the stream, the uppermost one projecting slantingly out of the flood. It required all his strength to resist the current which sucked, and whirled, and tugged at his body, and to climb high enough to escape its force, without overbalancing his support. At last, though still half immerged, he found himself comparatively safe for a time, yet as far as ever from a final rescue.
10. Suddenly, Roger stopped dead in his tracks. He became a barrier to the flood that slammed into him, pushing him against another obstacle further down, and the water rushed over both horse and rider. Reaching out, Gilbert felt the rough bark of a tree. Leaning toward it and wrapping his arms around the log, he pulled himself off the saddle, while Roger, freed from the weight, struggled into the current and vanished instantly. 11. As best as Gilbert could tell, several pieces of wood piled on top of each other had gotten stuck, likely on a rocky islet in the stream, with the top one jutting out at an angle from the water. It took all his strength to fight against the current that tried to suck him in, spinning and tugging at his body as he climbed high enough to avoid being overwhelmed by it, careful not to lose his balance. In the end, although he was still half-submerged, he found himself relatively safe for a moment, but still far from being finally rescued.
12. Yet a new danger now assailed him, from the increasing cold. There was already a sting of frost, a breath of ice, in the wind. In another hour the sky was nearly swept bare of clouds, and he could note the lapse of the night by the sinking of the moon. But he was by this time hardly in a condition to note anything more.
12. Yet a new danger now confronted him, from the growing cold. There was already a sharp bite of frost, a hint of ice, in the wind. In another hour, the sky was almost completely clear of clouds, and he could see the passing of the night by the sinking of the moon. But by this time, he was hardly in a condition to notice anything more.
DEFINITIONS.—1. In-ter'mi-na-ble, endless. 2. De-pressed', low-ered. 3. Tur'bid, muddy. 5. Dis-cerncd' (pro. diz-zerned'), made out, distinguished. 6. Seeth'ing, boiling, bubbling. 7. Im-ped'ing, hindering, obstucting. In-un-da'tion, a flood. 9. On'set, a rushing upon, attack. 11. Im-merged', plunged under a liquid. 12. Lapse, a gradual passing away.
DEFINITIONS.—1. In-ter'mi-na-ble, endless. 2. De-pressed', lowered. 3. Tur'bid, muddy. 5. Dis-cerncd' (pronounced diz-zerned), made out, distinguished. 6. Seeth'ing, boiling, bubbling. 7. Im-ped'ing, hindering, obstructing. 8. In-un-da'tion, a flood. 9. On'set, a rushing upon, attack. 10. Im-merged', plunged under a liquid. 11. Lapse, a gradual passing away.
LXXXVI. BRANDYWINE FORD. (Concluded.) (242)
LXXXVI. BRANDYWINE FORD. (Finished.) (242)
1. The moon was low in the west, and there was a pale glimmer of the coming dawn in the sky, when Gilbert Potter suddenly raised his head. Above the noise of the water and the whistle of the wind, he heard a familiar sound,—the shrill, sharp neigh of a horse. Lifting himself with great exertion, to a sitting posture, he saw two men, on horseback, in the flooded meadow, a little below him. They stopped, seemed to consult, and presently drew nearer.
1. The moon was low in the west, and there was a faint hint of dawn in the sky when Gilbert Potter suddenly lifted his head. Above the sound of the water and the whistle of the wind, he heard a familiar noise—the sharp, high neigh of a horse. Struggling to sit up, he saw two men on horseback in the flooded meadow a bit below him. They paused, appeared to discuss something, and soon came closer.
2. Gilbert tried to shout, but the muscles of his throat were stiff, and his lungs refused to act. The horse neighed again. This time there was no mistake; it was Roger that he heard! Voice came to him, and he cried aloud,—a hoarse, strange, unnatural cry.
2. Gilbert tried to shout, but his throat felt stiff, and his lungs wouldn’t cooperate. The horse neighed again. This time there was no doubt; it was Roger that he heard! Words came out, and he yelled—an hoarse, strange, unnatural sound.
The horsemen heard it, and rapidly pushed up the bank, until they reached a point directly opposite to him. The prospect of escape brought a thrill of life to his frame; he looked around and saw that the flood had indeed fallen.
The horsemen heard it and quickly rode up the bank until they reached a spot directly across from him. The hope of escape filled him with energy; he looked around and noticed that the water had indeed receded.
3. "We have no rope," he heard one of the men say. "How shall we reach him?"
3. "We don't have any rope," he heard one of the men say. "How are we going to reach him?"
"There is no time to get one now," the other answered. "My horse is stronger than yours. I'll go into the creek just below, where it's broader and not so deep, and work my way up to him,"
"There’s no time to get one now," the other replied. "My horse is stronger than yours. I'll go into the creek just below, where it’s wider and not as deep, and make my way up to him."
"But one horse can't carry both."
"But one horse can't carry both."
"His will follow, be sure, when it sees me."
"His will follow, just wait until he sees me."
4. As the last speaker moved away, Gilbert saw a led horse plunging through the water beside the other. It was a difficult and dangerous undertaking. The horseman and the loose horse entered the main stream below, where its divided channel met and broadened, but it was still above the saddle girths, and very swift.
4. As the last speaker walked away, Gilbert noticed a tethered horse splashing through the water next to another one. It was a tough and risky task. The rider and the loose horse went into the main current below, where the split channel came together and widened, but it was still above the saddle girths and moving very fast.
5. Sometimes the animals plunged, losing their foothold; nevertheless, they gallantly breasted the current, and inch by inch worked their way to a point about six feet below Gilbert. It seemed impossible to approach nearer.
5. Sometimes the animals fell in, losing their grip; still, they bravely fought against the current and slowly made their way to a spot about six feet below Gilbert. It seemed impossible to get any closer.
"Can you swim?" asked the man.
"Can you swim?" the man asked.
Gilbert shook his head. "Throw me the end of Roger's bridle!" he then cried.
Gilbert shook his head. "Toss me the end of Roger's bridle!" he then shouted.
6. The man unbuckled the bridle and threw it, keeping the end of the rein in his hand. Gilbert tried to grasp it, but his hands were too numb. He managed, however, to get one arm and his head through the opening, and relaxed his hold on the log.
6. The man unbuckled the bridle and tossed it aside, holding onto the end of the rein. Gilbert tried to grab it, but his hands were too numb. He managed to get one arm and his head through the opening and let go of the log.
7. A plunge, and the man had him by the collar. He felt himself lifted by a strong arm and laid across Roger's saddle. With his failing strength and stiff limbs, it was no slight task to get into place; and the return, though less laborious to the horses, was equally dangerous, because Gilbert was scarcely able to support himself without help.
7. With a quick dive, the man grabbed him by the collar. He felt himself being lifted by a strong arm and laid across Roger's saddle. With his weakening strength and stiff limbs, getting into position was no small feat; and the return, while less strenuous for the horses, was just as risky, since Gilbert could hardly hold himself up without assistance.
"You're safe now," said the man, when they reached the bank, "but it's a downright mercy of God that you're alive!"
"You're safe now," said the man when they got to the bank, "but it's truly a miracle that you're alive!"
8. The other horseman joined them, and they rode slowly across the flooded meadow. They had both thrown their cloaks around Gilbert, and carefully steadied him in the saddle, one on each side. He was too much exhausted to ask how they had found him, or whither they were taking him,—too numb for curiosity, almost for gratitude.
8. The other horseman joined them, and they rode slowly across the flooded meadow. They had both wrapped their cloaks around Gilbert and carefully supported him in the saddle, one on each side. He was too exhausted to ask how they had found him or where they were taking him—too numb for curiosity, almost for gratitude.
9. "Here's your savior!" said one of the men, patting Roger's shoulder. "It was through him that we found you. Do you wish to know how? Well—about three o'clock it was, maybe a little earlier, maybe a little later, my wife woke me up. 'Do you hear that?' she said.
9. "Here's your savior!" one of the guys said, giving Roger's shoulder a pat. "It was because of him that we found you. Want to know how? Well—around three o'clock, maybe a bit earlier or later, my wife woke me up. 'Do you hear that?' she asked.
10. "I listened and heard a horse in the lane before the door, neighing,—I can't tell you exactly how it was,—as though he would call up the house. It was rather queer, I thought, so I got up and looked out of the window, and it seemed to me he had a saddle on. He stamped, and pawed, and then he gave another neigh, and stamped again.
10. "I listened and heard a horse in the lane outside the door, neighing—I can't describe exactly how it was—but it sounded like he was trying to get the attention of the house. It felt kind of strange, so I got up and looked out the window, and it seemed to me that he had a saddle on. He stomped, pawed at the ground, and then he neighed again and stomped once more."
11. "Said I to my wife, 'There is something wrong here,' and I dressed and went out. When he saw me, he acted in the strangest way you ever saw; thought I, if ever an animal wanted to speak, that animal does. When I tried to catch him, he shot off, ran down the lane a bit, and then came back acting as strangely as ever.
11. "I said to my wife, 'Something's not right here,' so I got dressed and went outside. When he saw me, he behaved in the weirdest way you could imagine; I thought to myself, if any animal ever wanted to talk, it was this one. When I tried to catch him, he took off, ran down the lane a bit, and then came back acting just as strangely as before.
12. "I went into the house and woke up my brother, here, and we saddled our horses and started. Away went yours ahead, stopping every minute to look around and see if we followed. When we came to the water I rather hesitated, but it was of no use; the horse would have us go on and on, till we found you. I never heard of such a thing before, in all my life." Gilbert did not speak, but two large tears slowly gathered in his eyes, and rolled down his cheeks. The men saw his emotion, and respected it.
12. "I went into the house and woke up my brother, and we saddled our horses and headed out. Yours took off ahead, stopping every few minutes to see if we were coming. When we reached the water, I hesitated a bit, but it didn’t matter; the horse kept urging us forward until we found you. I’ve never heard of anything like this before in my life." Gilbert didn’t say anything, but two large tears slowly filled his eyes and rolled down his cheeks. The men noticed his emotion and respected it.
13. In the light of the cold, keen dawn, they reached a snug farmhouse, a mile from the Brandywine. The men lifted Gilbert from the saddle, and would have carried him immediately into the house, but he first leaned upon Roger's neck, took the faithful creature's head in his arms, and kissed it.
13. As the cold, bright dawn broke, they arrived at a cozy farmhouse, about a mile from the Brandywine. The men helped Gilbert down from the saddle and planned to carry him into the house right away, but he first leaned on Roger’s neck, took the loyal animal's head in his arms, and kissed it.
DEFINITIONS.—2. Pros'pect, ground or reason for hoping, antic-ipation. 5. Breast'ed (pro. brest'ed), opposed courageously. 6. Numb, without the power of feeling or motion. Re-laxed', loosened. 12. E-mo'tion, excited feeling, agitation.
DEFINITIONS.—2. Prospect, ground or reason for hoping, anticipation. 5. Braced (pro. brayst-ed), faced courageously. 6. Numb, without the ability to feel or move. Relaxed, loosened. 12. Emotion, excited feeling, agitation.
LXXXVII. THE BEST CAPITAL (245)
Louisa May Alcott was born at Germantown, Pa., in 1833, and, among other works, wrote many beautiful stories for children. During the Civil War she was a hospital nurse at Washington. The following selection is adapted from "Little Men." She died in 1888.
Louisa May Alcott was born in Germantown, Pennsylvania, in 1833 and, among other works, wrote many lovely stories for kids. During the Civil War, she worked as a hospital nurse in Washington. The following selection is adapted from "Little Men." She passed away in 1888.
1. One would have said that modest John Brooke, in his busy, quiet, humble life, had had little time to make friends; but now they seemed to start up everywhere,—old and young, rich and poor, high and low; for all unconsciously his influence had made itself widely felt, his virtues were remembered, and his hidden charities rose up to bless him.
1. One might think that modest John Brooke, with his busy, quiet, humble life, had little time to make friends; but now they seemed to appear from all directions—old and young, rich and poor, high and low. Without realizing it, his influence had spread far and wide, people remembered his virtues, and his hidden acts of kindness came back to honor him.
2. The group about his coffin was a far more eloquent eulogy than any that man could utter. There were the rich men whom he had served faithfully for years; the poor old women whom he cherished with his little store, in memory of his mother; the wife to whom he had given such happiness that death could not mar it utterly; the brothers and sisters in whose hearts he had made a place forever; the little son and daughter who already felt the loss of his strong arm and tender voice; the young children, sobbing for their kindest playmate, and the tall lads, watching with softened faces a scene which they never could forget.
2. The crowd around his coffin spoke a more powerful tribute than anything anyone could say. There were the wealthy individuals he had loyally served for years; the elderly women he supported with his small savings, in honor of his mother; the wife he had made so happy that death couldn’t completely take that away; the brothers and sisters who held a permanent place for him in their hearts; the young son and daughter who already felt the absence of his strong embrace and gentle voice; the little kids crying for their sweetest playmate; and the tall young men, watching with caring expressions at a moment they would never forget.
3. That evening, as the Plumfield boys sat on the steps, as usual, in the mild September moonlight, they naturally fell to talking of the event of the day.
3. That evening, as the Plumfield boys sat on the steps like they always did in the gentle September moonlight, they naturally started talking about the day's big event.
Emil began by breaking out in his impetuous way, "Uncle Fritz is the wisest, and Uncle Laurie the jolliest, but Uncle John was the best; and I'd rather be like him than any man I ever saw."
Emil started off excitedly, "Uncle Fritz is the smartest, and Uncle Laurie is the funniest, but Uncle John was the best; and I'd rather be like him than any man I've ever seen."
4. "So would I. Did you hear what those gentlemen said to Grandpa to-day? I would like to have that said of me when I was dead;" and Franz felt with regret that he had not appreciated Uncle John enough.
4. "Me too. Did you hear what those guys said to Grandpa today? I would want that said about me when I'm gone," and Franz felt regret that he hadn't appreciated Uncle John enough.
"What did they say?" asked Jack, who had been much impressed by the scenes of the day.
"What did they say?" Jack asked, feeling deeply moved by the events of the day.
5. "Why, one of the partners of Mr. Laurence, where Uncle John has been ever so long, was saying that he was conscientious almost to a fault as a business man, and above reproach in all things. Another gentleman said no money could repay the fidelity and honesty with which Uncle John had served him, and then Grandpa told them the best of all.
5. "One of Mr. Laurence's partners, where Uncle John has been for quite a while, said that he was almost overly conscientious as a businessman and beyond criticism in everything. Another guy mentioned that no amount of money could match the loyalty and honesty with which Uncle John had served him, and then Grandpa shared the best story of all."
6. "Uncle John once had a place in the office of a man who cheated, and when this man wanted uncle to help him do it, uncle wouldn't, though he was offered a big salary. The man was angry, and said, 'You will never get on in business with such strict principles;' and uncle answered back, 'I never will try to get on without them,' and left the place for a much harder and poorer one."
6. "Uncle John once worked for a guy who cheated people, and when this guy wanted uncle to help him with his schemes, uncle refused, even though he was offered a big salary. The guy was furious and said, 'You’ll never succeed in business with such rigid principles;' to which uncle replied, 'I will never try to succeed without them,' and he left that job for one that was much tougher and paid less."
7. "Good !" cried several of the boys warmly, for they were in the mood to understand and value the little story as never before.
7. "Awesome!" shouted several of the boys excitedly, because they were ready to understand and appreciate the short story like never before.
"He wasn't rich, was he?" asked Jack.
"He wasn't wealthy, right?" asked Jack.
"No."
"Nope."
"He never did anything to make a stir in the world, did he?"
"He never did anything to make a splash in the world, did he?"
"No."
"No."
"He was only good?"
"Was he just good?"
"That's all;" and Franz found himself wishing that Uncle John had done something to boast of, for it was evident that Jack was disappointed by his replies.
"That's it;" and Franz wished that Uncle John had something to brag about, since it was clear that Jack was let down by his answers.
8. "Only good. That is all and everything," said Uncle Fritz, who had overheard the last few words, and guessed what was going on in the minds of the lads.
8. "Just good. That's all that matters," said Uncle Fritz, who had overheard the last few words and figured out what the guys were thinking.
"Let me tell you a little about John Brooke, and you will see why men honor him, and why he was satisfied to be good rather than rich or famous. He simply did his duty in all things, and did it so cheerfully, so faithfully, that it kept him patient, brave, and happy, through poverty and loneliness and years of hard work.
"Let me share a bit about John Brooke, and you'll understand why people respect him and why he preferred to be good over being wealthy or famous. He just fulfilled his responsibilities in everything, and he did it so cheerfully and devotedly that it kept him patient, brave, and happy, even during tough times of poverty, loneliness, and years of hard work."
9. "He was a good son, and gave up his own plans to stay and live with his mother while she needed him. He was a good friend, and taught your Uncle Laurie much beside his Greek and Latin, did it unconsciously, perhaps, by showing him an example of an upright man.
9. "He was a good son and set aside his own plans to stay and live with his mother while she needed him. He was a good friend and taught your Uncle Laurie a lot beyond just Greek and Latin, maybe without even realizing it, by being an example of a decent man."
10. "He was a faithful servant, and made himself so valuable to those who employed him that they will find it hard to fill his place. He was a good husband and father, so tender, wise, and thoughtful, that Laurie and I learned much of him, and only knew how well he loved his family when we discovered all he had done for them, unsuspected and unassisted."
10. "He was a loyal servant and made himself so valuable to those who hired him that they will struggle to replace him. He was a great husband and father, so caring, wise, and considerate, that Laurie and I learned a lot from him. We only realized how deeply he loved his family when we found out everything he had done for them, unnoticed and without help."
11. Uncle Fritz stopped a minute, and the boys sat like statues in the moonlight until he went on again, in a subdued and earnest voice: "As he lay dying, I said to him, 'Have no care for your wife and the little ones; I will see that they never want.' Then he smiled and pressed my hand, and answered, in his cheerful way, 'No need of that; I have cared for them.'
11. Uncle Fritz paused for a moment, and the boys sat still as statues in the moonlight until he continued, in a quiet and serious tone: "As he was dying, I said to him, 'Don’t worry about your wife and the kids; I’ll make sure they’re taken care of.' Then he smiled and squeezed my hand, and replied, in his usual cheerful manner, 'There's no need for that; I’ve taken care of them.'
12. "And so he had, for when we looked among his papers, all was in order,—not a debt remained; and safely put away was enough to keep his wife comfortable and independent. Then we knew why he had lived so plainly, denied himself so many pleasures, except that of charity, and worked so hard that I fear he shortened his good life.
12. "So he did, because when we checked his papers, everything was organized—there wasn't a single debt left; and he had set aside enough to ensure his wife could live comfortably and independently. That’s when we understood why he lived so simply, denied himself so many pleasures, except for charitable acts, and worked so hard that I worry he may have cut his life short."
13. "He never asked help for himself, though often for others, but bore his own burden and worked out his own task bravely and quietly. No one can say a word of complaint against him, so just and generous and kind was he; and now, when he is gone, all find so much to love and praise and honor, that I am proud to have been his friend, and would rather leave my children the legacy he leaves his than the largest fortune ever made.
13. "He never asked for help for himself, though he often did for others. He carried his own load and completed his tasks bravely and quietly. No one can say a single bad word about him; he was so fair, generous, and kind. Now that he's gone, everyone finds so much to love, praise, and honor about him. I'm proud to have been his friend, and I would rather leave my children his legacy than the largest fortune ever made."
14. "Yes! simple, genuine goodness is the best capital to found the business of this life upon. It lasts when fame and money fail, and is the only riches we can take out of this world with us. Remember that, my boys; and, if you want to earn respect and confidence and love, follow in the footsteps of John Brooke."
14. "Yes! Simple, genuine goodness is the best foundation for this life's journey. It endures when fame and money fade, and it’s the only wealth we can take with us when we leave this world. Keep this in mind, my boys; and if you want to earn respect, trust, and love, follow in the footsteps of John Brooke."
DEFINITIONS.—2. Eu'lo-gy, a speech or writing in praise of the character of a person. Cher'ished, supported, nurtured with care. 4. Ap-pre'ci-at-ed (pro. ap-pre'shi-at-ed), valued justly. 5. Con—sci-en'tious (pro. kon-shi-en'shus), governed by a strict regard to the rules of right and wrong. 7. Mood, state of mind, disposition. 11. Sub-dued', reduced to tenderness, softened. 12. In-de-pend'ent, not relying on others. 13. Leg'a-cy, a gift by will, a bequest. 14. Cap'i-tal stock employed in any business.
DEFINITIONS.—2. Eulogy, a speech or writing in praise of someone's character. Cherished, supported and nurtured with care. 4. Appreciated (pronounced uh-pree-shee-ay-ted), valued appropriately. 5. Conscientious (pronounced kon-shen-shuhs), guided by a strict adherence to the rules of right and wrong. 7. Mood, a state of mind or disposition. 11. Subdued, softened or made tender. 12. Independent, not relying on others. 13. Legacy, a gift given through a will. 14. Capital, stock used in any business.
LXXXVIII. THE INCHCAPE ROCK.
Robert Southey was a celebrated English poet, born 1774, who once held the honorable position of poet laureate. He wrote a great deal both in prose and verse. He died in 1843.
Robert Southey was a famous English poet, born in 1774, who once held the esteemed title of poet laureate. He wrote extensively in both prose and poetry. He passed away in 1843.
1. No stir in the air, no stir in the sea,
The ship was as still as she could be,
Her sails from heaven received no motion,
Her keel was steady in the ocean.
1. There was no movement in the air, no movement in the sea,
The ship was as still as it could be,
Her sails didn't catch any breeze from above,
Her keel remained steady in the ocean.
2. Without either sign or sound of their shock
The waves flowed over the Inchcape Rock;
So little they rose, so little they fell,
They did not move the Inchcape Bell.
2. Without any sign or sound of their impact
The waves rolled over the Inchcape Rock;
They barely rose, they barely fell,
They didn't disturb the Inchcape Bell.
3. The good old Abbot of Aberbrothok
Had placed that bell on the lnchcape Rock;
On a buoy in the storm it floated and swung,
And over the waves its warning rung.
3. The good old Abbot of Aberbrothok
Had placed that bell on the Inchcape Rock;
On a buoy in the storm it floated and swung,
And over the waves its warning rang.
4. When the Rock was hid by the surges' swell,
The mariners heard the warning bell;
And then they knew the perilous Rock,
And blest the Abbot of Aberbrothok.
4. When the rock was covered by the rising waves,
The sailors heard the warning bell;
And then they realized the dangerous rock,
And praised the Abbot of Aberbrothok.
5. The sun in heaven was shining gay,
All things were joyful on that day;
The sea birds screamed as they wheeled round,
And there was joyance in their sound.
5. The sun in the sky was shining brightly,
Everything felt happy that day;
The seabirds squawked as they flew around,
And their sounds were filled with joy.
6. The buoy of the Inchcape Bell was seen
A darker speck on the ocean green;
Sir Ralph the Rover walked his deck,
And he fixed his eye on the darker speck.
6. The buoy of the Inchcape Bell was seen
A darker spot on the green ocean;
Sir Ralph the Rover walked his deck,
And he focused his gaze on the darker spot.
7. He felt the cheering power of spring,
It made him whistle, it made him sing;
His heart was mirthful to excess,
But the Rover's mirth was wickedness.
7. He felt the uplifting energy of spring,
It made him whistle, it made him sing;
His heart was filled with joy beyond measure,
But the Rover's joy was just mischief.
8. His eye was on the Inchcape float;
Quoth he, "My men put out the boat,
And row me to the Inchcape Rock,
And I'll plague the Abbot of Aberbrothok."
8. He was looking at the Inchcape float;
He said, "My guys, put out the boat,
And row me to the Inchcape Rock,
And I'll annoy the Abbot of Aberbrothok."
9. The boat is lowered, the boatmen row,
And to the Inchcape Rock they go;
Sir Ralph bent over from the boat,
And he cut the bell from the Inchcape float.
9. The boat is lowered, the boatmen row,
And they head to the Inchcape Rock;
Sir Ralph leaned over from the boat,
And he cut the bell from the Inchcape float.
10. Down sunk the bell, with a gurgling sound,
The bubbles rose and burst around;
Quoth Sir Ralph, "The next who comes to the Rock,
Won't bless the Abbot of Aberbrothok."
10. Down sank the bell, making a gurgling noise,
Bubbles floated up and popped all around;
Sir Ralph said, "The next person who arrives at the Rock,
Won't thank the Abbot of Aberbrothok."
11. Sir Ralph the Rover sailed away,
He scoured the seas for many a day;
And now grown rich with plundered store,
He steers his course for Scotland's shore.
11. Sir Ralph the Rover set sail,
He searched the seas for many days;
And now, having grown wealthy from his loot,
He heads back toward Scotland's shore.
12. So thick a haze o'erspreads the sky
They can not see the sun on high;
The wind hath blown a gale all day,
At evening it hath died away.
12. A thick haze covers the sky
They can't see the sun above;
The wind has blown hard all day,
But in the evening, it has calmed down.
13. On the deck the Rover takes his stand,
So dark it is they see no land.
Quoth Sir Ralph, "It will be lighter soon,
For there is the dawn of the rising moon."
13. On the deck, the Rover stands firm,
It's so dark they can't see any land.
Sir Ralph says, "It will brighten up soon,
Because there's the dawn of the rising moon."
14. "Canst hear," said one, "the breakers roar?
For methinks we should be near the shore."
"Now where we are I can not tell,
But I wish I could hear the Inchcape Bell."
14. "Can you hear," said one, "the waves crashing?
I think we must be close to the shore."
"Where we are, I can't say,
But I wish I could hear the Inchcape Bell."
15. They hear no sound, the swell is strong;
Though the wind hath fallen, they drift along,
Till the vessel strikes with a shivering shock:
Cried they, "It is the Inchcape Rock!"
15. They hear no noise, the waves are intense;
Even though the wind has died down, they float on,
Until the ship hits with a jolting impact:
They shouted, "It's the Inchcape Rock!"
16. Sir Ralph the rover tore his hair,
He curst himself in his despair;
The waves rush in on every side,
The ship is sinking beneath the tide.
16. Sir Ralph the rover was pulling his hair out,
Cursing himself in his despair;
The waves were crashing in from every direction,
The ship was sinking beneath the tide.
17. But even in his dying fear
One dreadful sound could the Rover hear,
A sound as if with the Inchcape Bell
The fiends below were ringing his knell.
17. But even in his dying fear
One terrifying sound could the Rover hear,
A sound that seemed like the Inchcape Bell
The demons below were tolling his death knell.
DEFINITIONS.—l. Keel, the principal timber in a ship, extending from bow to stern, at the bottom. 3. Buoy (pro. bwoi) a float-ing mark to point out the position of rocks, etc., beneath the water. 4. Surge, a large wave. 6. Joy'ance, gayety. 11. Scoured, roved over, ranged about. Store, that which is massed together. 14. Me-thinks', it seems to me. 17. Fiends (pro. fends). evil spirits. Knell (pro. nel), the stroke of a bell rung at a funeral or at the death of a person.
DEFINITIONS.—1. Keel, the main timber in a ship, extending from the front to the back, at the bottom. 3. Buoy (pronounced bwoi) a floating marker to indicate the location of rocks, etc., underwater. 4. Surge, a big wave. 6. Joyance, happiness. 11. Scoured, moved around, explored. Store, that which is gathered together. 14. Methinks, it seems to me. 17. Fiends (pronounced fends), evil spirits. Knell (pronounced nel), the sound of a bell rung at a funeral or when someone dies.
NOTES.—The above poem was written at Bristol, England, in 1802, and recounts an old tradition. 2. The Inchcape Rock is at the entrance of the Frith of Tay, Scotland, about fifteen miles from shore.
NOTES.—The above poem was written in Bristol, England, in 1802, and tells an old tradition. 2. The Inchcape Rock is at the entrance of the Frith of Tay, Scotland, about fifteen miles from the shore.
LXXXIX. MY MOTHER'S GRAVE. (253)
1. It was thirteen years since my mother's death, when, after a long absence from my native village, I stood beside the sacred mound beneath which I had seen her buried. Since that mournful period, a great change had come over me. My childish years had passed away, and with them my youthful character. The world was altered, too; and as I stood at my mother's grave, I could hardly realize that I was the same thoughtless, happy creature, whose checks she so often kissed in an excess of tenderness.
1. It had been thirteen years since my mother passed away when, after a long time away from my hometown, I stood by the sacred mound where I had seen her buried. Since that sad time, I had changed a lot. My childhood was gone, taking my youthful spirit with it. The world had changed, too; and as I stood at my mother’s grave, I could barely believe I was the same carefree, happy person she used to kiss so lovingly.
2. But the varied events of thirteen years had not effaced the remembrance of that mother's smile. It seemed as if I had seen her but yesterday—as if the blessed sound of her well-remembered voice was in my ear. The gay dreams of my infancy and childhood were brought back so distinctly to my mind that, had it not been for one bitter recollection, the tears I shed would have been gentle and refreshing.
2. But the different experiences of thirteen years hadn't erased the memory of that mother's smile. It felt as if I'd seen her just yesterday—as if the sweet sound of her familiar voice was ringing in my ears. The happy dreams of my early years and childhood were so vividly brought back to my mind that, if it weren't for one painful memory, the tears I shed would have been soft and soothing.
3. The circumstance may seem a trifling one, but the thought of it now pains my heart; and I relate it, that those children who have parents to love them may learn to value them as they ought. My mother had been ill a long time, and I had become so accustomed to her pale face and weak voice, that I was not frightened at them, as children usually are. At first, it is true, I sobbed violently; but when, day after day, I returned from school, and found her the same, I began to believe she would always be spared to me; but they told me she would die.
3. The situation might seem minor, but thinking about it now hurts my heart; I share it so that kids who have parents that love them can learn to appreciate them as they should. My mom had been sick for a long time, and I had gotten so used to her pale face and weak voice that I wasn’t scared of them like kids usually are. At first, it’s true, I cried hard; but when, day after day, I came home from school and saw her the same, I began to think she would always be there for me; but they told me she would die.
4. One day when I had lost my place in the class, I came home discouraged and fretful. I went to my mother's chamber. She was paler than usual, but she met me with the same affectionate smile that always welcomed my return. Alas! when I look back through the lapse of thirteen years, I think my heart must have been stone not to have been melted by it. She requested me to go downstairs and bring her a glass of water. I pettishly asked her why she did not call a domestic to do it. With a look of mild reproach, which I shall never forget if I live to be a hundred years old, she said, "Will not my daughter bring a glass of water for her poor, sick mother?"
4. One day when I had fallen behind in class, I came home feeling down and anxious. I went to my mom's room. She looked paler than usual, but she greeted me with the same loving smile that always welcomed me back. Honestly, looking back over the past thirteen years, I think my heart must have been made of stone not to have been touched by it. She asked me to go downstairs and get her a glass of water. I annoyedly asked her why she didn't just call someone to do it. With a look of gentle disappointment, which I will never forget even if I live a hundred years, she said, "Won't my daughter get a glass of water for her poor, sick mother?"
5. I went and brought her the water, but I did not do it kindly. Instead of smiling, and kissing her as I had been wont to do, I set the glass down very quickly, and left the room. After playing a short time, I went to bed without bidding my mother good night; but when alone in my room, in darkness and silence, I remembered how pale she looked, and how her voice trembled when she said, "Will not my daughter bring a glass of water for her poor, sick mother?" I could not sleep. I stole into her chamber to ask forgiveness. She had sunk into an easy slumber, and they told me I must not waken her.
5. I went and got her the water, but I wasn’t very nice about it. Instead of smiling and kissing her like I usually did, I placed the glass down quickly and left the room. After playing for a little while, I went to bed without saying good night to my mom; but when I was alone in my room, in the dark and quiet, I remembered how pale she looked and how her voice shook when she said, "Won't my daughter bring a glass of water for her poor, sick mother?" I couldn’t sleep. I quietly went into her room to ask for forgiveness. She had fallen into a peaceful sleep, and they told me I shouldn’t wake her.
6. I did not tell anyone what troubled me, but stole back to my bed, resolved to rise early in the morning and tell her how sorry I was for my conduct. The sun was shining brightly when I awoke, and, hurrying on my clothes, I hastened to my mother's chamber. She was dead! She never spoke more—never smiled upon me again; and when I touched the hand that used to rest upon my head in blessing, it was so cold that it made me start.
6. I didn't tell anyone what was bothering me, but slipped back to my bed, determined to get up early in the morning and apologize for my behavior. The sun was shining brightly when I woke up, and after quickly getting dressed, I rushed to my mother's room. She was dead! She never spoke again—never smiled at me again; and when I touched the hand that used to bless me, it was so cold that it shocked me.
7. I bowed down by her side, and sobbed in the bitterness of my heart. I then wished that I might die, and be buried with her; and, old as I now am, I would give worlds, were they mine to give, could my mother but have lived to tell me she forgave my childish ingratitude. But I can not call her back; and when I stand by her grave, and whenever I think of her manifold kindness, the memory of that reproachful look she gave me will bite like a serpent and sting like an adder.
7. I knelt by her side, crying from deep within my heart. I wished I could die and be buried with her; and even now, as old as I am, I would give anything I had if my mother could have lived long enough to tell me she forgave my childish ingratitude. But I can’t bring her back; and when I stand by her grave, and each time I remember her many kindnesses, the memory of that disappointed look she gave me hurts like a snakebite and stings like a bee.
XC. A MOTHER'S GIFT-THE BIBLE. (255)
1. Remember, love, who gave thee this,
When other days shall come,
When she who had thine earliest kiss,
Sleeps in her narrow home.
Remember! 'twas a mother gave
The gift to one she'd die to save!
1. Remember, my love, who gave you this,
When other days come,
When she who had your first kiss,
Sleeps in her little grave.
Remember! It was a mother who gave
The gift to one she’d do anything to save!
2. That mother sought a pledge of love,
The holiest for her son,
And from the gifts of God above,
She chose a goodly one;
She chose for her beloved boy,
The source of light, and life, and joy.
2. That mother sought a promise of love,
The purest for her son,
And from the blessings of God above,
She chose a wonderful one;
She chose for her cherished boy,
The source of light, and life, and joy.
3. She bade him keep the gift, that, when
The parting hour should come,
They might have hope to meet again
In an eternal home.
She said his faith in this would be
Sweet incense to her memory.
3. She asked him to keep the gift so that when
The time to say goodbye came,
They could hold onto the hope of meeting again
In a forever home.
She said his belief in this would be
A sweet memory for her.
4. And should the scoffer, in his pride,
Laugh that fond faith to scorn,
And bid him cast the pledge aside,
That he from youth had borne,
She bade him pause, and ask his breast
If SHE or HE had loved him best.
4. And if the mocker, in his arrogance,
Laughs at that heartfelt faith,
And tells him to let go of the promise,
That he's carried since he was young,
She told him to stop and think about his heart
If SHE or HE had truly cared for him the most.
5. A parent's blessing on her son
Goes with this holy thing;
The love that would retain the one,
Must to the other cling.
Remember! 'tis no idle toy:
A mother's gift! remember, boy.
5. A parent's blessing on her son
Is tied to this sacred thing;
The love that wants to keep one,
Must also hold on to the other.
Remember! It's not just a trinket:
A mother's gift! remember, son.
DEFINITIONS.—2. Pledge, proof, evidence. 3. In'cense, some-thing offered in honor of anyone. Faith, belief 4. Scoff'er, one who laughs at what is good.
DEFINITIONS.—2. Pledge, proof, evidence. 3. Incense, something offered in honor of someone. Faith, belief. 4. Scoffer, someone who mocks what is good.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!